2020 OWNER’S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

2020 OWNER’S MANUALAND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

WARNING

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle oroff-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicalsincluding engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, andlead, which are known to the State of California to causecancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Tominimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle theengine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your handsfrequentlywhen servicing your vehicle. Formore informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

This manual was prepared to help youunderstand the operation and maintenanceof your vehicle so that you may enjoy manymiles (kilometers) of driving pleasure. Pleaseread through this manual before operatingyour vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletis included in your Owner’s literature port-folio. Always carry it with you when youtake your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer.The Warranty Information Booklet con-tents provide complete information aboutall warranties covering this vehicle, therequirements to keep the warranties ineffect as well as the INFINITI RoadsideAssistance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Care andLemon Law Information Booklet will ex-plain how to resolve any concerns you mayhave with your vehicle, as well as clarifyyour rights under your state’s lemon law.

In addition to factory installed options, yourvehicle may also be equipped with additionalaccessories installed by INFINITI or by yourINFINITI retailer prior to delivery. It isimportant that you familiarize yourself withall disclosures, warnings, cautions and in-structions concerning proper use of suchaccessories prior to operating the vehicleand/or accessory. It is recommended yousee an INFINITI retailer for details concern-ing the particular accessories with which

your vehicle is equipped.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE

SAFELYBefore driving your vehicle, read your Own-er’s Manual carefully. This will ensure famil-iarity with controls and maintenancerequirements, assisting you in the safeoperation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-its and never drive too fast forconditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehicle fea-tures or taking other actions thatcould distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint systems.Pre-teen children should be seated in

the rear seat.

. ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safetyfeatures to all occupants of thevehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI-CLE

This vehicle should not be modified. Mod-ification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition, da-mage or performance problems resultingfrom modification will not be coveredunder the INFINITI warranties.

WARNING

Installing an aftermarket On-Board Di-agnostic (OBD) plug-in device that usesthe port during normal driving, forexample remote insurance companymonitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics,telematics or engine reprogramming,may cause interference or damage tovehicle systems. We do not recommend

Foreword

or endorse the use of any aftermarketOBD plug-in devices, unless specificallyapproved by INFINITI. The vehicle war-ranty may not cover damage caused byany aftermarket plug-in device.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available on thismodel. Features and equipment in yourvehicle may vary depending on model, trimlevel, options selected, order, date of pro-duction, region or availability. Therefore,you may find information about features orequipment that are not included or installedon your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect at thetime of printing. INFINITI reserves the rightto change specifications, performance, de-sign or component suppliers without noticeand without obligation. From time to time,INFINITI may update or revise this manual toprovide owners with the most accurateinformation currently available. Please care-fully read and retain with this manual allrevision updates sent to you by INFINITI toensure you have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle.Current versions of vehicle Owner’sManualsand any updates can also be found in the

owner section of the INFINITI website athttps://owners.infinitiusa.com/owners/na-vigation/manualsandGuides. If you havequestions concerning any information inyour Owner’s Manual, contact INFINITIConsumer Affairs. See the INFINITI CUS-TOMER CARE PROGRAM page in thisOwner’s Manual for contact information.

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedprecisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or mod-erate personal injury or damage to yourvehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, theprocedures must be followed carefully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Donot do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

If you see a symbol similar to those above inan illustration, it means the arrow points tothe front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above call attention to an item in the

illustration.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE

ADVISORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material - special handling maya p p l y , S e e www . d t s c . c a . g o v /hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

© 2019 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form,or by any means, electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise, with-out the prior written permission of NissanMotor Co., Ltd.

INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMINFINITI CARES ...

Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourINFINITI retailer are our primary concerns. Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.

However, if there is something that yourINFINITI retailer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide INFINITI directlywith comments or questions, please contactour (INFINITI’s) Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-662-6200

For Canadian customers1-800-361-4792

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:

. Your name, address, and telephone num-ber

. Vehicle identification number (on dashpanel)

. Date of purchase

. Current odometer reading

. Your INFINITI retailer’s name

. Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to INFINITI with the informa-tion on the left at:

For U.S. customersINFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersINFINITI DivisionNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.infinitiUSA.com (for U.S. customer) or

www.infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in INFINITI andthank you for buying a quality INFINITIvehicle.

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem 1

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Table ofContents

11Index

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) ...................................................................... 0-2

Exterior front ..................................................................... 0-3

Exterior rear ....................................................................... 0-4

Passenger compartment ................................................. 0-5

Cockpit ................................................................................. 0-6

Instrument panel .............................................................. 0-8

Meters and gauges .......................................................... 0-9

Engine compartment .................................................... 0-10

VR30DDTT engine ................................................ 0-10

Warning and indicator lights ...................................... 0-11

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

JVC0918X

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags(P.1-38)

2. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bags (P.1-38)

3. Seat belts (P.1-11)

4. Head restraints (P.1-7)

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags (P.1-38)

6. Child restraint anchor points (for toptether strap child restraint) (P.1-23,P.1-30, P.1-34)

7. Occupant classif ication sensors(weight sensors) (P.1-44)

8. Front seats (P.1-3)

9. Seat belts with pretensioners (P.1-54)

10. Rear seat walk-in mechanism (P.1-5)

11. Rear seats (P.1-6)

— Child restraints (P.1-19)

12. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) system (P.1-21)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS ANDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)

JVC0939X

1. Hood (P.3-22)

2. Windshield wiper and washer

— Switch operation (P.2-34)

— Window washer fluid (P.8-10)

3. Headlights and turn signal lights(P.2-38)

— Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped) (P.2-42)

4. Moonroof (if so equipped) (P.2-55)

5. Power windows (P.2-52)

6. Outside mirrors (P.3-31)

— Side turn signal lights (P.2-43)

— Side view camera (if so equipped)(P.4-11)

7. Front view camera (if so equipped)(P.4-11)

8. Sonar sensors (if so equipped)

— Camera aiding sonar function(P.4-24)

— Sonar system (P.5-133)

9. Fog lights (P.2-44)

10. Tires

— Wheels and tires (P.8-25, P.10-9)

— Flat tire (P.6-3)

— Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) (P.2-14, P.5-5)

11. Doors

— Keys (P.3-2)

— Door locks (P.3-4)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-6)

— Remote keyless entry system(P.3-15)

— Remote engine start (if so equipped)(P.3-19)

— Courtesy light (P.2-59)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR FRONT


JVC0940X

1. Trunk lid (P.3-22)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-6)

— Remote keyless entry system(P.3-15)

2. High-mounted stop light (P.8-22)

3. Satellite antenna (P.4-42)

4. Rear window defroster (P.2-37)/An-tenna (P.4-42)

5. Sonar sensors (if so equipped)

— Camera aiding sonar function(P.4-24)

— Sonar system (P.5-133)

6. Rear view camera

— RearView Monitor (if so equipped)(P.4-3)

— Around View® Monitor (if soequipped) (P.4-11)

7. Rear combination light (P.8-22)

8. Fuel-filler door (P.3-25)

— Fuel information (P.10-4)

EXTERIOR REAR

JVC0941X

1. Coat hooks (P.2-51)

2. Power window switch (P.2-52)

3. Outside mirror remote control switch(P.3-31)

4. Automatic drive positioner switch (if soequipped) (P.3-33)

5. Sun visors (P.3-29)

6. Moonroof switch (if so equipped)(P.2-55)

7. SOS call switch* (if so equipped)

8. Map light (P.2-57)

9. Sunglasses holder (P.2-49)

10. Inside mirror (P.3-29)

— HomeLink® universal transceiver (ifso equipped) (P.2-59)

— Compass (if so equipped) (P.2-9)

11. Rear cup holders (P.2-48)

12. Console box (P.2-50)

— Power outlet (P.2-47)

— USB (Universal Serial Bus) connec-tion ports and AUX (auxiliary) inputjack*

13. Front cup holders (P.2-48)

*: Refer to the INFINITI InTouchTM Own-er’s Manual.


PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


WAA0093X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-34)

2. Headlight, fog light and turn signalswitch (P.2-38)

3. Steering wheel

— Horn (P.2-44)

— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-38)

— Heated steering wheel (if soequipped) (P.2-47)

— Power steering (P.5-124)

4. Windshield wiper and washer switch(P.2-34)

5. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

6. Shift lever (P.5-16)

7. INFINITI controller*

8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P.2-45, P.5-129)

9. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-23)

10. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-43)

11. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-ometer (P.2-7)

12. Electric tilting/telescopic steeringwheel switch (if so equipped) (P.3-27)

13. Manual tilting/telescopic steeringwheel lever (if so equipped) (P.3-27)

14. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

— Audio control steering switch*

— Hands-Free Phone System switch*

— Voice recognition system switch*

15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(right side)

— Trip computer switches (P.2-29)

— Cruise control switches (if soequipped) (P.5-66)

— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P.5-68)

— Dynamic driver assistance switch (ifso equipped) (P. 5-25, P.5-45, P.5-89)

16. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P.5-21)

COCKPIT


JVC0969X

1. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-18)

2. Meters and gauges (P.2-6)

— Clock (P.2-31)

3. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-11)

4. Center ventilator (P.4-34)

5. Heater and air conditioner control(P.4-34)

6. Upper touch screen display* (upperdisplay) and Navigation system* (if soequipped)



7. Lower touch screen display* (lowerdisplay)

8. Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch (P.2-37)

9. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-38)

10. Hood release handle (P.3-22)

11. Fuse box cover (P.8-17)

12. Parking brake (P.5-20)

13. Storage box (P.2-51) and power outlet(P.2-47)

14. Seat heater switch (if so equipped)(P.2-45)

15. Audio system*

16. Trunk release power cancel switch(P.3-24)

17. Glove box (P.2-50)


INSTRUMENT PANEL

JVC0428X

1. Tachometer (P.2-8)

2. Warning and indicator lights (P.2-12)

3. Speedometer (P.2-7)

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge(P.2-8)

5. Vehicle information display (P.2-20)/

Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)

6. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)


METERS AND GAUGES


JVC0968X

VR30DDTT ENGINE1. Battery (P.8-11)

2. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-6)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-7)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-9)

5. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-17)

6. Air cleaner (P.8-15)

7. Engine drive belt location (P.8-13)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-3)

9. Intercooler cooling reservoir (P.8-5)

10. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-4)

11. Window washer fluid reservoir(P.8-10)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Warninglight

Name Page

Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

2-12

Brake warning light 2-13

Charge warning light 2-13

Forward Emergency Braking(FEB) systemwarning light (ifso equipped)

2-13

Low fuel warning light 2-14

Low tire pressure warninglight

2-14

Master warning light 2-16

Power steering warning light 2-16

Seat belt warning light 2-17

Supplemental air bag warn-ing light

2-17

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning light

2-17

Indicatorlight

Name Page

ECO drive indicator light 2-18

Exterior light indicator 2-18

Front fog light indicator light 2-18

Front passenger air bag sta-tus light

2-18

High beam assist indicatorlight (if so equipped)

2-18

High beam indicator light 2-18

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

2-18

Security indicator light 2-19

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

2-19

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light

2-19


WARNINGAND INDICATOR LIGHTS


MEMO

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system

Seats ...................................................................................... 1-2

Front seats ..................................................................... 1-3

Rear seats ....................................................................... 1-6

Head restraints/headrests .............................................. 1-7

Adjustable headrestraint/headrest components .............................. 1-8

Non-adjustable headrestraint/headrest components ............................... 1-9

Remove ........................................................................... 1-9

Install ............................................................................... 1-9

Adjust ........................................................................... 1-10

Seat belts ........................................................................... 1-11

Precautions on seat belt usage .............................. 1-11

Pregnant women ....................................................... 1-13

Injured persons ........................................................... 1-13

Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function(front seats) (if so equipped) .................................. 1-13

Three-point type seat belt ...................................... 1-14

Seat belt extenders ................................................... 1-16

Seat belt maintenance ............................................. 1-17

Child safety ...................................................................... 1-17

Infants .......................................................................... 1-18

Small children ............................................................. 1-18

Larger children ........................................................... 1-18

Child restraints ................................................................ 1-19

Precautions on child restraints ............................ 1-19

Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrenSystem (LATCH) ...................................................... 1-21

Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ............................................................ 1-23

Rear-facing child restraint installation usingthe seat belts ............................................................ 1-25

Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ............................................................ 1-28

Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts ................................................ 1-31

Booster seats ........................................................... 1-35

Supplemental restraint system .................................. 1-38

Precautions on supplementalrestraint system ....................................................... 1-38

INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) .............................................................. 1-44

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bag systems ..... 1-52

Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) ..... 1-54

Supplemental air bag warning labels ................ 1-55

Supplemental air bag warning light ................... 1-55

Repair and replacement procedure .................... 1-56

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it andreceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seat with

both feet on the floor and adjust theseat belt properly. See “Precautionson seat belt usage” (P.1-11).

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious accidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who require theassistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-

hicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

. The seatback should not be reclinedfurther than necessary for comfort.Seat belts are most effective whenthe passenger sits well back andstraight up in the seat. If the seat-back is reclined, the risk of slidingunder the lap belt and being injured isincreased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or damages.

SEATS

FRONT SEATS

Front power seat adjustment

Operating tips:

. The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 seconds,then reactivate the switch.

. Do not operate the power seat switch fora long period of time when the engine isoff. This will discharge the battery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” (P.3-33)for the seat position memory function.

SSS1051

Forward and backward:

Moving the switch forward or backwardwill slide the seat forward or backward tothe desired position.

Reclining:

Move the recline switch backward untilthe desired angle is obtained. To bring theseatback forward again, move the switchforward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of different sizesfor added comfort and to help obtain properseat belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat beltusage” (P.1-11).) Also, the seatback can bereclined to allow occupants to rest when the

vehicle is parked.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3


SSS1052

Seat lifter:

Push the front or rear end of the switch up ordown to adjust the angle of the front portionor height of the seat.

SSS1053

Type A (if so equipped)

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat):

The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the driver.


Push the front or back end of the switch toadjust the seatback lumbar area.

SSS0836

Type B (if so equipped)


Move the lever up or down to adjust theseatback lumbar area.

JVR0186X

Side support (if so equipped):

The side support feature allows you toadjust the torso supports. Push the switchinside or outside to adjust the torsoarea.

JVR0497X

Walk-in mechanism:

This feature makes it easier to get in and outof the rear seat. Use the following procedurewhen getting in and out of the rear seat.

If the sun visor is used, close it to the originalposition before operating the walk-in fea-ture.

1. Pull the seatback lever upward to foldthe front seatback down.Make sure thatthe front seatback is completely foldeddown.

2. To slide the front seat forward, firmlypush the seatback switch . The frontseat will move forward.

3. Get in or out of the vehicle.

4. To return the front seat to its originalposition, raise the seatback and push theseatback switch again.

. To stop the seat sliding, push the seat-back switch again or operate the seatsliding/lifter switches.

. The front passenger seat will stop re-turning 6.5 in (165.8 mm) from its front-most position to retain space for the rearpassenger.

. Depending on the seat position, the headrestraint may contact the roof headliningduring the walk-in operation. To preventpossible interference, lower the seatusing the seat lifter switch.



WARNING

When returning the seat to its originalposition, confirm the seat and seatbackare locked properly.

CAUTION

. Be careful not to pinch your hand orfoot or bump your head when oper-ating the walk-in seat.

. While operating the walk-in seat, donot operate the seatback recliningswitch. The reclining motor may bedamaged.

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Theymaybe pinched and damaged.

The automatic forwarding and reversing willnot work or stop under the following condi-tions:

. When the vehicle speed is moving (dri-ver’s seat only).

. When the seat belt is fastened.

. When the shift lever is not in the P (Park)position (driver’s seat only).

. When the door is closed (automaticforwarding only).

. While the automatic drive positioner (ifso equipped) operates.

. When the automatic drive positionerswitches (if so equipped) are pushed.

. When the seatback switch is pushed.

. When the seat position is adjusted.

Note that the seat must be moved to thefront-most position by operating the walk-in function after the battery is disconnected.Otherwise, the seat will not move backwardduring the walk-in function.

REAR SEATS

Folding

WARNING

. Never allow anyone to ride in thetrunk or on the rear seat when it is inthe fold-down position. Use of theseareas by passengers without properrestraints could result in serious in-jury in an accident or sudden stop.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not place cargohigher than the seatback. In a suddenstop or collision, unsecured cargo

could cause personal injury.

. When returning the seatback to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latchedposition. If they are not completelysecured, passengers may be injured inan accident or sudden stop.

. Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked, with therear seatback and trunk lid securelylatched when not in use, and preventchildren’s access to car keys.

JVR0498X

The rear seatback can be folded according tothe following procedure.

Before folding the seatback:

Remove drink containers from the rear cupholder.

To fold the seatback:

1. Open the trunk lid.

2. Pull the strap located on the left side ofthe trunk. The rear seatback will beunlatched.

3. Fold the rear seatback down.

To return the seatback:

1. Fold up the rear seatback.

2. Securely lock the seatback in position.

WARNING

Head restraint/headrest supplement theother vehicle safety systems. They mayprovide additional protection againstinjury in certain rear end collisions.Adjustable head restraint/headrestmust be adjusted properly, as specifiedin this section. Check the adjustmentafter someone else uses the seat. Do notattach anything to the head restraint/headrest stalks or remove the headrestraint/headrest. Do not use the seatif the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved. If the head restraint/headrestwas removed, reinstall and properlyadjust the head restraint/headrest be-fore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion. Failure to follow these instructionscan reduce the effectiveness of the headrestraint/headrest. This may increasethe risk of serious injury or death in acollision.


HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


JVR0388X

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraint/headrest.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a headrest.

+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or headrest.

. Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

. Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalk tolock them in a desired adjustment posi-tion.

. The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notch tosecure them to the seat frame.

. Proper Adjustment:

— For the adjustable type, align the headrestraint/headrest so the center ofyour ear is approximately level withthe center of the head restraint/headrest.

— If your ear position is still higher thanthe recommended alignment, placethe head restraint/headrest at thehighest position.

. If the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved, ensure that it is reinstalled andlocked in place before riding in thatdesignated seating position.

SSS0992

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

JVR0203X

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE-STRAINT/HEADREST COMPO-

NENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

SSS1037

REMOVEUse the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest.

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up tothe highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrestfrom the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-erly in a secure place so it is not loose inthe vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.

SSS1038

INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks

with the holes in the seat. Make sure thatthe head restraint/headrest is facing thecorrect direction. The stalk with theadjustment notch must be installed inthe hole with the lock knob .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/head-rest before an occupant uses the seatingposition.



SSS0997

ADJUSTAdjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears. Ifyour ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

SSS1035

RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.

Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged in thenotch before riding in that designated seat-ing position.

SSS1036

LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.

Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged in thenotch before riding in that designated seat-ing position.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright andwellback in your seat with both feet on the floor,your chances of being injured or killed in anaccident and/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced. INFINITI strongly en-courages you and all of your passengers tobuckle up every time you drive, even if yourseating position includes a supplemental airbag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories specify that seat belts be worn atall times when a vehicle is being driven.

SSS0136A

SSS0134A


SEAT BELTS


SSS0016

SSS0014

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be properlyrestrained in the rear seat and, ifappropriate, in a child restraint.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity of injuryin an accident. Serious injury or deathcan occur if the seat belt is not wornproperly.

. Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never run the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOTTHEWAIST. A lap belt worn too highcould increase the risk of internalinjuries in an accident.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt inside outor twisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

. Do not allowmore than one person touse the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in the ve-hicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may indicatea malfunction in the system. Have thesystem checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

. No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, do notmodify the seat belt, add material orinstall devices that may change theseat belt routing or tension. Doing somay affect the operation of the seatbelt system. Modifying or tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

. Once a seat belt pretensioner hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.INFINITI recommends that all seatbelt assemblies in use during a colli-sion be replaced unless the collisionwas minor and the belts show nodamage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assemblies not inuse during a collision should also beinspected and replaced if either da-mage or improper operation is noted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s inspection in-s t r u c t i on s and r ep l a c emen trecommendations. The child re-straints should be replaced if theyare damaged.

PREGNANT WOMENINFINITI recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should be wornsnug, and always position the lap belt as lowas possible around the hips, not the waist,and place the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Never runthe lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal

area. Contact your doctor for specific re-commendations.

INJURED PERSONSINFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury.Check with your doctor for specific recom-mendations.

PRE-CRASH SEAT BELTS WITH

COMFORT FUNCTION (frontseats) (if so equipped)The pre-crash seat belt tightens the seat beltwith a motor to help restrain front seatoccupants. This helps reduce the risk ofinjury in a collision.

The motor retracts the seat belt under thefollowing emergency conditions:

. During emergency braking.

. During sudden steering maneuvers.

. Activation of the Forward EmergencyBraking (FEB) with pedestrian detectionsystem. (See “Forward Emergency Brak-ing (FEB) with pedestrian detectionsystem” (P.5-100).)

The pre-crash seat belt will not be activewhen:

. The seat belt is not fastened.

. The vehicle speed is under 10 MPH (15km/h) during emergency braking.

. The vehicle speed is under 19 MPH (30km/h) during sudden steering maneu-vers.

The pre-crash seat belt will not be activewhen the brake pedal is not depressedexcept when sudden steering maneuversoccur or the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem activates.

The motor also retracts the seat belt whenthe seat belt is fastened or unfastened.When the seat belt is fastened, the motortightens the seat belt for a snug fit. Whenthe seat belt is unfastened, the motorretracts the seat belt. If the seat belt is notfully retracted, the motor retracts the seatbelt when the door is opened.

Always wear your seat belt correctly and situpright and well back.

If the motor cannot retract the seat beltwhen the seat belt is fastened or unfas-tened, it may indicate the pre-crash seat beltsystem has a malfunction. It is recommendedyou have an INFINITI retailer check andrepair the system.

When the seat belt is retracted repeatedly ina short period of time, the motor may not beable to retract the seat belt. After a fewminutes, the motor normally reactivates andretracts the seat belt. If the seat belt stillcannot be retracted by the motor, the pre-crash seat belt system has a malfunction.



Have the system checked and repaired. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

. Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it andreceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seat withboth feet on the floor and adjust theseat belt properly.

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomes tight.This can occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt to releasethe child.

SSS0292

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-2).)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of theretractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage.. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits thebelt to move, and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Then smoothlypull the belt out of the retractor.

SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be surethe shoulder belt is routed over yourshoulder and across your chest.

The three-point type seat belts have twomodes of operation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode allows the seat belt to extend andretract to allow the driver and passengerssome freedom of movement in the seat. TheELR locks the seat belt when the vehicleslows down rapidly or during impacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode) locks the seatbelt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated the seatbelt cannot be extended again until the seatbelt tongue is detached from the buckle andfully retracted. The seat belt returns to theELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts.For additional information, see “Child re-straints” (P.1-19).

The ALR mode should be used only for childrestraint installation. During normal seatbelt use by an occupant, the ALR modeshould not be activated. If it is activated, itmay cause uncomfortable seat belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat seatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position. If they are notcompletely secured, passengers may beinjured in an accident or sudden stop.

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The seat belt automaticallyretracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lock seatbelt movement by two separate methods:

. When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and



restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice, or to learn more about seat beltoperation.

SSS0588

Shoulder belt arm (for front seats)Before fastening the seat belt, pull theshoulder belt arm forward until it clicks atthe lock position. The arm can also be foldeddown for easier access for rear seat passen-gers.

Pulling the arm forward will allow an easyaccess to the belt.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender thatis compatible with the installed seat belts isavailable that can be purchased. The ex-tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) oflength and may be used for either the driveror front passenger seating position. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor assistance with purchasing an extender ifan extender is required.

WARNING

. It is recommended only INFINITI seatbelt extenders, made by the samecompany which made the originalequipment seat belts, be used withthe INFINITI seat belts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary use couldresult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a

mild soap solution or any solution re-commended for cleaning upholstery orcarpets. Then, wipe with a cloth andallow the seat belts to dry in the shade.Do not allow the seat belts to retractuntil they are completely dry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guideof the seat belt anchors, the seat beltsmay retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors work properly. If looseparts, deterioration, cuts or other da-mage on the webbing is found, the entireseat belt assembly should be replaced.

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomes tight.This can occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt to releasethe child.

Children need adults to help protect them.

They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is availablefrom many other sources, including doctors,teachers, government traffic safety offices,and community organizations. Every child isdifferent, so be sure to learn the best way totransport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

. Rear-facing child restraint

. Forward-facing child restraint

. Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’s

size. Generally, infants up to about 1 yearand less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placedin rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing child restraints are available forchildren who outgrow rear-facing child re-straints and are at least 1 year old. Boosterseats are used to help position a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longeruse a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protec-tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fitthem properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriatechild restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. See“Child restraints” (P.1-19).

A child restraint may be secured in thevehicle by using either the LATCH (LowerAnchor and Tethers for CHildren) system orwith the vehicle seat belt. See “Child re-straints” (P.1-19) for more information.


CHILD SAFETY


INFINITI recommends that all pre-teens andchildren be restrained in the rear seat.Studies show that children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint system(Air bag system) for the front passenger.See “Supplemental restraint system” (P.1-38).

INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.INFINITI recommends that infants be placedin child restraints that comply with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fits yourvehicle and always follow the manufac-turer’s instructions for installation and use.

SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old and weighat least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing child restraint as long as possible upto the height or weight limit of the childrestraint. Children who outgrow the heightor weight limit of the rear-facing childrestraint and are at least 1 year old shouldbe secured in a forward-facing child re-straint with a harness. Refer to the manu-

facturer’s instructions for minimum andmaximum weight and height recommenda-tions. INFINITI recommends that small chil-dren be placed in child restraints that complywith Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child re-straint that fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until they reachthe maximum height or weight limit allowedby the child restraint manufacturer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-fa-cing child restraint, INFINITI recommendsthat the child be placed in a commerciallyavailable booster seat to obtain proper seatbelt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, thebooster seat should raise the child so thatthe shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle portionof the shoulder. The shoulder belt should notcross the neck or face and should not fall offthe shoulder. The lap belt should lie snuglyacross the lower hips or upper thighs, not theabdomen.

A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seat

belt. The booster seat should fit the vehicleseat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until the childcan pass the seat belt fit test below:

. Are the child’s back and hips against thevehicle seatback?

. Is the child able to sit without slouching?

. Do the child’s knees bend easily over thefront edge of the seat with feet flat onthe floor?

. Can the child safely wear the seat belt(lap belt low and snug across the hipsand shoulder belt across mid-chest andshoulder)?

. Is the child able to use the properlyadjusted head restraint/headrest?

. Will the child be able to stay in positionfor the entire ride?

JVR0473X

If you answered no to any of these ques-tions, the child should remain in a boosterseat using a three-point type seat belt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local and stateregulations to confirm your child is using thecorrect restraint system before traveling.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in the cargoarea. The child could be seriously injuredor killed in a sudden stop or collision.

SSS0099

SSS0100

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-

STRAINTS

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and in-stallation of child restraints couldresult in serious injury or death of achild or other passengers in a suddenstop or collision:

— The child restraint must be usedand installed properly. Alwaysfollow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use.

— Infants and children should neverbe held on anyone’s lap. Even thestrongest adult cannot resist theforces of a collision.

— Do not put a seat belt aroundboth a child and another passen-ger.

— INFINITI recommends that allchild restraints be installed in therear seat. Studies show that chil-dren are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than inthe front seat. If youmust install a


CHILD RESTRAINTS


forward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, see “Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts” (P.1-31).

— Even with the INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System, never install arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat. An inflating air bagcould seriously injure or kill a child.A rear-facing child restraint mustonly be used in the rear seat.

— Be sure to purchase a child re-straint that will fit the child andvehicle. Some child restraints maynot fit properly in your vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand loads fromchild restraints that are properlyfitted.

— Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts or harnesses.

— A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

— Keep seatbacks as upright aspossible after fitting the childrestraint.

— Infants and children should al-ways be placed in an appropriate

child restraint while in the vehicle.

. When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCHsystem or a seat belt. In a suddenstop or collision, loose objects caninjure occupants or damage the ve-hicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seatingsurface and buckles before placing achild in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint anchor system, referred to as theLATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system. Some child restraints in-clude rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to theseanchors.

For details, see “Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren System (LATCH)” (P.1-21).

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraintsfor infants and small children of varioussizes. When selecting any child restraint,

keep the following points in mind:

. Choose only a restraint with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Choose achild restraint that is designed for yourchild’s height and weight. Always followall recommended procedures.

. If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5kg), you may use either the LATCHanchors or the seat belt to install thechild restraint (not both at the sametime).

. If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint.

. Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on forward-facing childrestraints be secured to the designatedanchor point on the vehicle.

JVR0499X

Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren System (LATCH)Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with the LATCH (LowerAnchors and Tethers for CHildren) systemcompatible child restraints. This system mayalso be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIXcompatible system. With this system, you donot have to use a vehicle seat belt to securethe child restraint unless the combinedweight of the child and child restraintexceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combinedweight of the child and child restraint isgreater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use thevehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors)to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow

the child restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation.

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child or otherpassengers in a sudden stop or collision:

. Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration.

. Do not secure a child restraint in therear center position using the LATCHlower anchors. The child restraint willnot be secured properly.

. Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the lower anchorarea. Feel to make sure there are noobstructions over the anchors such asseat belt webbing or seat cushionmaterial. The child restraint will notbe secured properly if the loweranchors are obstructed.

Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints. Under



no circumstances are they to be used toattach adult seat belts, or other items orequipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

JVR0252X

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH lower anchors are located,under the covers labelled ISO FIX, at thebottom of the rear seat cushions.

To access a LATCH lower anchor, insertyour finger into the cover and pull the coveroff.

CAUTION

Store the loose LATCH lower anchorcovers to avoid losing them and wherethey will not get damaged.

SSS0643

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH

lower anchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attachmentsthat can be connected to two anchorslocated at certain seating positions in yourvehicle. With this system, you do not have touse a vehicle seat belt to secure the childrestraint. Check your child restraint for alabel stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be inthe instructions provided by the child re-straint manufacturer.

SSS0644

LATCH rigid-mounted attachment

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

SSS0790

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located on the rear parcelshelf.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap child restraint on the rearseat, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints. Underno circumstances are they to be used toattach adult seat belts, or other items or

equipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

REAR-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sectionsbefore installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If thecombined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.



SSS0648

Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

SSS0649

Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

SSS0639

Rear-facing — step 3

3. For child restraints that are equippedwithwebbing-mounted attachments, re-move any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your hand to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while tightening the webbing of theanchor attachments.

SSS0650


4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the LATCH attachment holds therestraint in place. If the restraint is notsecure, tighten the LATCH attachmentas necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint ortry installing by using the vehicle seatbelt (if applicable). Not all child restraintsfit in all types of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RE-

STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALRmode will result inthe child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the front pas-senger air bag. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-46).

For additional information, refer to allWarnings and Cautions in the “Child safety”(P.1-17) and “Child restraints” (P.1-19) be-fore installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If thecombined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’s



instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belts inthe rear seats:

SSS0100


1. Child restraints for infants must be usedin the rear-facing direction and there-fore must not be used in the front seat.Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

SSS0654


2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for beltrouting.

SSS0655


3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to the EmergencyLocking Retractor (ELR) mode whenthe seat belt is fully retracted.

SSS0656


4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

SSS0657


5. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rearwardfirmly in the center of the child restraintto compress the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.



SSS0658


6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the childrestraint is properly secured prior to each

use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt fully retracted, the ALRmode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-

STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sectionsbefore installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCHsystem:


SSS0645

Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point. See “Installing toptether strap” (P.1-30). Do not installchild restraints that require the use of atop tether strap in seating positions thatdo not have a top tether anchor.

SSS0646

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it is inter-fering with the proper child restraint fit,try another seating position or a differ-ent child restraint.

SSS0647

Forward-facing — step 4

4. For child restraints that are equippedwithwebbing-mounted attachments, re-move any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your knee to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while tightening the webbing of theanchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to removeany slack.



SSS0638


6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the LATCH attachment holds therestraint in place. If the restraint is notsecure, tighten the LATCH attachmentas necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 6.

SSS0790

Installing top tether strap

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints. Underno circumstances are they to be used toattach adult seat belts, or other items orequipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

The child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withthe LATCH lower anchor attachments.

First, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (rear outboard seat-ing positions only).

1. Flip up the anchor cover from the anchorpoint which is located directly behind thechild restraint.

2. Position the top tether strap over the topof the seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the rear parcel shelf.

4. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in this sec-tion before tightening the tether strap.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-

STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALRmode will result inthe child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the front pas-senger air bag. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-46).

SSS0640

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) —step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sectionsbefore installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seatbelt in the rear seats or in the front



passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint in thefront seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used in therear-facing direction and, therefore,must not be used in the front seat.


The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint or headrest to obtain thecorrect child restraint fit. If the headrestraint or headrest is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint or headrest when thechild restraint is removed. See “Headrestraints/headrests” (P.1-7) for headrestraint or headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or headrestand it is interfering with the proper childrestraint fit, try another seating positionor a different child restraint.

SSS0360B


3. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for beltrouting.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point (rear seat installationonly). See “Installing top tether strap”(P.1-34). Do not install child restraintsthat require the use of a top tether strapin seating positions that do not have atop tether anchor.

SSS0651


4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to Emergency LockingRetractor (ELR) mode when the seat beltis fully retracted.

SSS0652


5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

SSS0653


6. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rearwardfirmly in the center of the child restraintwith your knee to compress the vehicleseat cushion and seatback while pullingup on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to removeany slack.

SSS0641


8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the



seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.

JVR0192X


10. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status light shouldilluminate. If this light is not illuminated,see “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-46). Move the child restraintto another seating position. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

SSS0790

Installing top tether strap

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints. Underno circumstances are they to be used toattach adult seat belts, or other items orequipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

The child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withthe seat belts.

First, secure the child restraint with the seatbelt.

1. Flip up the anchor cover from the anchorpoint which is located directly behind thechild restraint.

2. Position the top tether strap over the topof the seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the rear parcel shelf.

4. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in this sec-tion before tightening the tether strap.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

BOOSTER SEATS

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured or killed in a sudden stop orcollision greatly increases:

. Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the stomach.

. Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.

. A booster seat must only be installedin a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt.

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points inmind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.



LRS0453

. Make sure the child’s head will beproperly supported by the booster seator vehicle seat. The seatback must be ator above the center of the child’s ears.For example, if a low back booster seatis chosen, the vehicle seatbackmust be

at or above the center of the child’s ears.If the seatback is lower than the centerof the child’s ears, a high back boosterseat should be used.

LRS0464

. If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thebooster seat and check the variousadjustments to be sure the booster seatis compatible with your child. Alwaysfollow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seats orthe front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

CAUTION

To avoid injury to child, do not use thelap/shoulder belt Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode when using abooster seat with the seat belts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Boos-ter seats” sections earlier in this sectionbefore installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat inthe rear seat or in the front passenger seat:

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a forward-facing direc-tion. Always follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

LRS0454

Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint or headrest to obtain thecorrect booster seat fit. If the headrestraint or headrest is removed, storeit in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint or headrest when thebooster seat is removed. See “Headrestraints/headrests” (P.1-7) for headrestraint or headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or headrestand it is interfering with the proper

booster seat fit, try another seatingposition or a different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Be sureto follow the booster seat manufac-turer’s instructions for adjusting the seatbelt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seatbelt toward the retractor to take upextra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt ispositioned across the top, middle portionof the child’s shoulder. Be sure to followthe booster seat manufacturer’s instruc-tions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in “Seat belts” (P.1-11).



JVR0192X

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switchin the ON position. The front passengerair bag status light may or may notilluminate depending on the size of thechild and the type of booster seat used.See “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-46).

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLE-MENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEMThis Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information con-cerning the following systems:

. Driver and passenger front-impact sup-plemental air bags (INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag

. Seat belt with pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front passengerin certain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the chest andpelvis area of the driver and front passengerin certain side impact collisions. The side airbag is designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag system: Thissystem can help cushion the impact forceto the head of occupants in front and rearoutboard seating positions in certain side

impact or rollover collisions. In a side impact,the curtain air bags are designed to inflateon the side where the vehicle is impacted. Ina rollover, curtain air bags on both sides aredesigned to inflate and remain inflated for ashort time.

Curtain air bags are also designed to inflatein certain types of rollover collisions or nearrollovers. As a result, certain vehicle move-ments may cause the curtain air bags toinflate.

These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and passenger seatbelts and are not a substitute for them. Seatbelts should always be correctly worn andthe occupant seated a suitable distanceaway from the steering wheel, instrumentpanel and door finishers. (See “Seat belts”(P.1-11) for instructions and precautions onseat belt usage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After placing the ignition switch in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

SSS0131B

SSS0132B

WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower sever-ity frontal collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bag statuslight is lit. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-46).

. The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor. Thefront air bags inflate with greatforce. Even with the INFINITI Ad-vanced Air Bag System, if you areunrestrained, leaning forward, sittingsideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injuryor death in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries fromthe front air bag if you are up againstit when it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far-awayas practical from the steering wheelor instrument panel. Always use theseat belts.



. The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The Advanced Air BagSystem monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage theninflates the air bags as needed. Fail-ure to properly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

. The front passenger seat is equippedwith occupant classification sensors(weight sensors) that turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF under someconditions. These sensors are onlyused in this seat. Failure to beproperly seated and wearing the seatbelt can increase the risk or severityof injury in an accident. See “Frontpassenger air bag and status light”(P.1-46).

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk of injury if the front air baginflates.

SSS0007

SSS0006

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100

WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properlyrestrained in the rear seat, if possible.

. Even with the INFINITI Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating front air bag couldseriously injure or kill your child. See“Child restraints” (P.1-19) for details.

SSS0059A

SSS0188A



SSS0140

SSS0162

SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags and roof-mounted cur-t a i n s i d e - impac t and ro l l o ve rsupplemental air bags:

. The side air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a front impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower sever-ity side collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

. The curtain air bags ordinarily willnot inflate in the event of a front

impact, rear impact, or lower severityside collision. Always wear your seatbelts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

. The seat belts, the side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat. The side air bagand curtain air bag inflate with greatforce. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the sideair bag on the side of the seatback ofthe front seat or near the side roofrails. Do not allow anyone sitting inthe front seats or rear outboard seatsto extend their hand out of thewindow or lean against the door.Some examples of dangerous ridingpositions are shown in the previousillustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the supplemental side air baginflates, you may be seriously injured.Be especially careful with children,who should always be properly re-strained. Some examples of danger-ous riding positions are shown in theillustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withside air bag inflation.



JVR0507X

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front air bag modules(INFINITI Advanced Air Bags)

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bags

4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags

5. Occupant classif ication sensors(weight sensors)

6. Occupant classification system controlunit

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag inflators

8. Pressure sensors in door

9. Satellite sensors

10. Seat belts with pretensioners

11. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

12. Lap outer pretensioners

INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAGSYSTEM (front seats)

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the pas-senger’s Advanced Air Bag System, ob-serve the following items.

. Do not allow a passenger in the rearseat to push or pull on the seatbackpocket.

. Do not place heavy loads heavierthan 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,head restraint or in the seatbackpocket.

. Make sure that there is nothingpressing against the rear of the seat-back, such as a child restraint in-stalled in the rear seat or an objectstored on the floor.

. Make sure that there is no objectplaced under the front passengerseat.

. Make sure that there is no objectplaced between the seat cushion andcenter console or between the seatcushion and the door.

. Confirm the operating condition withthe front passenger air bag statuslight.

. Be sure that the front passenger seatdoes not contact the rear seat, in-strument panel, etc., or the headrestraint does not contact the roof.

. If you notice that the front passengerair bag status light is not operatingas described in this section, it isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer to check the passenger seatAdvanced Air Bag System.

. Until you have confirmed with aretailer that your passenger seatAdvanced Air Bag System is workingproperly, position the occupants inthe rear seating positions.

. Do not position the front passengerseat so it contacts the rear seat. If thefront seat does contact the rear seat,the air bag system may determine asensor malfunction has occurred andthe front passenger air bag statuslight may illuminate and the supple-mental air bag warning light may

flash.

This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITIAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is de-signed to meet certification requirementsunder U.S. regulations. It is also permitted inCanada.All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual apply and must befollowed.

The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of the steeringwheel. The front passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag is mounted in theinstrument panel above the glove box. Thefront air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity frontal collisions, althoughthey may inflate if the forces in another typeof collision are similar to those of a higherseverity frontal impact. They may not inflatein certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage(or lack of it) is not always an indication ofproper front air bag operation.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage air bag inflators. The systemmonitors information from the crash zonesensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seatbelt buckle switches and the occupantclassification sensors (weight sensors). In-flator operation is based on the severity of acollision and seat belt usage for the driver.

For the front passenger, the occupantclassification sensors are also monitored.Based on information from the sensors, onlyone front air bag may inflate in a crash,depending on the crash severity andwhetherthe front occupants are belted or unbelted.Additionally, the front passenger air bagmay be automatically turned OFF undersome conditions, depending on the informa-tion provided by the occupant classificationsensors. If the front passenger air bag isOFF, the front passenger air bag status lightwill be illuminated. (See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-46) for furtherdetails.) One front air bag inflating does notindicate improper performance of the sys-tem.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer to obtain informationabout the system. If you are consideringmodification of your vehicle due to a dis-ability, you may also contact an INFINITIretailer. Contact information is contained inthe front of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.



Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force on thehead and chest of the front occupants. Theycan help save lives and reduce seriousinjuries. However, an inflating front air bagmay cause facial abrasions or other injuries.Front air bags do not provide restraint to thelower body.

Even with INFINITI advanced air bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driverand passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the steering wheel orinstrument panel. The front air bags inflatequickly in order to help protect the frontoccupants. Because of this, the force of thefront air bag inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst, the air bag module during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After placing the ignition switch in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

JVR0192X

Front passenger air bag and status

light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefully tolearn how it operates. Proper use of theseat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protection.Failure to follow all instructions in thismanual concerning the use of seats, seatbelts and child restraints can increasethe risk or severity of injury in an

accident.

Status light:

The front passenger seat is equippedwith anoccupant classification sensors (weight sen-sors) that turn the front passenger air bag onor off depending on the weight applied tothe front passenger seat. The status of thefront passenger air bag (ON or OFF) isindicated by the front passenger air bagstatus light which is located on theinstrument panel.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the front passenger air bag statuslight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off or remains illuminated de-pending on the front passenger seat occu-pied status. The light operates as follows:

CONDITION DESCRIPTIONPASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS LIGHT

( )FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS

Empty Empty front passenger seatON

(illuminated)INHIBITED

Nobody/SomebodyBag or Child or Child Restraint or Small

Adult in the front passenger seatON

(illuminated)INHIBITED

Adult Adult in the front passenger seatOFF(dark)

ACTIVATED



In addition to the above, certain objectsplaced on the front passenger seat may alsocause the light to operate as describedabove depending on their weight.

For additional information related to thenormal operation and troubleshooting ofthis occupant classification sensor system,please refer to “Normal operation” (P.1-49)and “Troubleshooting” (P.1-50).

Front passenger air bag:

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as de-scribed below in accordance with U.S.regulations. If the front passenger air bagis OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The driverair bag and other air bags in your vehicle arenot part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, by requiringthe air bag to be automatically turned OFF.Certain sensors are used to meet therequirements.

The occupant classification sensor in thisvehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed todetect an occupant and objects on the seatby weight. For example, if a child is in thefront passenger seat, the Advanced Air BagSystem is designed to turn the passenger air

bag OFF in accordance with the regulations.Also, if a child restraint of the type specifiedin the regulations is on the seat, its weightand the child’s weight can be detected andcause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat beltas outlined in this manual should not causethe passenger air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF. For small adults it may beturned OFF, however, if the occupant takeshis/her weight off the seat cushion (forexample, by not sitting upright, by sitting onan edge of the seat, or by otherwise beingout of position), this could cause the sensorto turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure to beseated and wearing the seat belt properlyfor the most effective protection by the seatbelt and supplemental air bag.

INFINITI recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rear seat.INFINITI also recommends that appropriatechild restraints and booster seats be prop-erly installed in a rear seat. If this is notpossible, the occupant classification sensoris designed to operate as described above toturn the front passenger air bag OFF forspecified child restraints as required by theregulations. Failing to properly secure childrestraints and to use the ALR mode mayallow the restraint to tip or move in acollision or sudden stop. This can also result

in the passenger air bag inflating in a crashinstead of being OFF. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Child restraints” (P.1-19)for proper use and installation.

If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the passenger air bag is designed not toinflate in a crash. However, heavy objectsplaced on the seat could result in air baginflation, because of the object’s weightdetected by the occupant classificationsensor. Other conditions could also result inair bag inflation, such as if a child is standingon the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in thismanual. Always be sure that you and allvehicle occupants are seated and restrainedproperly.

Using the front passenger air bag statuslight, you can monitor when the frontpassenger air bag is automatically turnedOFF.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thefront passenger air bag status light isilluminated (indicating that the air bag isOFF), it could be that the person is a smalladult, or is not sitting on the seat properly ornot using the seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the front passenger air bag status lightmay or may not be illuminated, depending onthe size of the child and the type of child

restraint being used. If the front passengerair bag status light is not illuminated (in-dicating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint orseat belt is not being used properly. Makesure that the child restraint is installedproperly, the seat belt is used properly andthe occupant is positioned properly. If thefront passenger air bag status light is still notilluminated, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.

If the front passenger air bag status light willnot illuminate even though you believe thatthe child restraint, the seat belts and theoccupant are properly positioned, it is re-commended that you take your vehicle to anINFINITI retailer. An INFINITI retailer cancheck system status by using a special tool.However, until you have confirmed withyour retailer that your air bag is workingproperly, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System andfront passenger air bag status light will takea few seconds to register a change in thepassenger seat status. This is normal systemoperation and does not indicate a malfunc-tion.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passen-ger air bag system, the supplemental air bagwarning light , located in the meter andgauges area of the instrument panel, will be

illuminated (blinking or steadily lit). Have thesystem checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

Normal operation:

In order for the occupant classificationsensor system to classify the front passen-ger based on weight, please follow theprecautions and steps outlined below:

Precautions

. Make sure that there are no objectsweighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging onthe seat or placed in the seatback pocket.

. Make sure that a child restraint or otherobject is not pressing against the rear ofthe seatback.

. Make sure that a rear passenger is notpushing or pulling on the back of thefront passenger seat.

. Make sure that the front passenger seator seatback is not forced back against anobject on the seat or floor behind it.

. Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.

. Make sure that the front passenger seathead restraint does not contact the roofwhen adjusting the front passenger seat.

Steps

1. Adjust the seat as outlined in “Seats”(P.1-2). Sit upright, leaning against theseatback, and centered on the seat

cushion with your feet comfortably ex-tended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on yourlap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in “Seatbelts” (P.1-11). Front passenger seat beltbuckle status is monitored by the occu-pant classification sensor system, and isused as an input to determine occupancystatus. So, it is highly recommended thatthe front passenger fastens his/her seatbelt.

4. Remain in this position for 30 secondsallowing the system to classify the frontpassenger before the vehicle is put intomotion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checkingthe front passenger air bag status light.

NOTE:

This vehicle’s occupant classification sensorsystem generally keeps the classificationlocked during driving, so it is important thatyou confirm that the front passenger isproperly classified prior to driving. How-ever, the occupant classification sensor mayrecalculate the weight of the occupantunder some conditions (both while drivingand when stopped), so the front passengerseat occupant should continue to remainseated as outlined above.



Troubleshooting:

If you think the front passenger air bagstatus light is incorrect:

1. If the light is ONwith an adult occupyingthe front passenger seat:. Occupant is a small adult - the air bag

status light is functioning as intended.The front passenger air bag is sup-pressed.

However, if the occupant is not a smalladult, then this may be due to thefollowing conditions that may be inter-fering with the weight sensors:. Occupant is not sitting upright, lean-

ing against the seatback, and cen-tered on the seat cushion with his/herfeet comfortably extended to thefloor.

. A child restraint or other object press-ing against the rear of the seatback.

. A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.

. Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

. An object placed under the frontpassenger seat.

. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console or be-tween the seat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions.Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still ON after this, theperson should be advised not to ride inthe front passenger seat and the vehicleshould be checked by an INFINITI retaileras soon as possible.

2. If the light is OFFwith a small adult, childor child restraint occupying the frontpassenger seat:

This may be due to the following condi-tions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:. Small adult or child is not sitting

upright, leaning against the seatback,and centered on the seat cushion withhis/her feet comfortably extended tothe floor.

. The child restraint is not properlyinstalled as outlined in “Child re-straints” (P.1-19).

. An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in theseatback pocket.

. A child restraint or other object press-ing against the rear of the seatback.

. A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.

. Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

. An object placed under the frontpassenger seat.

. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console.

. The front passenger seat head re-straint contacting the roof.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions.Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still OFF after this, the smalladult, child or child restraint should berepositioned in the rear seat and thevehicle should be checked by an INFINITIretailer as soon as possible.

3. If the light is OFF with no front passen-ger and no objects on the front passen-ger seat, the vehicle should be checkedby an INFINITI retailer as soon as

possible.

Other supplemental front-impact

air bag precautions

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause in-jury if the front air bags inflate.

. Do not place objects with sharp edgeson the seat. Also, do not place heavyobjects on the seat that will leavepermanent impressions in the seat.Such objects can damage the seat oroccupant classification sensors(weight sensors). This can affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat. Thiscan damage the seat or occupantclassification sensors. This can alsoaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious personalinjury.

. Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components willbe hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe air bag system. This is to preventaccidental inflation of the supple-mental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front end struc-ture. This could affect proper opera-tion of the front air bag system.

. Tampering with the air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.Tampering includes changes to thesteering wheel and the instrumentpanel assembly by placing materialover the steering wheel pad andabove the instrument panel or byinstalling additional trim materialaround the air bag system.

. Removing or modifying the frontpassenger seat may affect the func-tion of the air bag system and resultin serious personal injury.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may result inserious personal injury. For example,

do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushionor by installing additional trim mate-rial, such as seat covers, on the seatthat is not specifically designed toassure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow any objectsunder the front passenger seat or theseat cushion and seatback. Suchobjects may interfere with the properoperation of the occupant classifica-tion sensors.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affectthe front air bag system. Tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on andaround the front air bag. It is alsorecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for installation of electricalequipment. The Supplemental Re-straint System (SRS) wiring har-nesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the air bagsystem.



. A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualifiedrepair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front air bagsystem and guide the buyer to the appro-priate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SSS0521

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-

IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIRBAG AND ROOF-MOUNTEDCURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT AND

ROLLOVER SUPPLEMENTAL AIRBAG SYSTEMSThe side air bags are located in the outsideof the seatback of the front seats. Thecurtain air bags are located in the side roofrails. All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual apply and must befollowed. The side air bags and curtain airbags are designed to inflate in higherseverity side collisions, although they may

inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity impact. They are designed to inflateon the side where the vehicle is impacted.Theymay not inflate in certain side collisions.

Curtain air bags are also designed to inflatein certain types of rollover collisions or nearrollovers. As a result, certain vehicle move-ments may cause the curtain air bags toinflate.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper supplemental side airbag and curtain side-impact air bag opera-tion.

When side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smoke isnot harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those witha history of a breathing condition should getfresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force on thechest of the front occupants. Curtain airbags help to cushion the impact force to thehead of occupants in the front and rearoutboard seating positions in all rows. Theycan help save lives and reduce seriousinjuries. However, an inflating side air bagsand curtain air bags may cause abrasions or

other injuries. Side air bags and curtain airbags do not provide restraint to the lowerbody.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the side air bag.Rear seat passengers should be seated as faraway as practical from the door finishersand side roof rails. The side air bags andcurtain air bags inflate quickly in order tohelp protect the occupants. Because of this,the force of the side air bags and curtain airbags inflating can increase the risk of injury ifthe occupant is too close to, or is against,these air bag modules during inflation. In arollover, the curtain air bags on both sidesare designed to inflate. Under both side-impact situations, the curtain air bags willremain inflated for a short period of time.

The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

After placing the ignition switch in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The air bag warning lightwill turn off after about 7 seconds if thesystems are operational.

WARNING

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the door finisherand the front seat. Such objects maybecome dangerous projectiles andcause injury if side air bag inflates.

. Right after inflation, several side airbags and curtain air bag systemcomponents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burn your-self.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofside air bag and curtain air bags. Thisis to prevent damage to or accidentalinflation of the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel. Thiscould affect proper operation of theside air bag and curtain air bagsystems.

. Tampering with the air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.For example, do not change the frontseats by placing material near the

seatback or by installing additionaltrim material, such as seat covers,around the side air bags.

. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on andaround the side air bag and curtainair bag. It is also recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for installa-tion of electrical equipment. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the side-impact air bagsystem.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagand curtain air bag systems and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.



SEAT BELTS WITH PRETEN-

SIONERS (front seats)

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reusedafter activation. They must be re-placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but a pretensioner is notactivated, be sure to have the pre-tensioner system checked and, ifnecessary, replaced. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pretensioners. This is to preventdamage to or accidental activation ofthe pretensioner system. Tamperingwith the pretensioner system mayresult in serious personal injury.

. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on andaround the pretensioner system. It isalso recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for installation ofelectrical equipment. Unauthorizedelectrical test equipment and probing

devices should not be used on thepretensioner system.

. If you need to dispose of the preten-sioner or scrap the vehicle, it isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. Correct pre-tensioner disposal procedures are setforth in the appropriate INFINITIService Manual. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personal in-jury.

. If there is an impact to your vehiclefrom any direction, your OccupantClassification Sensor (OCS) should bechecked. It is recommended anINFINITI retailer performs this ser-vice to verify it is still functioningcorrectly. The OCS should be checkedeven if no air bags deploy as a resultof the impact. Failure to verify properOCS function may result in an im-proper air bag deployment resultingin injury or death.

The pretensioner system may activate withthe supplemental air bag system in certaintypes of collisions. Working with the seatbelt retractor, it helps tighten the seat beltwhen the vehicle becomes involved in certaintypes of collisions, helping to restrain frontseat occupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seatbelt retractor. These seat belts are used thesame way as conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful, and it doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limitersallow the seat belt to release webbing (ifnecessary) to reduce forces against thechest.

The supplemental air bag warning lightis used to indicate malfunctions in thepretensioner system. (See “Supplementalair bag warning light” (P.1-55) for moredetails.) If the operation of the supplementalair bag warning light indicates there is amalfunction, have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the seat beltpretensioners and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SSS1016

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG

WARNING LABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag systems are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

SRS air bagThe warning labels are located on thesurface of the sun visors.

WARNING

Do not use a rear-facing child restrainton a seat protected by an air bag in frontof it. If the air bag deploys, it may cause

serious injury or death.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bag systems,pretensioners and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the SRS air bagsystems are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, theair bag and/or pretensioner systems needservicing:



. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the air bag orpretensioner systems may not operate prop-erly. They must be checked and repaired. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the front airbag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/orpretensioner systems will not operate inan accident. To help avoid injury toyourself or others, have your vehiclechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT

PROCEDUREThe front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags and pretensioners are designed toactivate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the supple-mental air bag warning light will remainilluminated after inflation has occurred.These systems should be repaired and/orreplaced as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,curtain air bags, pretensioners and relatedparts should be pointed out to the personconducting the maintenance. The ignitionswitch should always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood orinside the vehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag, orcurtain air bag has inflated, the airbag module will not function againand must be replaced. Additionally,the activated pretensioner must alsobe replaced. The air bag module andpretensioner should be replaced. It is

recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. However, theair bag module and pretensionersystem cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag and the pretensioner systemshould be inspected if there is anydamage to the front end or sideportion of the vehicle. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

. If you need to dispose of the supple-mental air bag or pretensioner orscrap the vehicle, it is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer. Correctsupplemental air bag and seat beltpretensioner system disposal proce-dures are set forth in the appropriateINFINITI Service Manual. Incorrectdisposal procedures could cause per-sonal injury.

. If there is an impact to your vehiclefrom any direction, your OccupantClassification Sensor (OCS) should bechecked by an INFINITI retailer toverify it is still functioning correctly.The OCS should be checked even if noair bags deploy as a result of theimpact. Failure to verify proper OCSfunction may result in an improper airbag deployment resulting in injury or

death.



MEMO

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ................................................................................. 2-3

Instrument panel ............................................................... 2-5

Meters and gauges .......................................................... 2-6

Speedometer and odometer ..................................... 2-7

Tachometer ................................................................... 2-8

Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................... 2-8

Fuel gauge ..................................................................... 2-9

Compass (if so equipped) ............................................... 2-9

Zone variation change procedure ......................... 2-11

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders ........................................................................... 2-12

Checking lights ........................................................... 2-12

Warning lights ............................................................ 2-12

Indicator lights ........................................................... 2-18

Audible reminders ..................................................... 2-19

Vehicle information display .......................................... 2-20

Indicators for operation .......................................... 2-23

Indicators for maintenance .................................... 2-26

Trip computer ............................................................. 2-29

Clock and outside air temperature ....................... 2-31

Security systems ............................................................. 2-32

Vehicle Security System .......................................... 2-32

INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System .................. 2-33

Wiper and washer switch ............................................ 2-34

Rain-sensing auto wiper system(if so equipped) ........................................................ 2-36

Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch ................................................................................ 2-37

Headlight and turn signal switch ............................... 2-38

Headlight switch ..................................................... 2-38

Turn signal switch ................................................... 2-43

Fog light switch ...................................................... 2-44

Horn .................................................................................. 2-44

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch ......... 2-45

Heated seats (if so equipped) ..................................... 2-45

Operation with switch ........................................... 2-46

Operation with touch screen ............................... 2-46

AUTO mode setting ............................................... 2-46

Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) ................... 2-47

Power outlets .................................................................. 2-47

Storage ............................................................................ 2-48

Cup holders .............................................................. 2-48

Soft bottle holder .................................................... 2-49

Sunglasses holder .................................................... 2-49

Glove box .................................................................. 2-50

Console box ............................................................. 2-50

Card holder ................................................................. 2-51

Storage box ................................................................ 2-51

Coat hooks .................................................................. 2-51

Trunk hooks ................................................................ 2-52

Windows ........................................................................... 2-52

Power windows ......................................................... 2-52

Moonroof (if so equipped) ........................................... 2-55

Power moonroof ....................................................... 2-55

Interior lights .................................................................... 2-57

Map lights ................................................................... 2-57

Console light (if so equipped) ................................ 2-57

Interior light control switch .................................... 2-57

Vanity mirror lights ........................................................ 2-58

Trunk light ........................................................................ 2-59

Courtesy light .................................................................. 2-59

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver(if so equipped) ............................................................... 2-59

Programming HomeLink® .................................... 2-60

Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers ............................... 2-61

Operating the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ............................................. 2-62

Programming troubleshooting ............................ 2-62

Clearing the programmed information ............. 2-62

Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button .................................................. 2-62

If your vehicle is stolen .......................................... 2-63

WAA0093X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-34)

2. Headlight, fog light and turn signalswitch (P.2-38)

3. Steering wheel

— Horn (P.2-44)

— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-38)

— Heated steering wheel (if soequipped) (P.2-47)

— Power steering (P.5-124)

4. Windshield wiper and washer switch(P.2-34)

5. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

6. Shift lever (P.5-16)

7. INFINITI controller*

8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P.2-45, P.5-129)

9. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-23)

10. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-43)

11. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-ometer (P.2-7)

12. Electric tilting/telescopic steeringwheel switch (P.3-27)

13. Manual tilting/telescopic steeringwheel lever (P.3-27)

14. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

— Audio control steering switch*

— Hands-Free Phone System switch*

— Voice recognition system switch*

15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(right side)

— Trip computer switch (P.2-29)

— Cruise control switches (if soequipped) (P.5-66)

— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P.5-68)

— Dynamic driver assistance switch (ifso equipped) (P. 5-25, P.5-45, P.5-89)

16. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P.5-21)

Instruments and controls 2-3

COCKPIT

2-4 Instruments and controls


JVC0969X

1. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-18)

2. Meters and gauges (P.2-6)

— Clock (P.2-31)

3. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-11)

4. Center ventilator (P.4-34)

5. Heater and air conditioner control(P.4-34)

6. Upper touch screen display* (upperdisplay) and Navigation system* (if soequipped)



7. Lower touch screen display* (lowerdisplay)

8. Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch (P.2-37)

9. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-38)

10. Hood release handle (P.3-22)

11. Fuse box cover (P.8-17)

12. Parking brake (P.5-20)

13. Storage box (P.2-51) and power outlet(P.2-47)

14. Seat heater switch (if so equipped)(P.2-45)

15. Audio system*

16. Trunk release power cancel switch(P.3-24)

17. Glove box (P.2-50)



INSTRUMENT PANEL


JVC0428X

1. Tachometer* (P.2-8)

2. Warning and indicator lights (P.2-12)

3. Speedometer* (P.2-7)

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge*

(P.2-8)

5. Vehicle information display (P.2-20)/

Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)

6. Fuel gauge* (P.2-9)

*: The needle indicators may move slightlyafter the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position. This is not a malfunction.

CAUTION

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dam-pened with water. Never use a roughcloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or anykind of solvent or paper towel with achemical cleaning agent. They willscratch or cause discoloration to thelens.

. Do not spray any liquid such as wateron the meter lens. Spraying liquidmay cause the system tomalfunction.

METERS AND GAUGES

JVI0636X

Speedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND OD-

OMETER

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed inmiles per hour (MPH) and kilometers perhour (km/h).

JVI0637X

Odometer/twin trip odometer

Odometer/twin trip odometerThe odometer and twin trip odometerare displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay when the ignition switch is in theON position.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distanceof individual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch under thecombination meter panel changes the dis-play as follows:

TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch for morethan 1 second resets the trip odometer tozero.



WAC0191X

TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not revthe engine into the red zone .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduceengine speed. Operating the engine inthe red zone may cause serious enginedamage.

JVI0639X

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERA-

TURE GAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature.

The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range when the gauge needle pointswithin the zone shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies withthe outside air temperature and drivingconditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature is near the hot (H) end ofthe normal range, reduce vehicle speedto decrease the temperature. If thegauge is over the normal range, stopthe vehicle as soon as safely possible andlet the engine idle. If the engine isoverheated, continued operation of thevehicle may seriously damage the engine.See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-13)for immediate action required.

JVI0640X

FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or downhills.

The gauge needle returns to “0” (Empty)after the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “0” (Empty).

The low fuel warning light illuminates onthe meter when the fuel level is getting low.Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferablybefore the gauge reaches “0”. There will be a

small reserve of fuel in the tank when thefuel gauge needle reaches “0”.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the right side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips, thelight should turn off. If the lightremains on after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-18).

SIC3181

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the compass display willindicate the direction of the vehicle’s head-ing.

If the display reads “C”, calibrate the com-pass by driving the vehicle in 3 completecircles at less than 5 MPH (8 km/h). You canalso calibrate the compass by driving your


COMPASS (if so equipped)


vehicle on your everyday route. The compasswill be calibrated once it has tracked 3complete circles.

To turn on and off the compass manually,push the switch while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

SIC0611B

Zone map

ZONE VARIATION CHANGE

PROCEDUREThe difference between magnetic north andgeographical north is known as variance. Insome areas, this difference can sometimesbe great enough to cause false compassreadings. Follow these instructions to set thevariance for your particular location if thishappens:

1. Push the switch for more than 3seconds. The current zone number willappear in the display.

2. Find your current location and variancenumber on the zone map.

3. Push the switch repeatedly until thenew zone number appears in the display,then release the switch. After you re-lease the switch, the display will show acompass direction within a few seconds.. If the compass deviates from the

correct indication soon after repeatedadjustment, it is recommended youhave the compass checked at anINFINITI retailer.

. The compass may not indicate thecorrect compass point in tunnels orwhile driving up or down a steep hill.

(The compass returns to the correctcompass point when the vehiclemoves to an area where the geomag-

netism is stabilized.)

CAUTION

. Do not install a ski rack, antenna,etc., which are attached to the vehi-cle bymeans of amagnet. They affectthe operation of the compass.

. When cleaning themirror, use a papertowel or similar material dampenedwith glass cleaner. Do not spray glasscleaner directly on the mirror as itmay cause the liquid cleaner to enterthe mirror housing.



Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight

Power steering warning lightHigh beam assist indicator light (if soequipped)

Brake warning lightSeat belt warning light and chime High beam indicator light

Supplemental air bag warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Charge warning lightVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warninglight

Security indicator light

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) sys-tem warning light (if so equipped)

ECO drive indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Low fuel warning light Exterior light indicatorVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off in-dicator light

Low tire pressure warning light Front fog light indicator light

Master warning light Front passenger air bag status light

CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

, or , , ,

The following lights (if so equipped) willcome on briefly and then go off:

, or , , , ,

If any light does not come on or operates in away other than described, it may indicate aburned-out bulb and/or a system malfunc-

tion. It is recommended you have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

Some indicators and warnings are alsodisplayed in the vehicle information displaybetween the speedometer and tachometer.(See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-20).)

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock Braking

System (ABS) warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminates and thenturns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-tional.

If the ABSwarning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it mayindicate the ABS is not functioning properly.Have the system checked. It is recommended

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATORLIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS

you visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lockassistance. (See “Brake system” (P.5-126).)

or Brake warning lightThis light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light comes on when theparking brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluidlevel. If the light comes on while the engine isrunning with the parking brake not applied,stop the vehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluidis necessary, add fluid and have thesystem checked. It is recommended youhave this service performed by anINFINITI retailer. (See “Brake fluid”(P.8-9).)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked. It is recom-mended you have this service performedby an INFINITI retailer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both thebrake warning light and the Anti-lock Brak-ing System (ABS) warning light illuminate, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the brake system checked,and if necessary repaired. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.(See “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn-ing light” (P.2-12).)

WARNING

. Your brake system may not be work-ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for re-pairs. Otherwise, have your vehicletowed because driving it could bedangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase your stoppingdistance and braking will requiregreater pedal effort as well as pedaltravel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on the brake

fluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Charge warning lightIf the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the charging systemis not functioning properly. Turn the engineoff and check the alternator belt. If the belt isloose, broken, missing or if the light remainson, have your vehicle serviced immediately. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Forward Emergency Braking(FEB) system warning light (if so

equipped)This light comes on when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position. It turns off afterthe engine is started.



This light illuminates when the FEB withpedestrian detection system is set to OFF onthe lower display.

If the light illuminates when the FEB withpedestrian detection system is ON, it mayindicate that the system is unavailable. See“Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withpedestrian detection system” (P.5-100) formore details.

Low fuel warning lightThis light illuminates when the fuel in thetank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches the 0 (empty) position.

There will be a small reserve of fuel remain-ing in the tank when the fuel gauge reachesthe 0 position.

Low tire pressurewarning lightYour vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitorsthe tire pressure of all tires except the sparetire (if so equipped).

The low tire pressure warning light warns oflow tire pressure and flat tire (if so equipped)or indicates that the TPMS is not functioningproperly.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about 1

second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningalso appears in the vehicle information dis-play.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. The low tire pressurewarning light does not automatically turnoff when the tire pressure is adjusted. Afterthe tire is inflated to the recommendedpressure, the vehicle must be driven atspeeds above 16MPH (25 km/h) to activatethe TPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gauge tocheck the tire pressure.

The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning isactive as long as the low tire pressurewarning light remains illuminated.

For additional information, see “Vehicleinformation display” (P.2-20), “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”(P.6-3).

Flat tire warning (if so equipped):

The flat tire warning warns of a flat tire.

If the vehicle is being drivenwith one or moreflat tires, the low tire pressure warning lightwill illuminate continuously and a chime willsound for 10 seconds. A “Flat Tire - Visitdealer” warning also appears in the vehicleinformation display.

The chime will only sound at the firstindication of a flat tire and the warning lightwill illuminate continuously. When the flattire warning is activated, have the systemreset and the tire checked, and replaced ifnecessary. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for these services. Even ifthe tire is inflated to the specified COLD tirepressure, the warning light will continue toilluminate until the system is reset by anINFINITI retailer.

Your vehicle can be driven for a limited timeon a flat tire. See “Run-flat tires” (P.6-4).

TPMS malfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. The lightwill remain on after the 1 minute. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service. The “TirePressure Low - Add Air” warning does not

appear if the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should contactthe electric medical equipment man-ufacturer for the possible influencesbefore use.

. If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch pushed ON, havethe vehicle checked as soon as possi-ble. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

. If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe locationand stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. Driving with under-inflatedtires may permanently damage thetires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tire

pressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turn thelow tire pressure warning light OFF.If the light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tire pres-sure, a tire may be flat or the TPMSmay be malfunctioning. If you have aflat tire, replace it with a spare tire (ifso equipped) or repair it with theemergency tire puncture repair kit (ifso equipped) as soon as possible. If notire is flat and all tires are properlyinflated, it is recommended you con-sult an INFINITI retailer.

. For models with run-flat tires,although you can continue drivingwith a punctured run-flat tire, re-member that vehicle handling stabi-lity is reduced, which could lead to anaccident and personal injury. Also,driving a long distance at high speedsmay damage the tires.

— Do not drive at speeds above 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not drivemore than approximately 93 miles(150 km) with a punctured run-flat tire. The actual distance thevehicle can be driven on a flat tiredepends on outside temperature,vehicle load, road conditions andother factors.

— If you detect any unusual soundsor vibrations while driving with apunctured run-flat tire, pull offthe road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. The tire may be seriouslydamaged and need to be replaced.

. Since the spare tire is not equippedwith the TPMS, when a spare tire ismounted or a wheel is replaced, theTPMS will not function and the lowtire pressure warning light will flashfor approximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after the 1 minute.Have your tires replaced and/orTPMS system reset as soon as pos-sible. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for these services.

. Replacing tires with those not origin-ally specified by INFINITI could affectthe proper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven at speedsof less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the



TPMS may not operate correctly.

. Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

Master warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the master warning light illumi-nates if any of the following warningsappear in the vehicle information display:

. No key warning

. PUSH warning

. Key ID Incorrect warning

. Low washer fluid warning

. Door/trunk open warning

. Loose fuel cap warning

. Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning

. Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning (if soequipped)

. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning (if soequipped)

. Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)warning (if so equipped)

. Intelligent Key system warning

. Chassis control warning

. Parking brake release warning

. SHIFT “P” warning

. Low oil pressure warning

See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-20).

If the driver assist system warnings appearin the vehicle information display, the masterwarning light also illuminates. See “LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system” (P.5-33), “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-37),“Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)” (P.5-45),“Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)” (P.5-57), “Distance Control Assist (DCA)” (P.5-89), “Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)with pedestrian detection system” (P.5-100) and “Predictive Forward CollisionWarning (PFCW)” (P.5-110).

Power steering warning light

Models with Direct Adaptive Steering :

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the power steering warning lightilluminates. After starting the engine, thepower steering warning light stays on for afew seconds and turns off. This indicatesthat Direct Adaptive Steering is operational.Drive the vehicle after the power steeringwarning light turns off.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while driving, pull off the road to asafe location and stop the vehicle. If thepower steering warning light turns off, youcan drive again. If the power steeringwarning light continues to illuminate, it isrecommended you have Direct Adaptive

Steering checked by an INFINITI retailer.(See “Direct Adaptive Steering type” (P.5-124).)

Models with electric power steering :

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the power steering warning lightilluminates. After starting the engine, thepower steering warning light turns off. Thisindicates the electric power steering isoperational.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the electric power steering is notfunctioning properly and may need servicing.It is recommended you have the electricpower steering checked by an INFINITIretailer.

When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, thepower assist to the steering will ceaseoperation but you will still have control ofthe vehicle. At this time, greater steeringefforts are required to operate the steeringwheel, especially in sharp turns and at lowspeeds.

See “Electric power steering type” (P.5-124).

Seat belt warning light and

chimeThe light and chime remind you to fastenseat belts. The light illuminates wheneverthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, and will remain illuminated until thedriver’s seat belt is fastened. At the sametime, the chime will sound for about 6seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt isnot fastened when the front passenger’sseat is occupied.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-11) for precautions onseat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warning

lightAfter pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight will illuminate. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the supplemental front air bagand supplemental side air bag, curtain side-impact air bag systems and/or pretensionerseat belt are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental

side air bag, supplemental curtain side-impact air bag and pretensioner seat beltneeds servicing.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supple-mental Restraint Systems and/or the pre-tensioner seat belt may not functionproperly.

For additional information, see “Supplemen-tal restraint system” (P.1-38).

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the supple-mental front air bag, supplemental sideair bag, curtain side-impact air bagsystems and/or pretensioner seat beltwill not operate in an accident. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others, haveyour vehicle checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this

service.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning light illuminates and thenturns off.

The light will blink when the VDC system orthe traction control system is operating, thusalerting the driver that the vehicle is nearingits traction limits. The road surface may beslippery.

When the VDC warning light illuminateswhen the VDC system is turned on, this lightalerts the driver to the fact that the VDCsystem’s fail-safe mode is operating, forexample the VDC, active trace control func-tion, Brake Force Distribution or hill startassist system may not be functioning prop-erly. Have the system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. If a malfunction occurs in thesystem, the VDC system function will becanceled but the vehicle is still driveable. Foradditional information, see “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” (P.5-129).



INDICATOR LIGHTS

ECO drive indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light will come on and then turnoff.

When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector isturned to the ECO mode, the ECO driveindicator light will illuminate, blink or remainoff depending on the accelerator pedaloperation to help assist the driver to driveeconomically. For more details, see “ECOmode” (P.5-22).

Exterior light indicatorThis indicator illuminates when the headlightswitch is turned to the AUTO, orposition and the exterior lights (such as frontparking lights, headlights, etc.) are on. Theindicator turns off when these lights areturned off.

Front fog light indicator lightThe front fog light indicator light illuminateswhen the front fog lights are on. (See “Foglight switch” (P.2-44).)

Front passenger air bag status

lightThe front passenger air bag status light( ) located on the instrument panel will belit and the passenger front air bag will beOFF depending on how the front passengerseat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status lightoperation, see “INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem (front seats)” (P.1-44).

High beam assist indicatorlight (if so equipped)The indicator light illuminates when theheadlights come on while the headlightswitch is in the AUTO position with the highbeam selected. This indicates that the highbeam assist system is operational. (See“High beam assist” (P.2-39).)

High beam indicator lightThis light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beamis selected.

Malfunction Indicator Light

(MIL)If the malfunction indicator light comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running,it may indicate a potential emission controlmalfunction.

The malfunction indicator light may alsocome on steady if the fuel-filler cap is looseor missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that thevehicle has at least 3 US gallons (11.4 liters)of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emissioncontrol system malfunction exists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for an emissioncontrol system inspection/maintenance test.(See “Readiness for Inspection/Mainte-nance (I/M) test (US only)” (P.10-21).)

Operation:

The malfunction indicator light will come onin one of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light on steady —An emission control system malfunctionhas been detected. Check the fuel-filler

cap if the Loose Fuel Cap warningappears in the vehicle information dis-play. If the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. Thelight should turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turn offafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service. You donot need to have your vehicle towed tothe retailer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected whichmay damage the emission control sys-tem.

To reduce or avoid emission controlsystem damage:

1) Do not drive at speeds above 45MPH (72 km/h).

2) Avoid hard acceleration or decelera-tion.

3) Avoid steep uphill grades.

4) If possible, reduce the amount ofcargo being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and remain on.

Have the vehicle inspected. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the retailer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessary couldlead to poor driveability, reduced fueleconomy, and possible damage to theemission control system.

Security indicator lightThe light blinks when the ignition switch is inthe ACC, OFF or LOCK position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemequipped on the vehicle is operational.

If the security system is malfunctioning, thislight will remain on while the ignition switchis in the ON position. For additional informa-tion, see “Security systems” (P.2-32).

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlightsThe light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control

(VDC) off indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light will come on and then turnoff.

The light comes on when the VDC off switchis pushed to OFF. This indicates that theVDC system and traction control system arenot operating.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chimeA chime will sound if the driver side door isopenedwhile the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC position. Make sure the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position, andtake the Intelligent Key with you whenleaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeA chime will sound when the driver side dooris opened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in theACC, OFF or LOCK position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.



Parking brake reminder chimeThe parking brake reminder chime will soundif the vehicle is driven at more than 4MPH (7km/h) with the parking brake applied. Stopthe vehicle and release the parking brake.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requires repla-cement, it will make a high pitched scrapingsound when the vehicle is in motion. Thisscraping sound will first occur only when thebrake pedal is depressed. After more wear ofthe brake pad, the sound will always beheard even if the brake pedal is notdepressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the warning sound is heard.

JVI0641X

The vehicle information display is locatedbetween the tachometer and the speed-ometer, and it displays the warnings andinformation. The following items are alsodisplayed if the vehicle is equipped withthem:

. Automatic Transmission (AT)

— “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-16)

. All-Wheel Drive (AWD)

— “Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)”(P.5-121)

. Cruise control

— “Cruise control” (P.5-66)

. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

— “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-68)

. Active Lane Control

— “Active Lane Control” (P.5-25)

. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

— “Lane Departure Warning (LDW) sys-tem” (P.5-33)

. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

— “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-37)

. Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)

— “Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)” (P.5-45)

. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)

— “Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)”(P.5-57)

. Distance Control Assist (DCA)

— “Distance Control Assist (DCA)” (P.5-89)

. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withpedestrian detection system

— “Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)with pedestrian detection system”(P.5-100)

. Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW)

— “Predictive Forward CollisionWarning(PFCW)” (P.5-110)

. Active trace control

— “Active trace control” (P.5-130)

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

. Intelligent Key system

— “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-6)



WAC0156X

INDICATORS FOR OPERATION

1. Engine start operation indicatorThis indicator appears when the shift lever isin the P (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch with thebrake pedal depressed. You can start theengine directly in any position of the ignitionswitch.

2. NO KEY warningThe warning appears when the door isclosed with the Intelligent Key left outsidethe vehicle and the ignition switch in theACC or ON position. Make sure that theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-6) for moredetails.

3. SHIFT “P” warningThis warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed to stop the engine withthe shift lever in any position except the P(Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the shift leverto the P (Park) position or push the ignitionswitch to the ON position.

An inside warning chimewill also sound. (See“Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-14).)

4. “PUSH” warningThis warning appears when the shift lever ismoved to the P (Park) position with theignition switch in the ACC position after theSHIFT “P” warning appears.

To push the ignition switch to the OFFposition, perform the following procedure:

. SHIFT “P” warning ? (Move the shiftlever to “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Pushthe ignition switch ? ignition switchposition is turned to ON) ? PUSHwarning ? (Push the ignition switch ?ignition switch position is turned to OFF)

5. Intelligent Key battery discharge

indicatorThis indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the batterywith a new one. (See “Intelligent Key batteryreplacement” (P.8-19).)

6. Engine start operation for Intel-ligent Key system indicatorThis indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power andwhen the Intelligent Key System and vehicleare not communicating normally.

If this indicator appears, touch the ignitionswitch with the Intelligent Key while depres-

sing the brake pedal. (See “Intelligent Keybattery discharge” (P.5-14).)

7. Remote engine start indicator (ifso equipped)This indicator appears when the engine hasbeen started using the remote engine startfunction. To start the vehicle, depress thebrake pedal and place the ignition switch inthe ON position.

For more details, see “Remote engine start”(P.3-19).

8. Key ID Incorrect warningThis warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed from the LOCK positionand the Intelligent Key cannot be recognizedby the system. You cannot start the enginewith an unregistered key. Use the registeredIntelligent Key.

See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-6).

9. Parking brake release warningThis warning appears when the vehiclespeed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and theparking brake is applied.

10. Low fuel warningThis warning appears when the fuel level inthe tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gauge



reaches the empty (0) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remaining inthe tank when the fuel gauge reaches theempty (0) position.

11. Low washer fluid warningThis warning appears when the washer tankfluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid asnecessary. (See “Windowwasher fluid” (P.8-10).)

12. Door/trunk open warningThis warning appears if any of the doorsand/or the trunk lid are open or not closedsecurely. The vehicle icon indicates whichdoor or the trunk lid is open on the display.

13. Intelligent Key system warningThis warning appears if there is a malfunc-tion in the Intelligent Key system.

If this warning appears while the engine isstopped, the engine cannot be started. If thiswarning appears while the engine is running,the vehicle can be driven. However, in thesecases, have the system checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

14. Loose Fuel Cap warningThis warning appears when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after the

vehicle has been refueled. (See “Fuel-fillercap” (P.3-25).)

15. Tire Pressure Low - Add AirwarningThis warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and low tire pressure is detected. Thewarning appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as longas the low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated. If this warning appears,stop the vehicle and adjust the pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Informationlabel. (See “Low tire pressure warning light”(P.2-14) and “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” (P.5-5).)

16. Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning

(if so equipped)This warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and one or more flat tires are detectedwhile driving. A chime also sounds forapproximately 10 seconds. (See “Low tirepressure warning light” (P.2-14) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).)

17. Low oil pressure warningThis warning appears if low engine oilpressure is detected. If the warning appearsduring normal driving, pull off the road in asafe area, stop the engine immediately andcall an INFINITI retailer or other authorizedrepair shop.

The low oil pressure warning is not designedto indicate a low oil level. Use the dipstick tocheck the oil level. (See “Engine oil” (P.8-6).)

18. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning

(if so equipped)This warning appears when the IntelligentAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) system is not func-tioning properly while the engine is running.The displayed message will vary dependingon the condition of the AWD system mal-function. (See “Intelligent All-Wheel Drive(AWD)” (P.5-121).)

19. Extended storage fuse warning

(if so equipped)This warning may appear if the extendedstorage fuse switch is not pushed in(switched on). When this warning appears,push in (switch on) the extended storagefuse switch to turn off the warning. Formore information, see “Extended storagefuse switch” (P.8-19).

20. Adaptive Front lighting System

(AFS) warning (if so equipped)This warning appears when the AdaptiveFront lighting System (AFS) is not function-ing properly. It is recommended you have thesystem checked by an INFINITI retailer.

(See “Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)”(P.2-42).)

21. Power will turn off to save thebattery warningThis warning appears after a period of timeif the shift lever has not moved from the “P”(Park) position with the ignition switch in theACC or ON position.

22. Power turned off to save thebattery warningThis warning appears after the ignitionswitch is automatically turned OFF to savethe battery.

23. Light reminder warningThis warning appears when the driver sidedoor is opened with the headlight switch isleft ON and the ignition switch is placed inthe ACC, OFF or LOCK position. Place theheadlight switch to “OFF” or “AUTO” posi-tion. For additional information, see “Head-light and turn signal switch” (P.2-38).

24. “TIMER” indicatorThis indicator appearswhen the set “TIMER”indicator activates. You can set the time forup to 6 hours in the [Alarms] under the[Settings] menu on the lower display. (Seethe INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual.)

25. Low outside temperature

warningThis warning appears if the outside tem-perature is below 37°F (3°C). The warningcan be set not to be displayed in the [Alarms]under the [Settings] menu on the lowerdisplay. (See the INFINITI InTouchTM Own-er’s Manual.)

26. Chassis control warningThis warning appears if Active Lane Control(if so equipped), the active trace controlsystem and/or chassis control are notfunctioning properly. It is recommendedyou have the system checked by an INFINITIretailer. (See “Active Lane Control” (P.5-25),“Active trace control” (P.5-130) and “Chas-sis control” (P.5-132).)

27. Cruise indicator

Models without Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) system:

This indicator shows the cruise control

system status. The status is shown by thecolor.

See “Cruise control” (P.5-66) for details.

Models with Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system:

This indicator shows the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode status. Thestatus is shown by the color.

See “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode” (P.5-85) for details.

28. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system ON indicator (if so

equipped)This indicator shows the Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC) system status. The status isshown by the color. (See “Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC)” (P.5-68).)

29. Driver assist system indicator (if

so equipped)This indicator shows the status of thefollowing systems.









For more details, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) system” (P.5-33), “BlindSpot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-37), “Blind SpotIntervention® (BSI)” (P.5-45), “DistanceControl Assist (DCA)” (P.5-89), “ForwardEmergency Braking (FEB) with pedestriandetection system” (P.5-100) and “PredictiveForward Collision Warning (PFCW)” (P.5-110).

The figure and color of this indicator willchange depending on the conditions of theabove systems. (In each section, the name ofthis indicator is referred to as, “driver assistsystem lane indicator”, “driver assist systemblind spot indicator” or “driver assist systemforward indicator” depending on the sys-tems.)

30. INFINITI Drive Mode SelectorindicatorWhen a driving mode is selected using theINFINITI Drive Mode Selector, the selectedmode indicator is displayed.

. PERSONAL

. SPORT

. SPORT+ (if so equipped)

. STANDARD

. ECO

. SNOW

(See “INFINITI Drive Mode Selector” (P.5-21).)

31. Automatic Transmission (AT)position indicatorThis indicator shows the automatic shiftposition.

In the manual shift mode, when the trans-mission does not shift to the selected geardue to a transmission protection mode, theAT position indicator will blink and a chimewill sound.

See “Automatic Transmission (AT)” (P.5-16)for further details.

JVI0681M

INDICATORS FOR MAINTE-

NANCEFor setting the indicators for maintenance,see the INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Man-ual.

1. Engine oil and filter replacement

indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset time comes for changing the engine oiland filter. You can set or reset the distancefor changing the engine oil and filter.

2. Tire replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset distance comes for replacing tires. Youcan set or reset the distance for replacingtires.

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, includ-ing tire pressure checks. See “Changingwheels and tires” (P.8-33).Many factorsincluding tire inflation, alignment, driv-ing habits and road conditions affect tirewear and when tires should be replaced.Setting the tire replacement indicatorfor a certain driving distance does notmean your tires will last that long. Usethe tire replacement indicator as a guideonly and always perform regular tirechecks. Failure to perform regular tirechecks, including tire pressure checkscould result in tire failure. Serious vehicle

damage could occur and may lead to acollision, which could result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

3. Other indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset time comes for replacing items otherthan the engine oil, oil filter and tires. Youcan set or reset the distance for replacingthe items.



WAC0145X

JVI1484X

TRIP COMPUTERSwitches for the trip computer are locatedon the right side of the steering wheel. Tooperate the trip computer, push theswitches.

Each time the or switch is pushed,the display will change.

The display items for trip computer arechanged on the lower display. For details,see the INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Man-ual.

1. Distance to empty (dte — mile or

km)The distance to empty (dte) mode provides

you with an estimation of the distance thatcan be driven before refueling. The dte isconstantly being calculated, based on theamount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actualfuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature. If the fuel level is low, the warning isdisplayed on the screen.

When the fuel level drops even lower, thedte display will change to “——”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position may continueto be displayed.

. When driving uphill or rounding curves,the fuel in the tank shifts, which maymomentarily change the display.

2. Vehicle speed (MPH or km/h)The vehicle speed mode shows the currentvehicle speed and the average vehicle speedsince the last reset.

Average vehicle speed:

Resetting is done by pushing the orswitch for longer than 1 second.

The average vehicle speed display is updatedevery 30 seconds. The first 30 seconds aftera reset, the display shows “——”.

3. Elapsed time and trip odometer

(mile or km)

Elapsed time:

The elapsed time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. Resetting is done by pushingthe or switch for longer than 1second. (The trip odometer is also reset atthe same time.)

Trip odometer:

The trip odometer mode shows the totaldistance the vehicle has been driven sincethe last reset. Resetting is done by pushingthe or switch for longer than 1second. (The elapsed time is also reset at thesame time.)

4. Current fuel consumption andaverage fuel consumption (MPG, l

(liter)/100 km or km/l)

Current fuel consumption:

The current fuel consumption mode showsthe current fuel consumption.

Average fuel consumption:

The average fuel consumption mode showsthe average fuel consumption since the lastreset. Resetting is done by pushing theor switch for longer than 1 second.

The average fuel consumption is also reset



on the lower display. See the INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after areset, the display shows “——”.

5. Navigation (if so equipped)When the route guidance is set in thenavigation system, this item shows thenavigation route information.

For more details, see the INFINITI In-TouchTM Owner’s Manual.

6. AudioThe audio mode shows the status of audioinformation.

For more details, see the INFINITI In-TouchTM Owner’s Manual.

7. Driving aids (if so equipped)The driving aids mode shows the operatingcondition for the following systems.







For more details, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) system” (P.5-33), “BlindSpot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-37), “Blind SpotIntervention® (BSI)” (P.5-45), “DistanceControl Assist (DCA)” (P.5-89), “ForwardEmergency Braking (FEB) with pedestriandetection system” (P.5-100) and “PredictiveForward Collision Warning (PFCW)” (P.5-110).

8. Tire pressureThe tire pressure mode shows the pressureof all four tires while the vehicle is driven.

When the “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” or“Flat Tire - Visit dealer” (if so equipped)warning appears, the display can beswitched to the tire pressure mode bypushing the or switch.

The tire pressure unit can be changed in the[TPMS setting] under the [Settings] menuon the lower display. (See the INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual.)

NOTE:

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, it may take a period of time for thetire pressure to be displayed while thevehicle is driven. Depending on the radiowave circumstance, tire pressure may notcorrectly be displayed.

9. Chassis controlWhen Active Lane Control (if so equipped) orthe active trace control system is operated, itshows the operating condition. See “ActiveLane Control” (P.5-25) and “Active tracecontrol” (P.5-130) for more details.

10. Oil control systemEngine oil information informs the distanceto oil change.

Distance to oil change:

The distance to oil change is displayed if thedistance to oil change comes to be less than940 miles (1,500 km).

Oil replacement indicator:

When the set mileage approaches, theengine oil replacement indicator will appearon the display. After the oil is changed, resetthe oil control system by pushing the or

switch for longer than 1 second.

The oil change interval cannot be adjustedmanually. The distance to oil change intervalis calculated depending on the driving con-ditions and set automatically by the oilcontrol system.

CAUTION

If the oil replacement indicator is dis-played, change the engine oil as soon aspossible. Operating your vehicle withdeteriorated oil can damage the engine.

Warning checkThe present warnings are displayed. If nowarning is present, “No Warning” is dis-played.

JVI0679M

CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEM-

PERATUREThe clock and outside air temperatureare displayed on the upper side of the vehicleinformation display.

ClockThe clock can be adjusted on the lowerdisplay. See the INFINITI InTouchTM Own-er’s Manual.

Outside air temperature (°F or °C)The outside air temperature is displayed in °For °C in the range of −22 to 131°F (−30 to55°C).

The outside temperature sensor is located infront of the radiator. The sensor may beaffected by road or engine heat, winddirections and other driving conditions. Thedisplay may differ from the actual outsidetemperature or the temperature displayedon various signs or billboards.



SIC2132

Your vehicle has two types of securitysystems, as follows:

. Vehicle security system

. INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if someone opensthe doors, hood, or trunk lid when thesystem is armed. It is not, however, a motiondetection type system that activates when avehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your Intelligent Key(s) in thevehicle, and always lock it when unattended.Be aware of your surroundings, and park insecure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,such as component locks, identificationmarkers, and tracking systems, are availableat auto supply stores and specialty shops.Your INFINITI retailer may also offer suchequipment. Check with your insurance com-pany to see if you may be eligible fordiscounts for various theft protection fea-tures.

SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

3. Remove the Intelligent Key from thevehicle.

4. Close all doors, hood and trunk. Lock alldoors. The doors can be locked with theIntelligent Key, door handle requestswitch or power door lock switch.

SECURITY SYSTEMS

5. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security indicator lightstays on for about 30 seconds. Thevehicle security system is now pre-armed. After about 30 seconds thevehicle security system automaticallyshifts into the armed phase. The securitylight begins to flash once every approxi-mately 3 seconds. If, during this 30-second pre-arm time period, the door isunlocked, or the ignition switch is pushedto ACC or ON, the system will not arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors, hood, and trunk lid lockedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition. When pushing the ignition switchto the ACC or ON position, the system willbe released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 1 minute. However, thealarm reactivates if the vehicle is tam-pered with again.

The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door or opening the trunklid without using the UNLOCK button onthe Intelligent Key, the door handlerequest switch or one touch unlocksensor. (Even if the door is opened byreleasing the door inside lock knob orusing the mechanical key, the alarm willactivate.)

. Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm will stop by unlocking a door bypushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key, the door handle request switch ortouching the one touch unlock sensor. Thealarm will not stop if the ignition switch isplaced in the ACC or ON position.

If the Intelligent Key battery is discharged:

If the Intelligent Key battery is discharged,the alarm will not stop by pushing theUNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key, thedoor handle request switch or one touchunlock sensor. In such a case, unlock thedriver’s door using the mechanical key andtouch the ignition switch with the IntelligentKey to stop the alarm. See “Intelligent Keybattery discharge” (P.5-14) for details.

If the system does not operate as describedabove, it is recommended you have itchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEMThe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered Intelligent Key.Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:(1) this device may not cause interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.



SIC2045

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light is located on themeter panel. It indicates the status of theINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System.

The light blinks after the ignition switch wasin the LOCK, ACC or OFF position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemsequipped on the vehicle are operational.

If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, seek service for theINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System as

soon as possible. Please bring all registeredkeys that you have. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm windshield withthe defroster before you wash the wind-shield.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washer re-servoir tank with washer fluid con-centrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use the win-dow washer reservoir tank to mix the

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

washer fluid concentrate and water.

JVI0737X


JVI0738X


The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper atthe following speed:

INT (Type A) (if so equipped) — inter-mittent operation can be adjusted byturning the knob toward (Slower) or

(Faster). When the speed sensingwiper interval function is turned on, theintermittent operation speed varies inaccordance with the vehicle speed. (Forexample, when the vehicle speed ishigh, the intermittent operation speedwill be faster.) To turn this function onand off, see the INFINITI InTouchTM

Owner’s Manual.

AUTO (Type B) (if so equipped) — Formodels with the rain-sensing autowiper system, see “Rain-sensing autowiper system” (P.2-36).

LO — continuous low speed operation

HI — continuous high speed operation

MIST — one sweep operation of thewiper

Pull the lever toward you to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

Pulling up the wiper arm:

The wiper arm should be in the up position



when replacing the windshield wiper blade.

To replace the windshield wiper blades,follow the procedure below:

1. When the ignition switch is ON or within60 seconds after placing the ignitionswitch from the ON to OFF position,place the windshield wiper and washerlever into the OFF position.

2. Rapidly lift the lever upwards twicewithin 0.5 seconds. This action will causethe wipers to automatically take theservice position.

To return the wiper arm, place the wiper armin the down position and operate the wiperswitch once.

CAUTION

Do not operate the windshield wiperwhile the wiper arm is pulled up. Thewiper arm may be damaged.

Wiper drip wipe system:

The wiper will also operate once about 3seconds after the washer and wiper areoperated. This operation is to wipe washerfluid that has dripped on the windshield.

JVI0739X

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER

SYSTEM (if so equipped)The rain-sensing auto wiper system canautomatically turn on the wipers and adjustthe wiper speed depending on the rainfalland the vehicle speed by using the rainsensor located on the upper part of thewindshield.

To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system,push the lever down to the AUTO position. The wiper will sweep once while the

ignition switch is in the ON position.

The rain sensor sensitivity level can beadjusted by turning the knob toward(High) or toward (Low).

. High — High sensitive operation

. Low — Low sensitive operation

To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper systemoff, push up the lever to the OFF position, orpull down the lever to the LO or HI position.

CAUTION

Do not touch the rain sensor and aroundit when the wiper switch is in the AUTOposition and the ignition switch is in theON position. The wipers may operateunexpectedly and cause to an injury ormay damage a wiper.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers are in-tended for use during rain. If the switchis left in the AUTO position, the wipersmay operate unexpectedly when dirt,fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuckon or around the sensor. The wipers mayalso operate when exhaust gas ormoisture affect the rain sensor.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers may notoperate if rain does not hit the rainsensor even if it is raining.

. When the windshield glass is coatedwith water repellent, the speed of therain-sensing auto wipers may be highereven though the amount of the rainfall issmall.

. Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing autowiper system when you use a car wash.

. Using genuine wiper blades is recom-mended for proper operation of therain-sensing auto wiper system. (See“Windshield wiper blades” (P.8-15) forwiper blade replacement.)

JVI1441X

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors, start the engine and pushthe switch on. The indicator light willcome on. Push the switch again to turn thedefroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approxi-mately 15 minutes.

If the engine is started using the remote startfunction (if so equipped) when the outsideair temperature, the interior temperatureand the engine coolant temperature arelow, the rear window glass and outsidemirror defroster may turn on automatically.For additional information about the remoteengine start function, see “Remote enginestart” (P.3-19).

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.


REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH


JVI1485X

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

LightingTurn the switch to the position:

The front parking, side marker, tail andlicense plate lights will come on.

Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all theother lights remain on.

JVI1486X

Autolight systemThe autolight system allows the headlightsto be set so they turn on and off auto-matically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position .

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition.

3. The autolight system automatically turnsthe headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on the head-

lights automatically when it is dark and turnoff the headlights when it is light.

The headlights will turn on automatically attwilight or in rainy weather (when thewindshield wiper is operated continuously).

If the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition and one of the doors is opened andthis condition is continued, the headlightsremain on for 5 minutes.

Automatic headlights off delay:

You can keep the headlights on for up to 180seconds after you place the ignition switch inthe OFF position and open any door thenclose all the doors.

You can adjust the period of the automaticheadlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF)to 180 seconds. The factory default settingis 45 seconds.

For automatic headlights off delay setting,see the INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Man-ual.

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

SIC3784

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor located on the top of theinstrument panel. The photo sensor controlsthe autolight; if it is covered, the photosensor reacts as if it is dark and the head-lights will illuminate.

JVI1487X

To select the low beam, put the lever inthe neutral position as shown.

To select the high beam, push the leverforward while the switch is in theposition. Pull it back to select the lowbeam.

Pulling the lever toward you will flashthe headlight high beam even when theheadlight switch is in the OFF position.

Headlight beam select

High beam assist (if so equipped)The high beam assist system will operatewhen the vehicle is driven at speeds ofapproximately 19 MPH (30 km/h) and

above. If an oncoming vehicle or leadingvehicle appears in front of your vehicle whenthe headlight high beam is on, the headlightwill be switched to the low beam automa-tically.

Precautions on high beam assist:

WARNING

. The high beam assist system is aconvenience but it is not a substitutefor safe driving operation. The drivershould remain alert at all times,ensure safe driving practices andswitch the high beams and low beammanually when necessary.

. The high beam or low beam may notswitch automatically under the fol-lowing conditions. Switch the highbeam and low beam manually.

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, wind, etc.).

— When a light source similar to aheadlight or tail light is in thevicinity of the vehicle.

— When the headlights of the on-coming vehicle or the leadingvehicle are turned off, when thecolor of the light is affected due toforeign materials on the lights, or



when the light beam is out ofposition.

— When there is a sudden, contin-uous change in brightness.

— When driving on a road thatpasses over rolling hills, or a roadthat has level differences.

— When driving on a road withmany curves.

— When a sign or mirror-like sur-face is reflecting intense lighttowards the front of the vehicle.

— When the container, etc. beingtowed by a leading vehicle isreflecting intense light.

— When a headlight on your vehicleis damaged or dirty.

— When the vehicle is leaning at anangle due to a punctured tire,being towed, etc.

. The timing of switching the low beamand high beam may change under thefollowing situations.

— The brightness of the headlightsof the oncoming vehicle or leadingvehicle.

— The movement and direction ofthe oncoming vehicle and the

leading vehicle.

— When only one light on the on-coming vehicle or the leadingvehicle is illuminated.

— When the oncoming vehicle or theleading vehicle is a two-wheeledvehicle.

— Road conditions (incline, curve,the road surface, etc.).

— The number of passengers andthe amount of luggage.

JVI1488X

High beam assist operations:

To activate the high beam assist system,turn the headlight switch to the AUTOposition and push the lever forward(high beam position). The high beam assistindicator light in the meter will illuminatewhile the headlights are turned on.

If the high beam assist indicator light doesnot illuminate in the above condition, it mayindicate that the system is not functioningproperly. It is recommended you have thesystem checked by an INFINITI retailer.

When the vehicle speed lowers to less thanapproximately 12 MPH (20 km/h), theheadlight remains the low beam.

To turn off the high beam assist system, turnthe headlight switch to the position orselect the low beam position by placing thelever in the neutral position.

JVS0823X

Ambient image sensor maintenance:

The ambient image sensor for the highbeam assist system is located above theinside mirror. To keep the proper operationof the high beam assist system and prevent asystem malfunction, be sure to observe thefollowing:

. Always keep the windshield clean.

. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the ambient image sensor.

. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe ambient image sensor.

If the ambient image sensor is damaged dueto an accident, it is recommended youcontact an INFINITI retailer.

Battery saver systemA chime will sound and the light reminderwarning will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display when the driver side door isopened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in theACC, OFF or LOCK position.

When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in

the ON position, the lights will automaticallyturn off after a period of time when theignition switch has been pushed to the OFFposition.

When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights auto-

matically turn off, the lights will turn onwhen the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights will notturn off automatically. Be sure toturn the light switch to the OFFposition when you leave the vehiclefor extended periods of time, other-wise the battery will be discharged.



. Never leave the light switch on whenthe engine is not running for a periodof time even if the headlights turn offautomatically.

Daytime running light systemThe daytime running lights automaticallyilluminate when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF, AUTO or position.Turn the headlight switch to the positionfor full illumination when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime running lightsdo not illuminate. The daytime running lightsilluminate once the parking brake is released.The daytime running lights will remain onuntil the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do so couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped)The Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)will automatically adjust the headlights (lowbeam) toward the turning direction toimprove the driver’s view. When the head-light switch is ON and the driver operatesthe steering wheel in a turn, the AFS systemwill be activated.

The AFS will operate:

. when the headlight switch is ON.

. when the shift lever is in any positionother than P (Park) or R (Reverse).

. when the vehicle is driven at above 3MPH (5 km/h) for the left-side head-light. Note that the right-side low beamheadlight will swivel but the left-sideheadlight will not swivel when the vehicleis below 3 MPH (5 km/h) and thesteering wheel is turned.

AFSwill also adjust the headlight to a properaxis automatically, depending on the numberof occupants in the vehicle, the load thevehicle is carrying and the road conditions.

If the AFS warning appears in the vehicleinformation display after the ignition switchhas been pushed to the ON position, thismay indicate that the AFS is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailer

for this service. When the engine is started,the headlights will vibrate to check thesystem condition. This is not a malfunction.

JVI0644X

JVI0937X

Instrument brightness controlThe instrument brightness control switchcan be operated when the ignition switch isin the ON position. When the switch isoperated, the vehicle information displayswitches to the brightness adjustmentmode.

Push the + side of the switch to brightenthe instrument panel lights. The bar movesto the + side.

Push the - side of the switch to dim theinstrument panel lights. The bar moves tothe − side. When the brightness level reachesthe minimum, the instrument panel lights willturn off during the nighttime.

When the brightness level reaches the max-imum or minimum, a beep will sound.

The vehicle information display returns tothe normal display when the instrumentbrightness control switch is not operatedfor more than 5 seconds.

JVI1489X

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signalMove the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automatically.

Lane change signal. Move the lever up or down until the turn

signal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, to signal a lane change. Holdthe lever until the lane change is com-pleted.

. Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, and release the lever. The turn



signal will automatically flash threetimes.

Choose the appropriate method to signal alane change based on road and trafficconditions.

JVI1490X

FOG LIGHT SWITCHTo turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn theswitch to the position. To turn them off,turn the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on with the lowbeams selected for the fog lights to operate.The fog lights automatically turn off whenthe high beam headlights are selected.

JVI1491X

To sound the horn, push the center pad areaof the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front airbag system may result in serious perso-nal injury.

HORN

SIC4336

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system on for mostdriving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed will bereduced even if the accelerator is depressedto the floor. If maximum engine power isneeded to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDCsystem off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator light willilluminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn on the system. (See“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”

(P.5-129).)WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theseat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inthose body parts in contact with theseat. Use of the seat heater by suchpeople could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no one isusing the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as a blan-ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other-w i se , the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the heater.


VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) OFF SWITCH

HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


. Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately witha dry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similar ma-terials.

. If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

JVR0505X

The front seats can be warmed by built-inheaters. The heating system of driver’s seatand front passenger seat can be operatedindependently.

OPERATION WITH SWITCH1. Start the engine.

2. Push the switch on the instrument panel.. Each time the switch is pushed, the

seat heating mode will change in thefollowing order.

AUTO ? High ? Mid ? Low ? OFF

. The indicator light on the switch willilluminate when the heater is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn

off the seat heater.

OPERATION WITH TOUCH

SCREENPush the CLIMATE button and touch [ ]or [ ] on the lower display. Select an itemfrom [AUTO], [High], [Mid], [Low] or [OFF].

AUTO MODE SETTINGWhen in the AUTO mode, the heater willturn on or off automatically according to theconditions such as the temperature insidethe vehicle compartment. Depending on theconditions, the heater will not turn on even ifAUTO is selected. The settings for the AUTOmode can be changed. For details, see“Climate settings” (P.4-40).

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to comeinto contact with the heated steeringwheel if you or the occupants cannotmonitor elevated steering wheel tem-peratures or have an inability to feel painin those body parts in contact. Use of theheated steering wheel by such peoplecould result in serious injuries.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if thesteering wheel heater is operatedwhile the engine is not running.

. Do not use the steering wheel heaterfor extended periods of time as it maycause burns and overheating.

. Any liquid spilled on the steeringwheel should be removed immedi-ately with a dry cloth.

. When cleaning the steering wheel,never use gasoline, thinner, or anysimilar materials.

. If any malfunctions are found or thesteering wheel heater does not oper-ate, turn the heater off and have the

system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

Push the CLIMATE button and touch[Steering Heater] on the lower display toturn on or off the steering wheel heatingmanually. The steering wheel heating willturn off automatically 30 minutes after ithas been turned on. When the steeringwheel heating is turned on, the indicatorabove [Steering Heater] will turn on.

If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is above the temperature within whichthe system is designed to operate, thesystem will not heat the steering wheel. Thisis not a malfunction.

Automatic steering wheel heating can beturned on or off from the climate controlsettings screen. For details, see “Climatesettings” (P.4-40).

SIC4316

In the storage box


HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if soequipped)

POWER OUTLETS


WAC0146X

In the console box

The power outlets are located in the storagebox and in the console box.

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hotduring or immediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

. Use power outlet with the enginerunning to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet when theair conditioner, headlights or rearwindow defroster is on.

. This power outlet is not designed foruse with a cigarette lighter unit.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may blow.

. Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned OFF.

. When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any liquidto contact the outlet.

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liquidis hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

STORAGE

JVI0649X

Front

JVI1492X

Rear

JVI1500X

SOFT BOTTLE HOLDER

CAUTION

. Do not use bottle holder for any otherobjects that could be thrown about inthe vehicle and possibly injure peopleduring sudden braking or an accident.

. Do not use bottle holder for openliquid containers.

JVI0651X

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to avoid obstructing the driver’sview and to help prevent an accident.

To open the sunglasses holder, push theholder.



CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

. Do not leave glasses in the sunglassesholder while parking in direct sun-light. The heat may damage theglasses.

JVI0763X

GLOVE BOX

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closedwhile driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle .

To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.

To lock /unlock the glove box, use themechanical key. For the mechanical keyusage, see “Keys” (P.3-2).

JVI0653X

CONSOLE BOXTo open the console box, push up the knoband pull up the lid.

To close, push the lid down until latched.

The console box light illuminates when theheadlight switch is in the position.

SIC4348

CARD HOLDERThe card holder is located on the driver’s sunvisor.

To use the card holder, slide the card in thecard holder.

SIC4316

STORAGE BOXTo open, push the storage box lid.

Do not place valuable items in the storagebox.

Do not use the storage box as an ashtray.

JVI1511X

COAT HOOKSTo use the coat hook, push the hook torelease .

CAUTION

Do not place items which are more than2 lb (1 kg) on the hook.



JVI1493X

TRUNK HOOKS

WARNING

. Always make sure that the cargo isproperly secured. Use the suitableropes and hooks.

. Unsecured cargo can become danger-ous in an accident or sudden stop.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and beforeclosing the windows. Use the windowlock switch to prevent unexpecteduse of the power windows.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadver-tent door lock activation, do notleave children, people who requirethe assistance of others or petsunattended in your vehicle. Addition-ally, the temperature inside a closedvehicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

The power windows operate when theignition switch is in the ON position or forabout 45 seconds after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position. If the driver’s orfront passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of about 45 seconds, power to thewindows is canceled.

WINDOWS

JVI1494X

1. Driver side window

2. Front passenger side window

3. Window lock button

Main power window switch (dri-

ver’s side)To open or close the window, push downor pull up the switch and hold it. The mainswitch (driver side switches) will open orclose all the windows.

Locking passenger’s windowWhen the lock button is pushed in, onlythe driver side window can be opened orclosed. Push it in again to cancel.

SIC4353

Front passenger side power win-

dow switchThe front passenger side switch will open orclose the front passenger side window. Toopen or close the window, push down or pullup the switch and hold it.

JVI1495X

Automatic operationTo fully open or close the window, comple-tely push down or pull up the switch andrelease it; it need not be held. The windowwill automatically open or close all the way.To stop the window, just push or lift theswitch in the opposite direction.

A light push or pull on the switch will causethe window to open or close until the switchis released.



Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the window.

If the control unit detects something caughtin the window as it is closing, the windowwill be immediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the window is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition switch is in theON position or for 45 seconds after theignition switch is pushed to the OFF posi-tion.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

Automatic adjusting function

CAUTION

When the battery cable is removed fromthe battery terminal, do not close eitherof the front doors. The automatic win-dow adjusting functionwill not work andthe side roof panel may be damaged.

The power window has an automatic ad-justing function. When the door is beingopened, the window is automatically low-ered slightly to avoid contact between thewindow and the side roof panel. When thedoor is closed, the window is automaticallyraised slightly.

While the automatic adjusting function doesnot work, the window will be controlled asfollows:

. When the door is opened, the windowlowers for approximately 2 seconds.

. While the door is open, the windowcannot be raised.

If the windows do not close auto-maticallyIf the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initialize

the power window system.

1. Push the ignition switch to start theengine.

2. Close the door.

3. After starting the engine, open thewindow completely by operating thepower window switch.

4. Pull the powerwindow switch and hold itto close the window, and then hold theswitch more than 3 seconds after thewindow is closed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Op-erate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization iscomplete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above forother windows.

If the power window automatic functiondoes not operate properly after performingthe procedure above, it is recommended youhave your vehicle checked by an INFINITIretailer.

WARNING

. In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an openmoonroof. Always use seat beltsand child restraints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the moonroof opening while thevehicle is in motion or while themoonroof is closing.

CAUTION

. Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the moonroof beforeopening.

. Do not place any heavy object on themoonroof or surrounding area.

POWER MOONROOFThe moonroof only operates when theignition switch is in the ON position.

The moonroof is operational for about 45seconds, even if the ignition switch is pushedto the OFF position. If the driver’s door orthe passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of about 45 seconds, power to themoonroof is canceled.

JVI0655X

SunshadeThe sunshade will open automatically whenthe moonroof is opened. However, it mustbe closed manually.

Tilting the moonroofTo tilt up, first close the moonroof, thenpush the switch to the tilt up position andrelease it; it need not be held. To tilt downthe moonroof, push the switch to the tiltdown position .

Sliding the moonroofTo fully open or close the moonroof, pushthe switch to the open or close positionand release it; it need not be held. The roof


MOONROOF (if so equipped)


will automatically open or close all the way.To stop the roof, push the switch once morewhile it is opening or closing.

Operating moonroof with Intelli-gent Key (if so equipped)The moonroof can be opened by pushing theUNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key. Thisfunctionwill not operate while the moonrooftimer is activated or when the moonroofneed to be initialized. For details about theIntelligent Key button usage, see “How touse remote keyless entry system” (P.3-16).

Opening:

To open the sunroof, push the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key for about 3seconds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the button.

Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the moonroof.

If the control unit detects something caughtin the moonroof when it is closing, themoonroof will be immediately opened.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the moonroof is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition switch is in theON position or for about 45 seconds afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

If the moonroof cannot be closed automa-tically when the auto reverse functionactivates due to a malfunction, push andhold the moonroof switch to the closeposition .

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.

If the moonroof does not operateIf the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initializethe moonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully byrepeatedly pushing the moonroof switchto the close position to tilt the moon-roof up.

2. Push and hold the switch to the closeposition .

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof moves slightly up and down.

4. Push and hold the switch to the openposition to fully tilt the moonroofdown.

5. Check if the moonroof switch operatesnormally.

If the moonroof does not operate properlyafter performing the procedure above, haveyour moonroof checked and repaired. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

JVI0656X

MAP LIGHTSPush the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.

JVI0726X

CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped)The console light will turn on whenever thefront parking lights or headlights are illumi-nated.

JVI0657X

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL

SWITCH

ON switchWhen the ON switch is pushed in, the maplights will illuminate. When the switch ispushed off, the lights will not illuminate,regardless of the condition.

DOOR OFF switchWhen the DOOR OFF switch is notpushed in, the map lights will illuminateunder the following conditions:

. ignition switch is switched to the OFFposition


INTERIOR LIGHTS


— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. doors are unlocked by pushing the UN-LOCK button on the Intelligent Key orone touch unlock sensor with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened and then closed withthe ignition switch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights gooff.

When the DOOROFF switch is pushed in,the map lights will not illuminate under theabove condition. The map lights can beturned on only with the ON switch .

The lights will also turn off after a period oftime when the lights remain illuminatedafter the ignition switch has been pushedto the OFF or LOCK position to prevent thebattery from becoming discharged.

When [Lamp ON when Door Unlocks] is setto the OFF position on the lower display (seethe INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual),the lights will illuminate under the followingcondition:

. any door is opened with the ignitionswitch in any position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights gooff.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This couldresult in a discharged battery.

SIC3869

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror isopened.

When the cover is closed, the light will turnoff.

The lights will also turn off after a period oftime when the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS

The light illuminates when the trunk lid isopened. When the trunk lid is closed, thelight will turn off.

The light will also turn off after a period oftime when the light remains illuminatedafter the ignition switch has been pushedto the OFF or LOCK position to prevent thebattery from becoming discharged.

JVI1496X

When the doors are unlocked by pushing theUNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key ortouching the one touch unlock sensor withthe ignition switch in the LOCK position, thecourtesy light will illuminate.

To activate or deactivate the courtesy light,set [Lamp ON when Door Unlocks] on thelower display. See the INFINITI InTouchTM

Owner’s Manual.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-heldtransmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates,home and office lighting, entry doorlocks and security systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or isdisconnected, HomeLink® will retain allprogramming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Transceiveris programmed, retain the original trans-mitter for future programming procedures(Example: new vehicle purchases). Uponsale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes. Foradditional information, refer to “Program-ming HomeLink®” (P.2-60).

WARNING

. Do not use the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop andreverse features as required by fed-eral safety standards. (These stan-


TRUNK LIGHT COURTESY LIGHTHomeLink® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)


dards became effective for openermodels manufactured after April 1,1982). A garage door opener whichcannot detect an object in the path ofa closing garage door and then auto-matically stop and reverse, does notmeet current federal safety stan-dards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases therisk of serious injury or death.

. During the programming procedureyour garage door or security gate willopen and close (if the transmitter iswithin range). Make sure that peopleor objects are clear of the garagedoor, gate, etc. that you are pro-gramming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming theHomeLink® Universal Transceiver.Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor death.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

It is also recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmitter ofthe dev ice be ing programmed toHomeLink® for quicker programming andaccurate transmission of the radio-fre-quency.

1. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) awayfrom the HomeLink® surface, keepingthe HomeLink® indicator light in view.

JVI0428X

2. Using both hands, simultaneously pressand hold the desired HomeLink® buttonand handheld transmitter button. DONOT release until the HomeLink® indi-cator light flashes slowly and thenrapidly. When the indicator light flashesrapidly, both buttons may be released.(The rapid flashing indicates successfulprogramming.)

NOTE:Some devices to be programmed mayrequire you to replace Step 2 with thecycling procedure noted in the “Pro-gramming HomeLink® for Canadian cus-tomers and gate openers” (P.2-61).

JVI0429X

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe the in-dicator light.. If the indicator light is solid/con-

tinuous, programming is completeand your device should activate whenthe HomeLink® button is pressed andreleased.

. If the indicator light blinks rapidlyfor two seconds and then turns to asolid/continuous light, continue withSteps 4-6 for a rolling code device. Asecond person may make the follow-ing steps easier. Use a ladder or otherdevice. Do not stand on your vehicleto perform the next steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garagedoor opener motor in the garage, locatethe “learn” or “smart” button (the nameand color of the button may vary bymanufacturer but it is usually locatednear where the hanging antenna wire isattached to the unit). If there is difficultylocating the button, reference the garagedoor opener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”button.

NOTE:Once the button is pressed, you haveapproximately 30 seconds to initiate thenext step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the programmed HomeLink®

button for two seconds and release.Repeat the “press/hold/release” se-quence up to 3 times to complete theprogramming process. HomeLink®

should now activate your rolling codeequipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® website at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR

CANADIAN CUSTOMERS ANDGATE OPENERSCanadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadian law,some U.S. gate operators are designed to“time-out” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operator orgarage door opener by using the “Program-ming HomeLink®” procedures, replace “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” Step 2 with thefollowing:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,etc., unplug the device during the “cycling”process to prevent possible damage to thegarage door opener components.

Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®

button and the hand-held transmitter but-ton. During programming, your hand-heldtransmitter may automatically stop trans-mitting. Continue to press and hold thedesired HomeLink® button while you pressand re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held trans-



mitter every two seconds until the frequencysignal has been learned. The HomeLink®

indicator light will flash slowly and thenrapidly after several seconds upon success-ful programming. DO NOT release until theHomeLink® indicator light flashes slowly andthen rapidly. When the indicator light flashesrapidly, both buttons may be released. Therapid flashing indicates successful program-ming.

Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 3 to complete.

Remember to plug the device back in whenprogramming is completed.

OPERATING THE HomeLink®

UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, afterit is programmed, can be used to activate theprogrammed device. To operate, simplypress and release the appropriate pro-grammed HomeLink® Universal Transceiverbutton. The amber indicator light will illumi-nate while the signal is being transmitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitterof the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-

SHOOTINGIf the HomeLink® does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

. replace the hand-held transmitter bat-teries with new batteries.

. position the hand-held transmitter withits battery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

. press and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons withoutinterruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 1-3 in(26-76 mm) away from the HomeLink®

surface. Hold the transmitter in thatposition for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLink® is not programmed withinthat time, try holding the transmitter inanother position - keeping the indicatorlight in view at all times.

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED

INFORMATIONThe following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared. How-ever, individual buttons can be repro-grammed, see “Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button” (P.2-62).

To clear all programming1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink®

buttons until the indicator light begins toflash in approximately 10 seconds. Donot hold for longer than 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programmingmodeand can be programmed at any time begin-ning with “Programming HomeLink®” - Step1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTONTo reprogram aHomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do not release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but-ton has now been reprogrammed. The newdevice can be activated by pushing theHomeLink® button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affectany other programmed HomeLink® buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code device thathas been programmed into HomeLink®.Consult the Owner’s Manual of each deviceor call the manufacturer or retailer of thosedevices for additional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


NOTE:


For Canada:




MEMO

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ...................................................................................... 3-2

Intelligent Key .............................................................. 3-2

Valet hand-off ............................................................. 3-4

Doors .................................................................................... 3-4

Locking with mechanical key ................................... 3-4

Locking with inside lock knob ................................. 3-5

Locking with power door lock switch ................... 3-5

Automatic door locks ................................................. 3-5

Intelligent Key system ..................................................... 3-6

Intelligent Key operating range ............................... 3-8

Door locks/unlocks precaution .............................. 3-8

Intelligent Key operation ........................................... 3-9

Battery saver system ............................................... 3-13

Warning signals ......................................................... 3-13

Troubleshooting guide ............................................. 3-14

Log-in function .......................................................... 3-15

Remote keyless entry system ...................................... 3-15

How to use remote keyless entry system .......... 3-16

Remote engine start (if so equipped) ........................ 3-19

Remote engine start operating range ................ 3-20

Remote starting the engine .................................. 3-20

Extending engine run time ..................................... 3-20

Canceling a remote engine start ........................... 3-21

Conditions the remote engine start willnot work .................................................................... 3-21

Hood .................................................................................. 3-22

Trunk lid ............................................................................ 3-22

Trunk lid release switch ......................................... 3-23

Trunk open request switch ................................... 3-23

TRUNK button ......................................................... 3-23

Trunk release power cancel switch .................... 3-24

Interior trunk lid release ........................................ 3-24

Fuel-filler door ................................................................ 3-25

Opening the fuel-filler door ................................. 3-25

Fuel-filler cap ........................................................... 3-25

Tilt/telescopic steering ................................................. 3-27

Manual operation (if so equipped) ..................... 3-28

Electric operation (if so equipped) ..................... 3-28

Sun visors ......................................................................... 3-29

Mirrors .............................................................................. 3-29

Inside mirror .............................................................. 3-29

Outside mirrors ........................................................ 3-31

Vanity mirror ............................................................ 3-32

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) ........... 3-33

Entry/exit function ................................................. 3-33

Memory storage ...................................................... 3-33

System operation .................................................... 3-34

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it in asafe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forduplicates by using the key number. INFINITIdoes not record any key numbers so it is veryimportant to keep track of your key numberplate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, it canbe duplicated without knowing the keynumber.

WAD0067X


WAD0068X


1. Intelligent Keys (2)

2. Mechanical keys (inside the Keys) (2)

3. Key number plate (1)

INTELLIGENT KEYYour vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered to yourvehicle’s Intelligent Key system componentsand INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemcomponents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keyscan be registered and used with one vehicle.The new keys must be registered by anINFINITI retailer prior to use with theIntelligent Key system and INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System of your vehicle. Since theregistration process requires erasing allmemory in the Intelligent Key componentswhen registering new keys, be sure to takeall Intelligent Keys that you have to theINFINITI retailer.

It is possible that the Intelligent Key func-tions become canceled. Contact an INFINITIretailer.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when driving. The Intelli-gent Key is a precision device with abuilt-in transmitter. To avoid dama-ging it, please note the following.

KEYS

— The Intelligent Key is water re-sistant; however, wetting maydamage the Intelligent Key. If theIntelligent Key gets wet, immedi-ately wipe until it is completelydry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— If the outside temperature isbelow 14°F (−10°C), the batteryof the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keyfor an extended period in a placewhere temperatures exceed140°F (60°C).

— Do not change or modify theIntelligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keynear an electric appliance such asa television set or personal com-puter.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Keyto come into contact with wateror salt water, and do not wash itin a washing machine. This couldaffect the system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the IDcode of that Intelligent Key. This willprevent the Intelligent Key from un-authorized use to unlock the vehicle.For information regarding the eras-ing procedure, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer.

WAD0069X

Mechanical keyTo remove the mechanical key, release thelock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert itinto the Intelligent Key until the lock knobreturns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedriver’s door and glove box, if they areequipped with a key cylinder.

See “Doors” (P.3-4) and “Glove box” (P.2-50).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3


CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the key.

VALET HAND-OFFWhen you have to leave a key with a valet,give them the Intelligent Key itself and keepthe mechanical key with you to protect yourbelongings.

To prevent the glove box and the trunk frombeing opened during valet hand-off, followthe procedures below.

1. Push the trunk release power cancelswitch to the OFF (cancel) side.

2. Remove the mechanical key from theIntelligent Key.

3. Lock the glove box with the mechanicalkey.

4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet,keeping the mechanical key in yourpocket or bag for insertion into theIntelligent Key when you retrieve yourvehicle.

See “Trunk lid” (P.3-22) and “Glove box”(P.2-50).

WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unintention-ally opening the doors, and will helpkeep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadver-tent door lock activation, do notleave children, people who requirethe assistance of others or petsunattended in your vehicle. Addition-ally, the temperature inside a closedvehicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

SPA2457

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL

KEYTo lock the driver’s door, turn the driver’sdoor key cylinder to the front of the vehicle.

To unlock the driver’s door, turn the driver’sdoor key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle .

To lock or unlock the other doors and thetrunk lid, use the Intelligent Key function(one touch unlock sensor, request switch orUNLOCK button). (See “Intelligent Key sys-tem” (P.3-6).)

DOORS

SPA2726

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK

KNOBTo lock the door individually, move the insidelock knob to the lock position then closethe door.

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to theunlock position .

When locking the door without an Intelli-gent Key, be sure not to leave the IntelligentKey inside the vehicle.

JVP0319X

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR

LOCK SWITCHOperating the power door lock switch willlock or unlock all the doors and trunk lid. Theswitches are located on the driver’s andfront passenger’s door armrests.

To lock the doors and trunk lid, push thepower door lock switch to the lock positionwith the driver’s or front passenger’s door

open, then close the door.

When locking the door this way, be certainnot to leave the Intelligent Key inside thevehicle.

To unlock the doors including the fuel-fillerdoor and trunk lid, push the power door lock

switch to the unlock position .

Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch is movedto the lock position and any door open, alldoors will lock and unlock automatically.With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicleand any door open, all doors will unlockautomatically and a chime will sound afterthe door is closed.

These functions help to prevent the Intelli-gent Key from being accidentally lockedinside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS. All doors and trunk lid lock automatically

when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH(24 km/h).

. All doors and trunk lid unlock automati-cally when the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position or when the shift leveris moved to the P (Park) position, ifselected.

The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated. To deactivate oractivate the automatic door unlock system,perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition.



3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,push and hold the power door lockswitch to the position (UNLOCK)for more than 5 seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicator willflash twice. When deactivated, the ha-zard indicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed in theOFF and ON position again betweeneach setting change.

When the automatic door unlock system isdeactivated, the doors do not unlock whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition. To unlock the door manually, usethe inside lock knob or the power door lockswitch (driver’s or front passenger’s side).

The automatic door unlock function can bechanged on the lower display. (See theINFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual.)

WARNING


. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that the radiowaves may affect aircraft navigationand communication systems. Do notoperate the Intelligent Key while onan airplane. Make sure the buttonsare not operated unintentionallywhen the unit is stored during aflight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate allthe doors and the trunk lid using the remotecontroller function, using one touch unlockfunction or pushing the request switch onthe vehicle without taking the key out from apocket or purse. The operating environmentand/or conditions may affect the IntelligentKey system operation.

Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key system.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehicle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicatingwith the vehicle as it receives radio waves.The Intelligent Key system transmits weakradio waves. Environmental conditions mayinterfere with the operation of the IntelligentKey system under the following operatingconditions.

. When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station and broad-casting station.

. When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone,transceiver, and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed nearan electric appliance such as a personalcomputer.

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

. When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Key func-tion or use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery variesdepending on the operating conditions, thebattery’s life is approximately 2 years. If thebattery is discharged, replace it with a newone.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged, see “Intelligent Key battery dis-charge” (P.5-14) to start the engine.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuouslyreceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV andpersonal computer, the battery life maybecome shorter.

For information regarding replacement of abattery, see “Intelligent Key battery replace-ment” (P.8-19).

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Forinformation about the purchase and use ofadditional Intelligent Keys, contact anINFINITI retailer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could affectthe system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

. Do not change or modify the Intelli-gent Key.

. Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is comple-tely dry.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).

. If the outside temperature is below14°F (−10°C), the battery of theIntelligent Key may not functionproperly.

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipment

and personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITIrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This mayprevent the unauthorized use of the Intelli-gent Key to operate the vehicle. For infor-mation regarding the erasing procedure,contact an INFINITI retailer.



JVP0453X

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING

RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the onetouch unlock sensor/door request switchand trunk open request switch .

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey system’s operating range becomes nar-rower, and the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80cm) from each one touch unlock sensor/door

handle request switch and trunk openrequest switch .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper, the one touchunlock sensor and request switches may notfunction.

When the Intelligent Key is within theoperating range, it is possible for anyonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key to usethe one touch unlock sensor or requestswitches to lock or unlock the doors andopen the trunk lid.

WAD0070X

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRE-

CAUTION. Do not push the door handle request

switch with the Intelligent Key held inyour hand as illustrated. The close dis-tance to the door handle will cause theIntelligent Key system to have difficultyrecognizing that the Intelligent Key isoutside the vehicle.

. Within 2 seconds after the door arelocked using the door handle requestswitch, make sure that the doors havebeen securely locked by operating thedoor handles. If you keep holding thedoor handle for more than 2 secondsafter locking the doors using the door

handle request switch, the door will beunlocked.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft inside the vehicle or the trunk, makesure you carry the key with you and thenlock the doors or the trunk.

. The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing doors with the door handlerequest switch or one touch unlocksensor) can be set to remain inactive.(See the INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’sManual.)

. The door cannot be unlocked using onetouch unlock operation after locking thedoor within 2 seconds. To unlock thedoor, release the one touch unlocksensor once and touch it again.

. If a large amount of water runs down onthe door handle (for example, whenwashing the vehicle or in a heavy rain),the door may unlock if the Intelligent Keyis within the range of operation. Toprevent the door from being unlocked,the Intelligent Key should be away fromthe vehicle more than 7 ft (2 m).

. Do not hold and pull the door handlequickly. The door will be unlocked but willnot open. Release the door handle onceand pull it again to open the door.

. If you pull the door handle with yourgloved hand, the one touch unlockoperation may not function.

WAD0071X

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket or bag.

JVP0448X

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,you can lock all doors by pushing the doorhandle request switch (driver’s or frontpassenger’s) within the range of operation.



JVP0449X

You can also unlock the corresponding doorby touching the one touch unlock sensor(driver’s or front passenger’s) within therange of operation, and can unlock the otherdoors using the door handle request switch.

When you lock or unlock the doors or thetrunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will sound asa confirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-18).

CAUTION

. After locking the doors using therequest switch, make sure that thedoors have been securely locked byoperating the door handles.

. When locking the doors using therequest switch, make sure to have theIntelligent Key in your possessionbefore operating the request switchto prevent the Intelligent Key frombeing left in the vehicle.

. The request switch and one touchunlock sensor are operational onlywhen the Intelligent Key has beendetected by the Intelligent Key sys-tem.

Welcome light and farewell lightfunctionWhen you lock or unlock the doors and fuel-filler door, front and rear side marker lights,parking lights, tail lights and the license platelight will illuminate for a period of time. Thewelcome light and farewell light function canbe disabled. For information about disablingthe welcome light and farewell light func-tion, see the INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’sManual.

Lockout protectionTo prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the vehicle, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.

When the driver’s side door is open, thedoors are locked, and then the IntelligentKey is put inside the vehicle and all the doorsare closed; the lock will automatically unlockand the door buzzer sounds.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the IntelligentKey is in the same hand that is operating therequest switch to lock the door. Put theIntelligent Key in a purse, pocket or yourother hand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not functionunder the following conditions:

. When the Intelligent Key is placed ontop of the instrument panel.

. When the Intelligent Key is placedinside the glove box or a storage bin.

. When the Intelligent Key is placedinside the door pockets.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed

inside or near metallic materials.

JVP0448X

Locking doors, trunk lid and fuel-

filler door1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF

position and make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors.*2

3. Push the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.*3

4. All the doors, trunk lid and fuel-filler doorwill lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe outside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key

while the ignition switch is in the ACCor ON position.

*2: Doors will not lock with the IntelligentKey while the driver’s door is open.

*3: Doors will not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch with the Intelli-gent Key inside the vehicle. However,when an Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle, doors can be locked withanother registered Intelligent Key.



JVP0449X

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door1. Touch the one touch unlock sensor

(driver’s or front passenger’s) while car-rying the Intelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once andthe outside chime sounds once. Thecorresponding door will unlock.

3. Push the door handle request switchwithin 1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once andthe outside chime sounds once again. Allthe doors, trunk lid and fuel-filler doorwill unlock.

All doors, trunk lid and fuel-filler door will belocked automatically unless one of the

following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the request switch ortouch unlock operation while the doors arelocked.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

During this 1-minute time period, if theUNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keyis pushed, all doors will be locked automa-tically after another 1 minute.

WAD0081X

JVP0451X

Opening trunk lid1. Push the trunk open request switch for

more than 1 second while carrying theIntelligent Key with you.

2. The trunk will unlatch. An outside chimewill sound four times.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

Lockout protection:

To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the trunk, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.

When the trunk lid is closed with theIntelligent Key inside the trunk, the outsidechime will sound and the trunk will open.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMWhen all the following conditions are metfor a period of time, the battery saversystem will cut off the power supply toprevent battery discharge.

. The ignition switch is in the ACC position,and

. All doors are closed, and

. The shift lever is in the P (Park) position.

WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation of theIntelligent Key listed on the following chartor to help prevent the vehicle from beingstolen, chime or beep sounds inside andoutside the vehicle and a warning displays inthe vehicle information display.

When a chime or beep sounds or thewarningdisplays, be sure to check the vehicle andIntelligent Key.

See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-14) and“Vehicle information display” (P.2-20).



TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignitionswitch to stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on thedisplay and the inside warning chimesounds continuously.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Shift the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

When shifting the shift lever tothe P (Park) position.

The inside warning chime sounds continu-ously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.

Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

When opening the driver’s doorto get out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continu-ously.

The ignition switch is in the ACCposition.


When closing the door aftergetting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on thedisplay, the outside chime sounds 3 timesand the inside warning chime sounds for afew seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.


The SHIFT P warning appears on thedisplay and the outside chime soundscontinuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC orOFF position and the shift lever is notin the P (Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position and push the ignition switch tothe OFF position.

When closing the door with theinside lock knob turned toLOCK

The outside chime sounds for a fewseconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle or trunk.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the requestswitch or LOCK button on theIntelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a fewseconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle or trunk.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

When closing the trunk lidThe outside chime sounds for approxi-mately 10 seconds and the trunk lid opens.

The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

LOG-IN FUNCTIONAfter setting up the user information, thesystem will automatically recognize the userupon turning on the vehicle.

There will be a personalized welcome greet-ing and screen prompt to log-in.

This feature allows 4 drivers to use theirown registration, drive mode, driving posi-tion, air conditioner, and auto settings andmemorizes these custom settings.

The log-in user can be changed on thewelcome greeting screen or User Profilesscreen. For more details, see the INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual.

The log-in function is linked to the followingitems:

. Meter

. Audio

. Navigation system display (if soequipped)

. Navigation settings (if so equipped)

. Air conditioner

. Automatic drive positioner (if soequipped)

. Engine/Transmission

. Steering

. Suspension (if so equipped)

. Active trace control system

. Driver assistance* (if so equipped)

. Vehicle settings

*: except for the Forward Emergency Brak-ing (FEB) with pedestrian detection system

WARNING

The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that the radio wavesmay affect aircraft navigation and com-munication systems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are not operatedunintentionally when the unit is storedduring a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors andfuel-filler door, open the trunk lid, activatethe panic alarm and open the windows bypushing the buttons on the Intelligent Keyfrom outside the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure theIntelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.

The remote keyless entry function canoperate at a distance of approximately 33ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effectivedistance depends upon the conditionsaround the vehicle.)

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be usedwith one vehicle. For information concerningthe purchase and use of additional Intelli-gent Keys, contact an INFINITI retailer.

The buttons on the Intelligent Key will not


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM


operate when:

. the distance between the Intelligent Keyand the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).

. the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.

After locking with the remote keyless entryfunction, pull the door handle to make surethe doors are securely locked.

The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range variesdepending on the environment. To securelyoperate the lock and unlock buttons, ap-proach the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) fromthe door.

WAD0074X


WAD0075X


LOCK button

UNLOCK button

TRUNK button

PANIC button

Remote engine start button

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEMWhen you lock or unlock the doors or thetrunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will sound asa confirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-18).

Locking doors, trunk lid and fuel-

filler door1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF

position and make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors.

3. Push the LOCK button on theIntelligent Key.

4. All the doors, trunk lid and fuel-filler doorwill lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn chirps once.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACCor ON position.

Unlocking doors, trunk lid and fuel-

filler door1. Push the UNLOCK button on the

Intelligent Key once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door will unlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key again within 1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once again.All the doors, trunk lid and the fuel-fillerdoor will unlock.

All doors, trunk lid and the fuel-filler doorwill be locked automatically unless one ofthe following operations is performed within1 minute after pushing the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key while the doorsare locked. If during this 1-minute timeperiod, the UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key is pushed, all doors will belocked automatically after another 1 minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

Opening windows (if so equipped)The UNLOCK button operation alsoallows you to open the window that isequipped with the automatic open/closefunction. (See “Power windows” (P.2-52).)

To open the window, push the door UN-

LOCK button on the Intelligent Keyfor about 3 seconds after the door isunlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton .

If the window open operation is stopped inmid-operation while pushing the UNLOCK

button , release and push theUNLOCK button again until thewindow opens completely.

Window cannot be closed using the Intelli-gent Key.

Opening moonroof (if so equipped)The moonroof can be opened by pushing theUNLOCK button on the IntelligentKey. This function will not operate while themoonroof timer is activated or when themoonroof needs to be initialized.

To open the moonroof, push the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key for

about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton .

Opening trunk lid1. Push the TRUNK button on the

Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The trunk will unlatch.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

Using panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarm tocall attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button on the keyfor more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlightswill stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent

Key are pushed. (Note: PANICbutton or TRUNK buttonshould be pushed for more than 1second.)

Remote engine start (if so equipped)The remote engine start button is onthe Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remoteengine start function. This function allowsthe engine to start from outside the vehicle.See “Remote engine start” (P.3-19) for moredetails.



Setting hazard indicator and horn

modeThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhornmodewhen you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirpsonce. When the UNLOCK button ispushed, the hazard indicator flashes once.

If horns are not necessary, the system can beswitched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator

flashes twice. When the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, neither the hazardindicator nor the horn operates.

Hazard indicator and horn mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle or trunk

request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME -twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME -once

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME - 4times

Remote keyless entry system(Using , or button)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

HAZARD - noneHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle or trunk

request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME -none

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME -none

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME -none

Remote keyless entry system(Using , or button)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - none



Switching procedure:

To switch the hazard indicator and horn(chime) operation, push the LOCK andUNLOCK buttons on the IntelligentKey simultaneously for more than 2 seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set,the hazard indicator flashes 3 times.

. When the hazard indicator and hornmode is set, the hazard indicator flashesonce and the horn chirps once.

WARNING

To avoid risk of injury or death, do notuse the remote engine start functionwhen the vehicle is in an enclosed areasuch as a garage.

WAD0076X

The remote engine start button is on theIntelligent Key if the vehicle has remoteengine start function. This function allowsthe engine to start from outside the vehicle.

Automatic climate control system will auto-matically adjust the passenger compartmentto be the set appropriate temperature whenthe remote engine start function is used.

Laws in some local communities may restrictthe use of remote engine starters. Forexample, some laws require a person usingremote engine start to have the vehicle inview. Check local regulations for any re-quirements.

Other conditions may affect the remoteengine start function. See “Conditions the


REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)


remote engine start will not work” (P.3-21).

Other conditions can affect the performanceof the Intelligent Key transmitter. See “In-telligent Key system” (P.3-6) for additionalinformation.

REMOTE ENGINE START OPER-ATING RANGEThe remote engine start function can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the vehicle.

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or other strong radio wave sourcesare present near the operating location, theIntelligent Key operating range becomesnarrower, and the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

The remote engine start operating range isapproximately 197 ft (60 m) from thevehicle.

REMOTE STARTING THE ENGINETo use the remote start function to start theengine, perform the following:

1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

2. Push the LOCK button to lock alldoors.

3. Within 5 seconds push and hold theremote engine start button untilthe turn signal lights flash and the tail

lights illuminate. If the vehicle is notwithin view, push and hold the remoteengine start button for at least 2seconds.

The following events will occur when theengine starts:

. The front parking lights will turn on andremain on as long as the engine isrunning.

. The doors will be locked and the airconditioner system may turn on.

. The engine will continue to run for about10 minutes. Repeat the steps to extendthe time for an additional 10 minutes.See “Extending engine run time” (P.3-20).

. The rear window glass and outside mirrordefroster may turn on automaticallywhen the outside air temperature, theinterior temperature and the enginecoolant temperature are low.

Depress and hold the brake pedal, then placethe ignition switch in the ON position beforedriving. For further instructions, see “Drivingthe vehicle” (P.5-16).

EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIMEThe remote engine start function can beextended one time by performing the stepslisted in “Remote starting the engine” (P.3-20). Run time will be calculated as follows:

. The first 10 minute run time will startwhen the remote engine start function isperformed.

. The second 10 minutes will start imme-diately when the remote engine startfunction is performed. For example, ifthe engine has been running for 5minutes, and 10 minutes are added, theengine will run for a total of 15 minutes.

. Extending engine run time will counttowards the two remote engine startlimit.

A maximum of two remote engine starts, ora single start with an extension, are allowedbetween ignition cycles.

The ignition switch must be cycled to the ONposition and then back to the OFF positionbefore the remote engine start procedurecan be used again.

CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINE

STARTTo cancel a remote engine start, perform oneof the following:

. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle andpush and hold the remote engine start

button until the parking lights turnoff.

. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

. Cycle the ignition switch ON and thenOFF.

. The extended engine run time has ex-pired.

. The first 10 minute timer has expired.

. The engine hood has been opened.

. The shift lever is moved out of P (Park).

. The alarm sounds due to illegal entry intothe vehicle.

. The ignition switch is pushed without anIntelligent Key in the vehicle.

. The ignition switch is pushed with anIntelligent Key in the vehicle but thebrake pedal is not depressed.

CONDITIONS THE REMOTE EN-

GINE START WILL NOT WORKThe remote engine start will not operate ifany of the following conditions are present:

. The ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

. The hood is not securely closed.

. The hazard warning lights are on.

. The engine is still running. The enginemust be completely stopped. Wait atleast 6 seconds if the engine goes fromrunning to off. This is not applicablewhen extending engine run time.

. The remote engine start button isnot pushed and held for at least 2seconds.

. The remote engine start button isnot pushed and held within 5 seconds ofpushing LOCK button.

. The brake pedal is depressed.

. The doors are not closed and locked.

. The trunk is open.

. The Intelligent Key warning message isdisplayed in the vehicle information dis-play.

. The alarm sounds due to illegal entry intothe vehicle.

. Two remote engine starts, or a singleremote engine start with an extension,have already been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

. The remote engine start function hasbeen switched to OFF in the settingsmenu on the lower display. For additionalinformation, see the INFINITI InTouchTM

Owner’s Manual.

The remote engine start may display awarning or indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display. For an explanation of thewarning or indicator, see “Indicators foroperation” (P.2-23).



JVP0452X

1. Pull the hood lock release handlelocated below the instrument panel; thehood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever up at the front of thehood with your fingertips and raise thehood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly close thehood down to latch both the right andleft locks. Push the hood down to lockthe hood securely into place.

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

. If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

WARNING

. Do not drive with the trunk lid open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)”(P.5-4) of this manual.

. Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked, with thetrunk closed, when not in use, andprevent children’s access to Intelli-gent Keys.

HOOD TRUNK LID

JVP0202X

TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCHThe trunk lid release switch is located onthe instrument panel.

To open the trunk lid, push the releaseswitch. To close, push the trunk lid down.

JVP0451X

TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCHThe trunk lid can be opened by pushing thetrunk open request switch when theIntelligent Key is within the operating rangeof the trunk lock/unlock function regardlessof the inside lock knob position.

The trunk lid can be opened by pushing thetrunk open request switch even if theIntelligent Key is not within the operatingrange of the trunk lock/unlock function,when all doors are unlocked by the powerdoor lock system, and the automatic unlockfunction.

(See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-6).)

TRUNK BUTTONThe trunk lid can be opened by pushing theTRUNK button on the Intelligent Key formore than 1 second.

The trunk lid can be opened by pushing thetrunk open request switch even if theIntelligent Key is not within the operatingrange of the trunk lock/unlock function,when all doors are unlocked by the powerdoor lock system, and the automatic unlockfunction.

(See “Remote keyless entry system” (P.3-15).)



JVP0203X

TRUNK RELEASE POWER CAN-

CEL SWITCHWhen the switch located inside the glovebox is in the OFF position , the power tothe trunk lid will be canceled and the trunk lidcannot be opened by the trunk lid releaseswitch, the trunk open request switch or theTRUNK button on the Intelligent Key.

When you have to leave the vehicle with avalet and want to keep your belongings safein the glove box and the trunk, push thisswitch to OFF and lock the glove box withthe mechanical key. Then leave the vehicleand the Intelligent Key with the valet andkeep the mechanical key with you.

(See “Keys” (P.3-2).)

To connect the power to the trunk lid, pushthe switch to the ON position.

JVP0460X

INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE

WARNING

Closely supervise children when they arearound cars to prevent them from play-ing and becoming locked in the trunkwhere they could be seriously injured.Keep the car locked, with the trunk lidsecurely latched, when not in use, andprevent children’s access to IntelligentKeys.

The interior trunk lid release mechanismallows opening of the trunk lid in the event

that people become locked inside the trunk.

Releasing inside the trunkTo open the trunk lid from the inside, pull therelease handle until the lock releases andpush up on the trunk lid. The release lever ismade of a material that glows in the darkafter a brief exposure to ambient light.

The handle is located on the back of thetrunk lid as illustrated.

JVP0461X

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLERDOORTo open the fuel-filler door, unlock the fuel-filler door by using one of the followingoperations, then push the upper left side ofthe door .

. Touch the one touch unlock sensor onone of the door handles and then pushthe door handle request switch whilecarrying the Intelligent Key.

. Push the UNLOCK button on the Intel-ligent Key twice.

. Push the power door lock switch to theUNLOCK position.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securelyand lock all doors by operating the doorhandle request switch, the LOCK button onthe Intelligent Key or the power door lockswitch.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or ser-iously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop engine anddo not smoke or allow open flames orsparks near the vehicle when refuel-ing.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzle shutsoff automatically. Continued refuel-ingmay cause fuel overflow, resultingin fuel spray and possibly a fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a seriousmalfunction and possible injury. Itcould also cause the Malfunction


FUEL-FILLER DOOR


Indicator Light (MIL) to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portablefuel containers:

— Always place the container on theground when filling.

— Do not use electronic deviceswhen filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-filler tube, then tighten the fuel-fillercap until a single click is heard. Failure

to tighten the fuel-filler cap properlymay cause the Malfunction In-dicator Light (MIL) to illuminate. Ifthe light illuminates because thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing,tighten or install the cap and con-tinue to drive the vehicle. Thelight should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the light doesnot turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. The Loose Fuel Cap warning willappear if the fuel-filler cap is notproperly tightened. It may take a fewdriving trips for the warning to bedisplayed. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly after the LooseFuel Cap warning appears may causethe Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL) to illuminate.

. For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-18).

JVP0454X

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwiseto remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holderwhile refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into thefuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

JVP0455X

Loose Fuel Cap warningThe Loose Fuel Cap warning appears in thevehicle information display when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. It may take a fewdriving trips for the warning to be displayed.

To turn off the warning, perform thefollowing:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap assoon as possible. (See “Fuel-filler cap”(P.3-25).)

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until a singleclick is heard.

3. Push the or switch on thesteering wheel for longer than 1 second

to turn off the Loose Fuel Cap warningafter tightening the fuel-filler cap. WARNING

. Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose controlof your vehicle and cause an accident.

. Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and com-fort. The driver’s air bag inflates withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways orout of position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive serious orfatal injuries from the air bag if youare up against it when it inflates.Always sit back against the seatbackand as far away as practical from thesteering wheel. Always use the seatbelts.


TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING


SPA2328

MANUAL OPERATION (if soequipped)

Tilt or telescopic operationPull the lock lever down and adjust thesteering wheel up, down, forward or rear-ward to the desired position.

Push the lock lever up securely to lock thesteering wheel in place.

JVP0205X

ELECTRIC OPERATION (if so

equipped)

Tilt or telescopic operationMove the switch to adjust the steeringwheel up or down, forward or rearward tothe desired position.

Entry/Exit function operation:

The automatic drive positioner system willmake the steering wheel move up automa-tically when the driver’s door is opened withthe ignition switch in the LOCK position.This lets the driver get into and out of theseat more easily.

For more information, see “Automatic drivepositioner” (P.3-33).

SPA2471

1. To block glare from the front, swingdown the sun visor .

2. To block glare from the side, remove thesun visor from the center mount andswing the visor to the side .

3. Slide the sun visor in or out as needed(for driver’s side only).

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRRORAdjust the height and the angle of the insidemirror to the desired position.


SUN VISORS MIRRORS


SPA2143

Manual anti-glare typeThe night position will reduce glare fromthe headlights of vehicles behind you atnight.

Use the day position when driving indaylight hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when neces-sary, because it reduces rear view clarity.

SPA2422A


SPA2450


Automatic anti-glare typeThe inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection accordingto the intensity of the headlights of thefollowing vehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch is placedin the ON position.

The anti-glare system also operates for theoutside mirrors (if so equipped).

When the anti-glare system is turned on, theindicator light will illuminate and excessiveglare from the headlights of the vehiclebehind you will be reduced.

Type A (if so equipped): Push the switchto make the inside mirror operate normally

and the indicator light will turn off. Push theswitch again to turn the system on.

Type B (if so equipped): Push the “*” switchto make the inside mirror operate nor-

mally. The indicator light will turn off. Pushthe “I” switch to turn the system on.

Do not allow any object to cover the sensorsor apply glass cleaner on them. Doing so

will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor,resulting in improper operation.

For the compass (if so equipped) operation,see “Compass” (P.2-9).

For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if

so equipped) operation, see “HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver” (P.2-59).

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects. JVP0246X

Adjusting outside mirrorsThe outside mirror control switch is locatedon the driver’s armrest.

The outside mirror will operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Move the switch right or left to select theright or left side mirror, then adjust using thecontrol switch .

Defrosting outside mirrorsThe outside mirrors will be heated when therear window defroster switch is operated.

If the engine is started using the remote startfunction (if so equipped) when the outside

air temperature, the interior temperatureand the engine coolant temperature arelow, the rear window glass and outsidemirror defroster may turn on automatically.For additional information about the remoteengine start function, see “Remote enginestart” (P.3-19).



SPA1829

Foldable outside mirrorsFold the outside mirror by pushing it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

Reverse tilt-down feature (if soequipped)When backing up the vehicle, the right andleft outside mirrors will turn downwardautomatically to provide better rear visibility.

1. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position.

3. Select the right or left side mirror byoperating the outside mirror control

switch.

4. The outside mirror surface moves down-ward.

When one of the following conditions hasoccurred, the outside mirror surface willreturn to its original position.

. The shift lever is moved to any positionother than R (Reverse).

. The outside mirror control switch is set tothe center position.

. The ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

Automatic anti-glare (if soequipped)The outside mirrors are designed so thatthey automatically change reflection ac-cording to the intensity of the headlights ofthe vehicle following you.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch is placedin the ON position.

SIC3869

VANITY MIRRORTo use the front vanity mirror, pull down thesun visor and pull up the cover.

The automatic drive positioner system hasthe following features:

. Entry/exit function

. Memory storage

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTIONThis system is designed so that the steeringcolumn will automatically move when theshift lever is in the P (Park) position. Thisallows the driver to get into and out of thedriver’s seat more easily.

The steering wheel will move up when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position.

The steering wheel will return to the pre-vious position when the ignition switch isplaced in the ACC position.

Cancel or activate entry/exit func-tionAll the following conditions must be metbefore cancelling or activating the entry/exitfunction.

. The ignition switch is placed in the LOCKposition.

. The entry/exit function is not in opera-tion.

. The following switches are not operated.

— Seat memory switches

— Power seat switches

— Electric tilting/telescopic steeringwheel switch

The entry/exit function can be activated orcanceled by pushing and holding the SETswitch for more than 10 seconds.

The entry/exit function can also be acti-vated or canceled if the [Lift Steering Wheelon Exit] key is turned to ON or OFF in the[Settings] menu on the lower display. (Seethe INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual.The displayed keys on the lower display mayvary depending on models, specificationsand software versions.)

Initialize entry/exit functionIf the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse opens, the entry/exit function will notwork though this function was set on before.In such a case, after connecting the batteryor replacing with a new fuse, open and closethe driver’s door more than two times afterthe ignition switch is switched from the ONposition to the LOCK position. The entry/exit function will be activated.

JVP0462X

MEMORY STORAGETwo positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors can be stored inthe automatic drive positioner memory.Follow these procedures to use the memorysystem.

1. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering columnand outside mirrors to the desired posi-tions by manually operating each adjust-ing switch. For additional information,see “Seats” (P.1-2), “Tilt/telescopicsteering” (P.3-27) and “Outside mirrors”(P.3-31).

2. Push the SET switch and, within 5seconds, push the memory switch (1 or


AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER(if so equipped)


2) fully for at least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed mem-ory switch will stay on for approximately5 seconds after pushing the switch.

When the memory is stored in thememory switch (1 or 2), a buzzer willsound.

If memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory will bedeleted.

Confirming memory storagePush the SET switch. If the main memoryhas not been stored, the indicator light willcome on for approximately 0.5 seconds.When the memory has stored in position,the indicator light will stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds.

Selecting the memorized position1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.

2. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully forat least 1 second.

The driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors will move to the memor-ized position with the indicator lightflashing, and then the light will stay onfor approximately 5 seconds.

Linking log-in function to a stored

memory positionThe log-in function can be linked to a storedmemory position with the following proce-dure.

1. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition while carrying an IntelligentKey that was registered to the vehiclewith the log-in function. For more de-tails, see “Log-in function” (P.3-15).

2. Adjust the position of the driver’s seat,steering column and outside mirrorsmanually. See “Seats” (P.1-2), “Tilt/tele-scopic steering” (P.3-27) and “Outsidemirrors” (P.3-31).

3. Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The next time you log in (selecting the useron the display) after placing the ignitionswitch in the ON position while carrying theIntelligent Key, the system will automaticallyadjust to the memorized driving position.

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe automatic drive positioner system willnot work or will stop operating under thefollowing conditions:

. When the vehicle is moving.

. When any of the memory switches arepushed while the automatic drive posi-

tioner is operating.

. When the adjusting switch for the dri-ver’s seat and steering column is turnedonwhile the automatic drive positioner isoperating.

. When thememory switch 1 or 2 is pushedfor less than 1 second.

. When the seat has already been movedto the memorized position.

. When no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

. While the walk-in function operates.

4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice re-cognition systems

INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual ........................ 4-2

Safety precautions ........................................................... 4-2

RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ............................. 4-3

RearView Monitor system operation .................... 4-4

How to read the displayed lines ............................. 4-4

Difference between predictive and actualdistances ........................................................................ 4-5

How to park with predictive course lines ............ 4-6

RearView Monitor settings ...................................... 4-7

RearView Monitor system limitations ................... 4-9

System maintenance ............................................... 4-10

Around View® Monitor (if so equipped) .................. 4-11

Around View® Monitor system operation ......... 4-12

Around View® Monitor settings ........................... 4-19

Around View® Monitor system limitations ........ 4-21

System maintenance ................................................ 4-23

Camera aiding sonar function (for models withAround View® Monitor) ............................................... 4-24

Sonar system operation .......................................... 4-25

Turning on and off the sonar function ............... 4-25

Sonar system limitations ...................................... 4-28

System maintenance ............................................. 4-28

Moving Object Detection (MOD) (ifso equipped) .................................................................... 4-29

MOD system operation ........................................ 4-30

Turning the MOD system ON and OFF ........... 4-31

MOD system limitations ....................................... 4-32

System maintenance .............................................. 4-33

Ventilators ....................................................................... 4-34

Center ventilators .................................................. 4-34

Side ventilators ....................................................... 4-34

Heater and air conditioner ......................................... 4-34

Automatic air conditioner ..................................... 4-36

Climate settings ...................................................... 4-40

Operating tips ......................................................... 4-40

Servicing air conditioner ........................................ 4-41

Antenna ........................................................................... 4-42

Window antenna .................................................... 4-42

Satellite antenna .................................................... 4-42

Car phone or CB radio ................................................ 4-42

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Refer to the INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’sManual that includes the following informa-tion.

. Navigation system (if so equipped)

. Audio system

. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system

. INFINITI InTouchTM Services (if soequipped)

. SiriusXM TrafficTM (if so equipped)

. SiriusXM® Travel Link (if so equipped)

. SiriusXM® Radio

. Viewing information

. Other settings

. Voice recognition (if so equipped)

. Meter settings

. General system information

WARNING

. Do not adjust the display controls,heater and air conditioner controls oraudio controls while driving so thatfull attention may be given to vehicleoperation.

. If you noticed any foreign objectsentering the system hardware, spilledliquid on the system, or noticedsmoke or fumes coming out from thesystem, or any other unusual opera-tion is observed, stop using thesystem immediately and contact thenearest INFINITI retailer. Ignoringsuch conditions may lead to an acci-dent, fire or electric shock.

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may lead to anaccident, fire, or electric shock.

. Park the vehicle in a safe location andapply the parking brake to viewimages on the touch screen display.

CAUTION

. Do not use the system when theengine is not running for extendedperiods of time to prevent batterydischarge.

. The glass screen on the liquid crystaldisplay may break if it is hit with ahard or sharp object. If the glassscreen breaks, do not touch it. Doingso could result in an injury.

. Extreme temperature conditions [be-low −4°F (−20°C) and above 158°F(70°C)] could affect the performanceof the system.

INFINITI INTOUCHTM OWNER’S MANUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WAE0191X

1. Upper touch-screen display (upper dis-play)

2. Lower touch-screen display (lower dis-play)

3. MENU button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the Rear-View Monitor system could result inserious injury or death.

. The RearView Monitor is a conveni-ence but it is not a substitute forproper backing. Always turn and lookout the windows, and check mirrorsto be sure that it is safe to movebefore operating the vehicle. Alwaysback up slowly.

. The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in showing large stationaryobjects directly behind the vehicle, tohelp avoid damaging the vehicle.

. The distance guide line and thevehicle width line should be used asa reference only when the vehicle ison a level paved surface. The distanceviewed on the monitor is for refer-ence only and may be different thanthe actual distance between thevehicle and displayed objects.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

REARVIEWMONITOR (if so equipped)


CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front ofthe camera.

The RearViewMonitor system automaticallyshows a rear view of the vehicle in the upperdisplay when the shift lever is shifted intothe "R” (Reverse) position. When activatingthe RearView Monitor, the guide lines, theicons and the messages may not be dis-played immediately.

The radio can still be heard while the Rear-View Monitor is active.

WAE0195X

To display the rear view, the RearViewMonitor system uses a camera locatedjust above the vehicle’s license plate.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

OPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the “ON” position,move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse)position to operate the RearView Monitor.

WAE0241X

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED

LINESGuiding lines which indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects with refer-ence to the bumper line are displayed onthe monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the bumper.

. Red line : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

. Yellow line : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

. Green line : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

Vehicle width guide lines :

Indicate the approximate vehicle width.

Predictive course lines :

Indicate the predictive course when backingup. The predictive course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the shiftlever is in the “R” (Reverse) position and thesteering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheel isin the neutral position.

The vehicle width guide lines and the widthof the predictive course lines are wider thanthe actual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PRE-

DICTIVE AND ACTUAL DIS-TANCESThe displayed guidelines and their locationson the ground are for approximate referenceonly. Objects on uphill or downhill surfacesor projecting objects will be actually locatedat distances different from those displayedin the monitor relative to the guide lines(refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turnaround and view the objects as you arebacking up, or park and exit the vehicle toview the positioning of objects behind thevehicle.

JVH1268X

Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfarther than it appears on the monitor.

JVH1269X

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown farther than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the monitor.



SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting objectThe predictive course lines do not touchthe object in the display. However, thevehicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

SAA2244

Backing up behind a projecting

objectThe position is shown farther than theposition in the display. However, theposition is actually at the same distanceas the position . The vehicle may hit theobject when backing up to the position if

how to park with the object projects overthe actual backing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDIC-TIVE COURSE LINES

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course linesmay not be displayed correctly.

. On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predictive course lines and theactual course line.

. The displayed lines will appearslightly off to the right because therearview camera is not installed in therear center of the vehicle.

. If the battery is disconnected orbecomes discharged, the predictivecourse lines may be displayed incor-rectly. If this occurs, please performthe following procedures:

— Turn the steering wheel from lockto lock while the engine is running.

— Drive the vehicle on a straightroad for more than 5 minutes.

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen when the shift lever ismoved to the “R” (Reverse) position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predictivecourse lines enter the parking space .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines parallel tothe parking space while referring tothe predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to the“P” (Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

REARVIEW MONITOR SETTINGSThe RearView Monitor settings can bechanged using the following procedures.

1. Push the MENU button.

2. Touch [Settings] on the lower display.

3. Touch [Camera].

The displayed keys on the lower display mayvary depending on models, specificationsand software versions.



Available setting items:

Setting items Action

Predictive Course Lines When this item is turned on, the predictive course linesare displayed on the RearView Monitor screen. (See“How to park with predictive course lines” (P.4-6).)

Display Settings(Available only when cam-era screen is displayed onthe upper display.)

Brightness Adjust display settings by touching the “+”/“-” key.

Contrast

Tint

Color

Black Level

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the RearView Monitor settings while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor RearView Monitor. Failure to oper-ate the vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The system cannot completely elim-inate blind spots and may not showevery object.

. Underneath the bumper and thecorner areas of the bumper cannotbe viewed on the RearView Monitorbecause of its monitoring range lim-itation. The system will not showsmall objects below the bumper, andmay not show objects close to thebumper or on the ground.

. Objects viewed in the RearViewMonitor differ from actual distancebecause a wide-angle lens is used.

. Objects in the RearView Monitor willappear visually opposite compared towhen viewed in the rearview andoutside mirrors.

. Use the displayed lines as a reference.The lines are highly affected by thenumber of occupants, fuel level, ve-hicle position, road conditions androad grade.

. Make sure that the trunk lid issecurely closed when backing up.

. Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is in-stalled above the license plate.

. When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, be sure not to sprayit around the camera. Otherwise,water may enter the camera unitcausing water condensation on thelens, a malfunction, fire or an electricshock.

. Do not strike the camera. It is aprecision instrument. Otherwise, itmay malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

. When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not clearly displayobjects.

. When strong light is directly coming onthe camera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

. Vertical lines may be seen in objects onthe screen. This is due to strong reflectedlight from the bumper.

. The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

. The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from theactual color of objects.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clearin a dark environment.

. There may be a delay when switching tothe RearView Monitor.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera, the RearView Monitor may notdisplay object clearly. Clean the camera.

. Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipeoff any wax with a clean cloth dampenedwith a diluted mild cleaning agent, thenwipe with a dry cloth.



WAE0195X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinnerto clean the camera. This will causediscoloration.

. Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera , the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the camera bywiping it with a cloth dampened with a

diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipingit with a dry cloth.

WAE0192X



3. CAMERA button

4. MENU button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for the proper use of theAround View® Monitor system couldresult in serious injury or death.

. The Around View® Monitor is aconvenience feature and is not asubstitute for proper vehicle opera-tion because it has areas whereobjects cannot be viewed. The fourcorners of the vehicle in particular,are areas where objects do not al-ways appear in the bird’s-eye, front,or rear views. Always check yoursurroundings to be sure that it is safeto move before operating the vehicle.Always operate the vehicle slowly.Always look out the windows andcheck mirrors to be sure that it is safeto move.

. The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.


AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if soequipped)


CAUTION

Do not scratch the lens when cleaningdirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

The Around View® Monitor system is de-signed as an aid to the driver in situationssuch as slot parking or parallel parking.

The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screenformat. All views are not available at alltimes.

Available views:

. Front view

An approximately 150-degree view ofthe front of the vehicle.

. Rear view

An approximately 150-degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

. Bird’s-eye view

The surrounding view of the vehicle fromabove.

. Front-side view

The view around and ahead of the frontpassenger’s side wheel.

. Front-wide view

An approximately 180-degree view of

the front of the vehicle.

WAE0196X

To display the multiple views, the AroundView® Monitor system uses cameraslocated in the front grill, on the vehicle’soutside mirrors and one just above thevehicle’s license plate.

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYS-TEM OPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the “ON” position,move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse)position or push the CAMERA button todisplay the Around View® Monitor on theupper display.

Available views

WARNING

. The distance guide line and thevehicle width line should be used asa reference only when the vehicle ison a paved, level surface. The dis-tance viewed on the monitor is forreference only and may be differentthan the actual distance between thevehicle and displayed objects.

. Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye view as a reference. The lines andthe bird’s-eye view are greatly af-fected by the number of occupants,fuel level, vehicle position, road con-dition and road grade.

. If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course linesand the bird’s-eye view may be dis-played incorrectly.

. When driving the vehicle up a hill,objects viewed in the monitor arefarther than they appear. When driv-ing the vehicle down a hill, objectsviewed in the monitor are closer thanthey appear.

. Objects in the rear view will appearvisually opposite compared to when

viewed in the rear view and outsidemirrors.

. Use the mirrors or actually look toproperly judge distances to otherobjects.

. The distance between objects viewedin the rear view differs from actualdistance because a wide-angle lens isused.


. The vehicle width and predictivecourse lines are wider than the actualwidth and course.

. The displayed lines on the rear viewwill appear slightly off to the rightbecause the rearview camera is notinstalled in the rear center of thevehicle.

SAA1840

Front view

WAE0216X

Rear view



Front and rear view:

Guiding lines that indicate the approximatevehicle width and distances to objects withreference to the vehicle body line , aredisplayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines - :

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.




. Green line (front view only): approx. 10ft (3 m)


Indicate the approximate vehicle width.

Predictive course lines :

Indicate the predictive course when operat-ing the vehicle. The predictive course lineswill move depending on how much thesteering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines in the rear view will not bedisplayed while the steering wheel is in thestraight ahead position.

The front view will not be displayed whenthe vehicle speed is above 6MPH (10 km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or less from the straight aheadposition, both the right and left predictive

course lines are displayed. When thesteering wheel turns about 90 degrees ormore, a line is displayed only on theopposite side of the turn.

WAE0231X

Bird’s-eye view:

The bird’s-eye view shows the overheadview of the vehicle which helps confirm thevehicle position and the predictive course toa parking space.

The vehicle icon shows the position of thevehicle. Note that the distance betweenobjects viewed in the bird’s-eye view differsfrom the actual distance.

The areas that the cameras cannot coverare indicated in black.

After the ignition switch is placed in the"ON" position, the unviewable area ishighlighted in yellow for a few seconds afterthe bird’s-eye view is displayed.

Predictive course lines ( and ) indicate thepredictive course when operating the vehi-cle. The predictive course lines ( and ) willbe displayed on the monitor when thesteering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines ( and ) will move dependingon how much the steering wheel is turned.

WARNING

. Objects in the bird’s-eye view willappear farther than the actual dis-tance.

. Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,may be misaligned or not displayed atthe seam of the views.

. Objects that are above the cameracannot be displayed.

. The view for the bird’s-eye view maybe misaligned when the camera posi-tion alters.

. A line on the ground may be mis-aligned and is not seen as beingstraight at the seam of the views.The misalignment will increase as theline proceeds away from the vehicle.

. Tire angle display does not indicatethe actual tire angle.

JVH1141X

Front-side view:

Guiding lines:

Guiding lines that indicate the width and thefront end of the vehicle are displayed on themonitor.

The front-of-vehicle line shows the frontpart of the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line shows the vehiclewidth including the outside mirror.

The extensions of both the front andside lines are shown with a green dottedline.

CAUTION

The turn signal light may look like theside-of-vehicle line. This is not a mal-function.



JVH1142X

Front-wide view:

The front-wide view shows a wider area onthe entire screen and allows checking of theblind corners on the right and left sides. Thefront-wide view displays an approximately180-degree area while the front view dis-plays an approximately 150-degree area.The predictive course lines are not displayedon the front-wide view.

Distance guide lines - :

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.






Indicates the approximate vehicle width.

Difference between predictive andactual distancesThe displayed guidelines and their locationson the ground are for approximate referenceonly. Objects on uphill or downhill surfacesor projecting objects will be actually locatedat distances different from those displayedin the monitor relative to the guide lines(refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turnaround and view the objects as you arebacking up, or park and exit the vehicle toview the positioning of objects behind thevehicle.

JVH1268X

Backing up on a steep uphill:

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfarther than it appears on the monitor.

JVH1269X

Backing up on a steep downhill:

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown farther than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the monitor.

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting object:

The predictive course lines do not touchthe object in the display. However, thevehicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

SAA2244

Backing up behind a projecting object:

The position is shown farther than theposition in the display. However, theposition is actually at the same distanceas the position . The vehicle may hit theobject when backing up to the position ifthe object projects over the actual backing



up course.

How to park with predictive course

lines

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course linesmay not be displayed correctly.


. The displayed lines will appearslightly off to the right because therearview camera is not installed in therear center of the vehicle.

. If the battery is disconnected orbecomes discharged, the predictivecourse lines may be displayed incor-rectly. If this occurs, please performthe following procedures:

— Turn the steering wheel from lockto lock while the engine is running.

— Drive the vehicle on a straightroad for more than 5 minutes.

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen when the shift lever ismoved to the “R” (Reverse) position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predictivecourse lines enter the parking space .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines parallel tothe parking space while referring tothe predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to the“P” (Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

WAE0218X

How to switch the displayThe Around View® Monitor can display twosplit views as well as a single view of thefront-wide view. Push the CAMERA button,change the shift lever position or touch[Change View] to switch between theavailable views.

If the vehicle is equipped with Back-upCollision Intervention (BCI) system, the BCIsystem key (“BCI”) may be displayed on theAround View® Monitor screen. For details,see “Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)”(P.5-57).

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SET-

TINGSThe Around View® Monitor settings can bechanged using the following procedures.



3. Touch [Camera].





Setting item Action

Camera MOD Turn the MOD system on/off. (See “Moving Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-29).)

MOD Volume The volume setting of the MOD detection warning chime can be adjusted.

Unviewable Area Reminder When this item is turned on, the unviewable area is highlighted in yellow forseveral seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed for the first time when theignition switch is placed in the “ON” position.

Predictive Course Lines When this item is turned on, the predictive course lines are displayed in the front,rear and bird’s-eye view screen.

Auto Show Sonar Image The automatic sonar display can be turned on/off.

Display Settings(Available onlywhen camera screenis displayed on theupper display.)

Brightness Adjust display settings by touching the “+”/“-” key.

Contrast

Tint

Color

Black Level

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the Around View® Monitor settings while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYS-

TEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor Around View® Monitor. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordance withthese system limitations could result inserious injury or death.

. Do not use the Around View® Moni-tor with the outside mirrors in thestored position, and make sure thatthe trunk lid is securely closed whenoperating the vehicle using theAround View® Monitor.

. The apparent distance between ob-jects viewed on the Around View®

Monitor differs from the actual dis-tance.

. The cameras are installed on thefront grille, the outside mirrors andabove the rear license plate. Do notput anything on the vehicle thatcovers the cameras.

. When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to sprayit around the cameras. Otherwise,water may enter the camera unit

causing water condensation on thelens, a malfunction, fire or an electricshock.

. Do not strike the cameras. They areprecision instruments. Doing so couldcause a malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electric shock.

WAE0220X

There are some areas where the system willnot show objects and the system does notwarn of moving objects.When in the front orrear view display, an object below thebumper or on the ground may not be viewed. When in the bird’s-eye view, a tall object

near the seam of the camera viewingareas will not appear in the monitor.



The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

. The screen displayed on the AroundView® Monitor will automatically returnto the previous screen 3 minutes afterthe CAMERA button has been pushedwhile the shift lever is in a position otherthan the “R” (Reverse) position.

. There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

. When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not displayobjects clearly.

. When strong light is directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

. The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

. The colors of objects on the AroundView® Monitor may differ somewhatfrom the actual color of objects.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clearand the color of the object may differ in adark environment.

. There may be differences in sharpnessbetween each camera view of the bird’s-eye view.

. When activating the Around View®

Monitor, the icons and the messagesmay not be displayed for a while.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera, the Around View® Monitor maynot display objects clearly. Clean thecamera.

. Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipeoff any wax with a clean cloth that hasbeen dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent, then wipe with a drycloth.

JVH1633X

System temporarily unavailableWhen the icon is displayed on thescreen, there will be abnormal conditions inthe Around View® Monitor. This will nothinder normal driving operation but thesystem should be inspected. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

JVH1634X

When the icon is displayed on thescreen, the camera image may be receivingtemporary electronic disturbances from sur-rounding devices. This will not hinder normaldriving operation but the system should beinspected. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

WAE0196X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION



If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras , the Around View® Monitormay not display objects clearly. Clean thecamera by wiping with a cloth dampened

with a diluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping with a dry cloth.



WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the sonarfunction as outlined in this section couldresult in serious injury or death.

. The sonar is a convenience feature. Itis not a substitute for proper parking.

. This function is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle.

. The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

. Always look around and check that itis safe to move before parking.

. Read and understand the limitationsof the sonar as contained in thissection.

The sonar function helps to inform the driverof large stationary objects around thevehicle when parking by issuing an audibleand visual alert.

WAE0193X


2. Sonar indicator


4. CAMERA button

5. MENU button

CAMERA AIDING SONAR FUNCTION(for models with Around View®Monitor)

SONAR SYSTEM OPERATIONWhen the camera is first activated with thebird’s-eye view on the upper display, redmarkers will flash. This indicates that thesonar system is activated.

The system gives the tone for front objectswhen the shift lever is in the “D” (Drive)position and both front and rear objectswhen the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse)position.

When the camera image is shown on theupper display, the system shows the sonarindicator regardless of the shift lever posi-tion.

The system is deactivated at speeds above 6MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

The colors of the sonar indicators and thedistance guide lines in the front, front-wideand rear views indicate different distancesto the object.

When the objects are detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks and the tonesounds intermittently. When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color of theindicator turns yellow and the rate of theblinking and the rate of the tone increase.When the vehicle is very close to the object,the indicator stops blinking and turns red,and the tone sounds continuously.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3seconds when an object is detected by onlythe corner sonar and the distance does notchange.

The tone will stop when the object is nolonger near the vehicle.

WAE0236X

TURNING ON AND OFF THE SO-

NAR FUNCTIONWhen the Sonar/MOD key is touched, theindicator light on the key will turn off andthe sonar will turn off temporarily. TheMoving Object Detection (MOD) system willalso be turned off at the same time. See“Moving Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-29).

When the Sonar/MOD key is touchedagain, the indicator light will turn on andthe sonar will turn back on.

In the cases below, the sonar will be turnedback on automatically:

. When the shift lever is in the “R”(Reverse) position.



. When the CAMERA button is pushedand a screen other than the camera viewis shown on the display.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h).

. When the ignition switch is placed in the“OFF” position and turned back to the“ON” position again.

To prevent the sonar system from activatingaltogether, use the sonar system settingsmenu.

Sonar system settingsThe camera aiding sonar function settingscan be changed using the following proce-dures.



3. Touch [Parking Sonar].



Setting item Action

Parking Sonar Parking Sonar When this item is turned on, the front and rear sonar is activated.When this item is turned off (indicator turns off), the front and rear sonar isdeactivated. The amber markers are displayed at the corners of the vehicle icon.When the Around View® Monitor is activated next time after placing theignition switch in the ON position, a gray sonar icon will briefly flash on theupper display, indicating that the sonar system is off.

Auto Show Sonar Image When the sonar detects an object while this item is turned on, the Around View®

Monitor will interrupt the current view in the display to show the surround areaof the vehicle.

Front Only When this item is turned on, only the front sonar is activated. The ambermarkers are displayed at the rear corners of the vehicle icon.

Distance Adjust the sensitivity level of the sonar.

Volume Adjust the tone volume of the sonar.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the Parking Sonar settings while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.



SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the sonar function. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed-airbrakes or a pneumatic drill may affectthe function of the system, includingreduced performance or a false acti-vation.

. The system is not designed to pre-vent contact with small or movingobjects.

. The system will not detect smallobjects below the bumper, and maynot detect objects close to the bum-per or on the ground.

. The system may not detect thefollowing objects:

— Fluffy objects such as snow,cloth, cotton, grass or wool.

— Thin objects such as rope, wire orchain.

— Wedge-shaped objects.

. If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misalignedor bent, the sensing zone may bealtered causing inaccurate measure-ment of objects or false alarms.

CAUTION

Excessive noise (such as audio systemvolume or an open vehicle window) willinterfere with the tone and it may not beheard.

System temporarily unavailableWhen the amber markers are displayed atthe corners of the vehicle icon and thefunction cannot be activated from theParking sonar settings menu (the settingitems are grayed out), the sonar system maybe malfunctioning.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

Keep the surface of the sonar (located onthe front and rear bumper fascia) freefrom accumulations of snow, ice and dirt.Do not scratch the surface of the sonarwhen cleaning. If the sensors are cov-ered, the accuracy of the sonar functionwill be diminished.

WAE0192X



3. CAMERA button

4. MENU button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the Mov-ing Object Detection system could resultin serious injury or death.

. The MOD system is not a substitutefor proper vehicle operation and isnot designed to prevent contact withthe objects surrounding the vehicle.When maneuvering, always use theoutside mirror and rearview mirrorand turn and check the surroundingto ensure it is safe to maneuver.

. The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reacti-vated at lower speeds.

. The MOD system is not designed todetect the surrounding stationaryobjects.

TheMovingObject Detection (MOD) systemcan inform the driver of the moving objectssurrounding the vehicle when driving out ofgarages, maneuvering into parking lots andin other such instances.

The MOD system detects moving objects byusing image processing technology on theimage shown on the display.


MOVING OBJECT DETECTION(MOD) (if so equipped)


MOD SYSTEM OPERATIONThe MOD system will turn on automaticallyunder the following conditions:

. When the shift lever is in the “R”(Reverse) position.

. When the CAMERA button is pushed toactivate the camera view on the display.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h) and thecamera screen is displayed.

The MOD system operates in the followingconditions when the camera view is dis-played:

. When the shift lever is in the “P” (Park) or“N” (Neutral) position and the vehicle isstopped, the MOD system detects mov-ing objects in the bird’s-eye view. TheMOD system will not operate if theoutside mirrors are moving in or out, inthe stowed position, or if either frontdoor is opened.

. When the shift lever is in the “D” (Drive)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects inthe front view or front-wide view.

. When the shift lever is in the “R”(Reverse) position and the vehicle speedis below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h),the MOD system detects moving objects

in the rear view.

The MOD system will not operate if thetrunk lid is open.

The MOD system does not detect movingobjects in the front-side view. TheMOD iconis not displayed on the screen when in thisview.

WAE0240X

Bird’s-eye view

WAE0237X

Front view / rear view

WAE0238X

Rear and front-side views

WAE0239X

Front-wide view

When the MOD system detects movingobjects near the vehicle, a chime will beheard and a yellow frame will be displayedon the view where the objects are detected.While the MOD system continues to detectmoving objects, the yellow frame continuesto be displayed.

NOTE:

While the sonar/Back-up Collision Inter-vention (BCI) system (if so equipped) isbeeping, the MOD system does not chime.

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame isdisplayed on each camera image (front, rear,right, left) depending on where movingobjects are detected.

The yellow frame is displayed on eachview in the front view, front-wide view andrear view modes.

A green MOD icon is displayed in the viewwhere theMOD system is operative. AwhiteMOD icon is displayed in the view wherethe MOD system is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MODicon is not displayed.

WAE0236X

TURNING THE MOD SYSTEM ON

AND OFFWhen the MOD is active and the Sonar/MOD key is touched, theMOD systemwillturn off temporarily and the indicator willturn off. (A camera-aiding sonar will turn offat the same time.) When the Sonar/MODkey is touched again, the indicator will turnon and the MOD system will turn back on.

To enable or disable the MOD system, usethe camera settings menu.



MOD function settingThe MOD function settings can be changedusing the following procedures.



3. Touch [Camera].

4. Touch [Camera].


MOD:

When this item is turned on, the MODsystem is activated. When this item is turnedoff (indicator turns off), the MOD system isdeactivated.

WAE0213X

When the MOD system is deactivated, theMOD icon will disappear.

When the sonar is turned off on the settingsmenu as well, the Sonar/MOD key willdisappear.

MOD Volume:

Adjust the volume of the chime.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor MOD. Failure to operate the vehiclein accordance with these system limita-tions could result in serious injury ordeath.

. Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume or open vehicle win-dow) will interfere with the chimesound, and it may not be heard.

. TheMOD system performance will belimited according to environmentalconditions and surrounding objectssuch as:

— When there is low contrast be-tween background and the mov-ing objects.

— When there is blinking source oflight.

— When strong light such as an-other vehicle’s headlight or sun-light is present.

— When camera orientation is not inits usual position, such as whenmirror is folded.

— When there is dirt, water drops orsnow on the camera lens.

— When the position of the movingobjects in the display is not chan-ged.

. The MOD system might detect flow-ing water droplets on the cameralens, white smoke from the muffler,moving shadows, etc.

. The MOD system may not functionproperly depending on the speed,direction, distance or shape of themoving objects.

. If your vehicle sustains damage to theparts where the camera is installed,leaving it misaligned or bent, thesensing zone may be altered and theMOD system may not detect objectsproperly.

. When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may notdisplay objects clearly. This is not amalfunction.

WAE0196X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION



If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras , the MOD system may notoperate properly. Clean the camera bywiping with a cloth dampened with a diluted

mild cleaning agent and then wiping with adry cloth.



JVH1940X

Right side

CENTER VENTILATORSOpen/close the ventilator by moving thecontrol to either direction.

: Moving the control to this direction willopen the ventilator.

: Moving the control to this direction willclose the ventilator.

Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilatorby moving the center knob (up/down, left/right) until the desired position is achieved.

JVH1941X

Right side

SIDE VENTILATORSOpen/close the ventilator by moving thecontrol to either direction.

: Moving the control to this direction willopen the ventilator.

: Moving the control to this direction willclose the ventilator.

Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilatorby moving the center knob (up/down, left/right) until the desired position is achieved.

WARNING

. The heater and air conditioner oper-ate only when the engine is running.

. Never leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in the vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould unknowingly activate switchesor controls and inadvertently becomeinvolved in a serious accident andinjure themselves. On hot, sunnydays, temperatures in a closed vehiclecould quickly become high enough tocause severe or possibly fatal injuriesto people or animals.

. Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

. Do not adjust the heating and airconditioning controls while driving sothat full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

The heater and air conditioner operate whenthe engine is running. The air blower willoperate even if the engine is turned off andthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

VENTILATORS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

NOTE:. Odors from inside and outside the

vehicle can build up in the air conditionerunit. Odor can enter the passengercompartment through the ventilators.

. When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off airrecirculation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. This shouldhelp reduce odors inside the vehicle.

. Vehicles with an automatic climate con-trol system will automatically adjust thepassenger compartment to be the setappropriate temperature when the re-mote engine start feature (if soequipped) is used.



WAE0214X

1. “ ” Temperature control increasebutton (driver’s side)

2. “ ” Temperature control decreasebutton (driver’s side)

3. AUTO button

4. “ ” Fan speed increase button

5. “ ” Fan speed decrease button

6. “ ” Manual air flow control button


8. MENU button

9. CLIMATE button

10. “ ” Temperature control increasebutton (front passenger’s side)

11. “ ” Temperature control decreasebutton (front passenger’s side)

12. “ ” Air recirculation button

13. “ ” Front defroster button

14. “ ” Rear defroster button

(See “Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch” (P.2-37).)

15. ON/OFF button

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER

NOTE:

The heater and air conditioning systemsettings can be linked and memorized foreach of the Intelligent Keys. Refer to theINFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual.

Automatic operation (AUTO)The AUTOmode may be used year-round asthe system automatically controls the airconditioner to a constant temperature, airflow distribution and fan speed after thedesired temperature is set manually.

Cooling and dehumidified heating (AUTO):

1. Push the AUTO button.

The indicator light on the button willilluminate. The climate screen will bedisplayed on the lower display and“AUTO” will appear on the climatescreen.

2. Push the temperature control buttons(driver’s side) to set the preferred tem-perature.. When the DUAL mode is turned on,

you can individually set temperaturesfor the driver’s side and front passen-ger’s side, using the temperaturecontrol buttons on the correspondingside. (To turn on the DUAL mode,touch [DUAL].).

. The temperature of the passengercompartment will be maintainedautomatically. Air flow distributionand fan speed will also be controlledautomatically.

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the airis cooled rapidly. This does not indicate amalfunction.

Heating (A/C off):

The air conditioner does not activate in thismode. Use this mode when you only need toheat.

1. Push the CLIMATE button.

The climate screen will be displayed onthe lower display.

2. Touch [A/C]. The [A/C] indicator willturn off. See “Operations on touch panelscreen” (P.4-38).

3. Push the temperature control buttons(driver’s side) to set the preferred tem-perature.. When the DUAL mode is turned on,

you can individually set temperaturesfor the driver’s side and front passen-ger’s side, using the temperaturecontrol buttons on the correspondingside. (To turn on the DUAL mode,touch [DUAL].).

. The temperature of the passengercompartment will be maintainedautomatically. Air flow distributionand fan speed will also be controlledautomatically.

NOTE:. Do not set the temperature lower than

the outside air temperature. Otherwisethe system may not work properly.

. This mode is not recommended if thewindows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:

1. Push the “ ” front defroster button.The indicator light on the button willilluminate.

2. Push the temperature control buttons onthe driver’s side to set the preferredtemperature.

NOTE:. To quickly remove ice from the outside

of the windows, push the “ ” fanspeed increase button and set it to themaximum position.

. As soon as possible after the windshieldis cleaned, push the AUTO button toreturn to the AUTO mode.

. When the “ ” front defroster buttonis pushed, the air conditioner will auto-matically be turned on at outside tem-peratures above 23°F (-5°C) to defogthe windshield, and the air recirculatemode will automatically be turned off.The outside air circulation mode will beselected to improve the defrosting per-formance.

Manual operationThe manual mode can be used to control theheater and air conditioner to your desiredsettings.

Fan speed control:

Push the “ ” fan speed increase buttonto increase the fan speed.

Push the “ ” fan speed decrease button todecrease the fan speed.

Push the AUTO button to change the fanspeed to the automatic mode.



Air flow control:

Push the “ ” manual air flow controlbutton to change the air flow mode.

: Air flows from the center and sideventilators.

: Air flows from the center and sideventilators, and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.

: Air flows from the defroster and footoutlets.

Temperature control:

Push the “ ” temperature control increasebutton or the “ ” temperature controldecrease button to set the desired tempera-ture.

You can individually set temperatures for thedriver’s side and front passenger’s side.

Air intake control:

. Push the “ ” air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle.The indicator light on the “ ” airrecirculation button will illuminate.

. Push the “ ” air recirculation buttontwice to draw outside air into thepassenger compartment. The indicatorlight on the “ ” air recirculation buttonwill turn off.

. To control the air intake automatically,push and hold the “ ” air recirculation

button. The indicator lights will flashtwice, and then the air intake will switchto automatic control.

The air intake mode can also be con-trolled automatically by touching [AutoRecirc] (if so equipped). The indicatorlight on [Auto Recirc] will illuminate.“Operations on touch panel screen”(P.4-38)

Turning the system offPush the ON/OFF button.

Operations on touch panel screenHeater and air conditioner can be operatedon the touch panel screen. Push the CLI-MATE button and switch the lower displayto the climate screen.

For details of the touch panel operation onthe lower display, see the separate INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual.

WAE0215X

Example

The following control keys are available.(Availability of the item depends on themodel and specifications.)

Available items:

. “ ”

Touch to change the air flow mode.

. “- ” / “ +”

Touch to change the fan speed.

. [DUAL]

Touch to turn the DUAL mode on/off.(See “DUAL mode setting” (P.4-39).)

. [Steering Heater] (if so equipped)

Touch to turn the steering wheel heateron/off. (See “Heated steering wheel”

(P.2-47).)

. [A/C]

Touch to turn the air conditioner on/off.(See “Automatic operation (AUTO)”(P.4-36).)

. [Auto Recirc] (if so equipped)

Touch to turn the auto-recirculationmode on/off. (See “Advanced ClimateControl System” (P.4-39).)

. [ ] or [ ] (if so equipped)

Touch to turn the seat heater on/off.(See “Heated seats” (P.2-45).)

DUAL mode settingTouch [DUAL] to turn on/off the DUALmode. When the DUAL mode is set, thetemperature for the driver seat and the frontpassenger seat can be adjusted indepen-dently. When the DUAL mode is on, theindicator light is on and “DUAL” appears.

Advanced Climate Control System(if so equipped)The Advanced Climate Control Systemkeeps the air inside of the vehicle clean,using the automatic air circulation controlwith the exhaust gas/outside odor detectionsensor and with ion control.

WAE0219X

[Auto Recirc]:

Touch to turn on the automatic airrecirculation mode.

Plasmacluster® icon:

Indicates the Plasmacluster® ion emis-sion status.

Automatic air recirculation control with theexhaust gas/outside odor detection sensor:

The Advanced Climate Control systemcomes with an exhaust gas detection/out-side odor sensor. When the automatic aircirculation control is activated, the sensordetects odors outside the vehicle such aspulp or chemicals, and exhaust gas such asgasoline or diesel. When such odors or gasesare detected, the display and the system

automatically change from the fresh airmode to the recirculation mode.

When the automatic air circulation controlmode is on, for the first 5 minutes, the airrecirculation mode is selected to preventdust, dirt and pollen from entering thevehicle and to clean the air inside of thevehicle.

After 5 minutes, the sensor detects exhaustgas and automatically alternates betweenthe air recirculation mode and the fresh airmode.

NOTE:

The automatic air recirculation mode can beactivated under the following conditions.. The air flow control is not in the wind-

shield defrosting mode (the indicatorlight on is turned off).

. The outside temperature is approxi-mately 32 °F (0 °C) or above.

Ion control:

The Advanced Climate Control system unitgenerates highly concentrated Plasmaclus-ter® ions into the air blown from theventilators to reduce odor absorbed intothe interior trim and to suppress airbornebacteria. The high-density Plasmacluster®

ions also have a proven skin moisturepreserving effect.



The Plasmacluster® icon on the climatescreen indicates the status of the Plas-macluster® ion emission from the systemand changes with the amount of the air flow.

CLIMATE SETTINGSClimate settings can be changed on theclimate settings screen on the lower display.

1. Push the MENU button and touch [Set-tings] on the lower display.

2. Touch [Others].

3. Touch [Climate].


Available settings:

. Left/Right Seat Heater

The driver’s seat and front passengerseat temperature settings for the auto-matic seat heating control mode can bechanged separately. (See “Heated seats”(P.2-45).)

. Steering Wheel Heater

The steering wheel heater can be turnedon/off. (See “Heated steering wheel”(P.2-47).)

. Auto Steering Wheel Heater

The automatic control mode for thesteering wheel heater can be turnedon/off. When this item is turned on, the

steering wheel heater will turn on auto-matically if the temperature inside thevehicle compartment is low at the timewhen the ignition switch is turned on.Regardless of the temperature, thesteering wheel heating will turn off after30 minutes.

If the steering wheel heater is manuallyturned on/off by touching [SteeringWheel Heater] on the climate settingsscreen, the automatic steering wheelheating control mode will be canceledand the system will return to the manualmode.

NOTE:If the surface temperature of the steer-ing wheel is above the temperature atwhich the system is designed to operate,the system will not heat the steeringwheel. This is not a malfunction.

5GC0006X

JVH0520X

OPERATING TIPSWhen the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate.However, this is not a malfunction. Afterthe coolant temperature warms up, the airflow from the foot outlets will operate

normally.

The sensors and , located on theinstrument panel, help maintain a constanttemperature. Do not put anything on oraround the sensors.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER

WARNING

The air conditioner contains refrigerantunder high pressure. To avoid personalinjury, any air conditioner service shouldbe done only by an experienced techni-cian with the proper equipment.

The air conditioner system in your vehicle ischarged with a refrigerant designed with theenvironment in mind.

This refrigerant will not harm the earth’sozone layer. However, it may contribute in asmall part to global warming.

Special charging equipment and lubricantare required when servicing your vehicle’s airconditioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants will cause severe damage to theair conditioner system. (See “Air conditioningsystem refrigerant and lubricant recommen-dations” (P.10-7).)

An INFINITI retailer will be able to service

your environmentally friendly air conditionersystem.

In-cabin microfilterWith Advanced Climate Control system:

The air conditioning system is equipped witha natural grape seed polyphenol filter whichcollects and neutralizes dirt, pollen, dust, etc.

To make sure that the air conditioner heats,defogs and ventilates efficiently, replace thefilter in accordance with the specified main-tenance intervals listed in the separatemaintenance booklet. To replace the filter,contact an INFINITI retailer.

The filter should be replaced if the air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fog upeasily when operating the heater or airconditioner.

Without Advanced Climate Control system:

The air conditioning system is equipped withan in-cabin microfilter that collects dirt,pollen, dust, etc.

To make sure that the air conditioner heats,defogs and ventilates efficiently, replace thefilter in accordance with the specified main-tenance schedule in the separate mainte-nance booklet. To replace the filter, contactan INFINITI retailer.

The filter should be replaced if the air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fog up

easily when operating the heater or airconditioner.



WINDOW ANTENNAThe antenna pattern is printed inside therear window.

CAUTION

. Do not place metalized film near therear window glass or attach anymetal parts to it. This may cause poorreception or noise.

. When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna witha dampened soft cloth.

JVH0641X

SATELLITE ANTENNAThere is a satellite antenna on the rear partof the vehicle roof.

A buildup of ice on the satellite radioantenna can affect satellite radio perfor-mance. Remove the ice to restore satelliteradio reception.

When installing a car phone or a CB radio inyour vehicle, be sure to observe the follow-ing cautions, otherwise the new equipmentmay adversely affect the electronic controlmodules and electronic control system har-ness.

WARNING

. A cellular phone should not be usedfor any purpose while driving so fullattention may be given to vehicleoperation. Some jurisdictions prohibitthe use of cellular phones whiledriving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-freecellular phone operational mode (if soequipped) is highly recommended.Exercise extreme caution at all timesso full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

. If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic controlmodules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electroniccontrol system harness. Do not routethe antennawire next to any harness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by the manu-facturer.

. Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

. For details, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer.



MEMO

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ...................... 5-4

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) .............................. 5-4

Three-way catalyst ..................................................... 5-5

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 5-5

Avoiding collision and rollover ................................. 5-9

Off-road recovery ....................................................... 5-9

Rapid air pressure loss ............................................. 5-10

Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ..................... 5-10

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) drivingsafety precautions (AWD models) ....................... 5-11

Push-button ignition switch ........................................ 5-11

Operating range for engine start function ........ 5-12

Push-button ignition switch operation ............... 5-12

Push-button ignition switch positions ................ 5-13

Emergency engine shut off .................................... 5-13

Intelligent Key battery discharge .......................... 5-14

Before starting the engine ........................................... 5-14

Starting the engine ......................................................... 5-15

Remote engine start (if so equipped) .................. 5-15

Driving the vehicle .......................................................... 5-16

Automatic Transmission (AT) ................................ 5-16

Parking brake .................................................................. 5-20

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector .................................... 5-21

STANDARD mode .................................................... 5-22

SPORT+ mode (if so equipped) ............................. 5-22

SPORT mode ............................................................ 5-22

SNOW mode ............................................................ 5-22

ECO mode ................................................................. 5-22

PERSONAL mode ................................................... 5-24

Active Lane Control (if so equipped) ........................ 5-25

Active Lane Control operation ............................ 5-27

Turning Active Lane Control ON/OFF ............ 5-28

How to enable/disable ActiveLane Control ............................................................. 5-29

Active Lane Control limitations ......................... 5-30

System temporarily unavailable .......................... 5-31

System malfunction ................................................ 5-31


Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system (ifso equipped) .................................................................... 5-33

LDW system operation ......................................... 5-34

How to enable/disable the LDW system ........ 5-35

LDW system limitations ........................................ 5-35




Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if so equipped) ........... 5-37

BSW system operation .......................................... 5-39

How to enable/disable the BSW system ........ 5-40

BSW system limitations ....................................... 5-40

BSW driving situations ............................................ 5-41

System temporarily unavailable ........................... 5-44

System malfunction ................................................. 5-44

System maintenance ............................................... 5-44

Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) (if so equipped) ...... 5-45

BSI system operation ............................................... 5-47

Turning the BSI system ON/OFF ....................... 5-48

How to enable/disable the BSI system .............. 5-49

BSI system limitations ............................................. 5-49

BSI driving situations ............................................... 5-51

System temporarily unavailable ............................ 5-55

System malfunction .................................................. 5-56


Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) (ifso equipped) ..................................................................... 5-57

BCI system operation .............................................. 5-59

Turning the BCI system ON/OFF ........................ 5-62

BCI system limitations ............................................. 5-63

System temporarily unavailable ............................ 5-64

System malfunction .................................................. 5-65


Cruise control (if so equipped) .................................... 5-66

Precautions on cruise control ................................ 5-66

Cruise control operations ....................................... 5-67

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so equipped) ..... 5-68

How to select the cruise control mode ............... 5-70

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ......... 5-71

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode .............................................................. 5-85

Distance Control Assist (DCA) (if so equipped) ..... 5-89

DCA system operation .......................................... 5-91

Turning the DCA system ON/OFF .................... 5-94

How to enable/disable the DCA system ......... 5-95

DCA system display and indicators ................... 5-95

DCA system limitations ......................................... 5-96




Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withpedestrian detection system (if so equipped) ..... 5-100

FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem operation .................................................. 5-101

Turning the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem ON/OFF .................................................. 5-103

FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem limitations ................................................ 5-104

System temporarily unavailable ....................... 5-107

System malfunction ............................................. 5-108

System maintenance ........................................... 5-109

Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)(if so equipped) ............................................................ 5-110

PFCW system operation ..................................... 5-112

Turning the PFCW system ON/OFF .............. 5-113

PFCW system limitations ................................... 5-115

System temporarily unavailable ........................ 5-117

System malfunction .............................................. 5-118

System maintenance ............................................ 5-118

Break-in schedule ......................................................... 5-119

Fuel Efficient Driving Tips .......................................... 5-119

Increasing fuel economy ............................................ 5-120

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (ifso equipped) ................................................................... 5-121

Parking/parking on hills .............................................. 5-123

Power steering ............................................................. 5-124

Electric power steering type ............................... 5-124

Direct Adaptive Steering type ............................ 5-124

Brake system .................................................................. 5-126

Braking precautions ................................................ 5-126

Parking brake break-in .......................................... 5-127

Brake assist .................................................................... 5-127

Brake assist ............................................................... 5-127

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ......................... 5-127

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ................. 5-129

Brake force distribution ......................................... 5-129

Active trace control ..................................................... 5-130

Hill Start Assist system ............................................... 5-132

Chassis control .............................................................. 5-132

Sonar system (if so equipped) .................................. 5-133

Sonar system settings ........................................ 5-134

Sonar indicator ....................................................... 5-135

Cold weather driving ................................................... 5-135

Freeing a frozen door lock ................................. 5-135

Antifreeze ................................................................ 5-135

Battery ..................................................................... 5-135

Draining of coolant water .................................. 5-135

Tire equipment ....................................................... 5-135

Special winter equipment .................................. 5-136

Driving on snow or ice ........................................ 5-136

Engine block heater (if so equipped) .............. 5-136

Active noise cancellation/Activesound enhancement .................................................... 5-137

Active noise cancellation .................................... 5-138

Active sound enhancement ............................... 5-138

5-4 Starting and driving

WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent opera-tion of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

. Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked, with therear seatback and trunk lid securelylatched when not in use, and preventchildren’s access to car keys.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

. Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-ing, otherwise exhaust gases could bedrawn into the passenger compart-ment. If you must drive with thetrunk lid open, follow these precau-tions:

1) Open all the windows.

2) Set the air recirculation to off andthe fan control to high to circulatethe air.

. If electrical wiring or other cableconnections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the trunk lid orthe body, follow the manufacturer’srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

. The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

— You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust system.

— You have had an accident invol-ving damage to the exhaust sys-tem, underbody, or rear of thevehicle.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission con-trol device installed in the exhaust system.Exhaust gases in the three-way catalyst areburned at high temperatures to help reducepollutants.

WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materials awayfrom the exhaust system compo-nents.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline seriously reducethe three-way catalyst’s ability tohelp reduce exhaust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrich

fuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keepdriving if the engine misfires, or ifnoticeable loss of performance orother unusual operating conditionsare detected. Have the vehicle in-spected promptly. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

. Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine tomisfire, damagingthe three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warmingit up.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel. (If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a lowtire pressure telltale when one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pressuretelltale illuminates, you should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible, andinflate them to the proper pressure. Drivingon a significantly under-inflated tire causesthe tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuelefficiency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

For models with run-flat tires, if the vehicleis being driven with one or more flat tires,the low tire pressure warning light willilluminate continuously and a chime willsound for 10 seconds. The flat tire warningwill also appear in the vehicle informationdisplay. The chime will only sound at the firstindication of a flat tire, and the warning lightwill illuminate continuously. When the flattire warning is activated, it is recommendedyou have the system reset and the tirechecked and replaced if necessary by anINFINITI retailer. Even if the tire is inflatedto the specified COLD tire pressure, thewarning light will continue to illuminate untilthe system is reset by an INFINITI retailer.Your vehicle can be driven for a limited timeon a flat tire. See “Run-flat tires” (P.8-31).

Starting and driving 5-5


Please note that the TPMS is not a sub-stitute for proper tire maintenance, and it isthe driver’s responsibility to maintain correcttire pressure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumination ofthe TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, thetelltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuously illumi-nated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as themalfunction exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the system may notbe able to detect or signal low tire pressureas intended. TPMS malfunctions may occurfor a variety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement or alternate tiresor wheels on the vehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or more tires or wheels on yourvehicle to ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow the TPMSto continue to function properly.

Additional information. Since the spare tire (if so equipped) is not

equipped with the TPMS, the TPMSdoes not monitor the tire pressure ofthe spare tire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tire pressure(for example a flat tire while driving).

. The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire isinflated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16MPH (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

. The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”warning appears in the vehicle informa-tion display when the low tire pressurewarning light is illuminated and low tirepressure is detected. The “Tire PressureLow - Add Air” warning turns off whenthe low tire pressure warning light turnsoff.

The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”warning does not appear if the low tirepressure warning light illuminates toindicate a TPMS malfunction.

. The “Flat Tire - Visit dealer” warning (ifso equipped) appears in the vehicleinformation display when the low tirepressure warning light is illuminated andone or more flat tires are detected.

. Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s opera-tion and the outside temperature. Do notreduce the tire pressure after drivingbecause the tire pressure rises afterdriving. Low outside temperature canlower the temperature of the air insidethe tire which can cause a lower tireinflation pressure. This may cause thelow tire pressure warning light to illumi-nate. If the warning light illuminates inlow ambient temperature, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

. You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) in the vehicleinformation display. (See “Vehicle infor-mation display” (P.2-20).)

. After the ignition switch is placed in theON position, it may take a period of timefor the tire pressure to be displayedwhilethe vehicle is driven. Depending on theradio wave circumstance, tire pressuremay not correctly be displayed.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” (P.2-14) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3).

WARNING


. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires andincrease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low tirepressure warning light OFF. If thelight still illuminates while drivingafter adjusting the tire pressure, atire may be flat or the TPMS may bemalfunctioning. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire (if so

equipped) or repair it with the emer-gency tire puncture repair kit (if soequipped) as soon as possible. If notire is flat and all tires are properlyinflated, it is recommended you con-sult an INFINITI retailer.

. For models with run-flat tires,although you can continue drivingwith a punctured run-flat tire, re-member that vehicle handling stabi-lity is reduced, which could lead to anaccident and personal injury. Also,driving a long distance at high speedsmay damage the tires.

— Do not drive at speeds above 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not drivemore than approximately 93 miles(150 km) with a punctured run-flat tire. The actual distance thevehicle can be driven on a flat tiredepends on outside temperature,vehicle load, road conditions andother factors.

— If you detect any unusual soundsor vibrations while driving with apunctured run-flat tire, pull offthe road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. The tire may be seriouslydamaged and need to be replaced.

. Since the spare tire is not equippedwith the TPMS, when a spare tire ismounted or a wheel is replaced, theTPMS will not function and the lowtire pressure warning light will flashfor approximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute. Haveyour tires replaced and/or TPMSsystem reset as soon as possible. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.


. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors (for models not equippedwith the emergency tire puncturerepair kit).

. INFINITI recommends using onlyGenuine NISSAN Emergency TireSealant provided with your vehicle.Other tire sealants may damage thevalve stem seal which can cause thetire to lose air pressure. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retaileras soon as possible after using tirerepair sealant (for models equippedwith the emergency tire puncturerepair kit).



CAUTION

. The TPMS may not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buried insnow.

. Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on thewindows. This may cause poor recep-tion of the signals from the tirepressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate. Some examplesare:

. Facilities or electric devices using similarradio frequencies are near the vehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequenciesis being used in or near the vehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) or aDC/AC converter is being used in or nearthe vehicle.

Low tire pressure warning light may illumi-nate in the following cases.

. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheeland tire without TPMS.

. If the TPMS has been replaced and the IDhas not been registered.

. If the wheel is not originally specified byINFINITI.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference,and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, include interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

TPMS with Tire Inflation IndicatorWhen adding air to an under-inflated tire,the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicatorprovides visual and audible signals outsidethe vehicle to help you inflate the tires to therecommended COLD tire pressure.

Vehicle set-up:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and place theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

3. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition. Do not start the engine.

Operation:

1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indica-tors will start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure isreached, the horn beeps once and thehazard indicators stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.

. If the tire is over-inflated more thanapproximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicators flash 3times. To correct the pressure, push thecore of the valve stem on the tire brieflyto release pressure. When the pressurereaches the designated pressure, thehorn beeps once.

. If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds afterstarting to inflate the tire, it indicatesthat the Tire Inflation Indicator is notoperating.

. The TPMS will not activate the TireInflation Indicator under the followingconditions:

— If there is interference from an ex-ternal device or transmitter

— The air pressure from the inflationdevice such as those using a powersocket is not sufficient to inflate thetire

— If an electrical equipment is being usedin or near the vehicle

— There is a malfunction in the TPMSsystem

— There is a malfunction in the horn orhazard indicators

. If the Tire Inflation Indicator does notoperate due to TPMS interference, movethe vehicle about 3 ft (1 m) backward orforward and try again.

If the Tire Inflation Indicator is not working,use a tire pressure gauge.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND

ROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or suddensteering maneuvers, because these drivingpractices could cause you to lose control ofyour vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss ofcontrol could result in a collision with othervehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle torollover, particularly if the loss of controlcauses the vehicle to slide sideways. Beattentive at all times, and avoid driving whentired. Never drive when under the influenceof alcohol or drugs (including prescription orover-the-counter drugs which may causedrowsiness). Always wear your seat belt asoutlined in the “Seat belts” (P.1-11) of thismanual, and also instruct your passengers todo so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted person is

significantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing a seatbelt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYIf driving the right side or left side wheelsmay unintentionally leave the road surface.Maintain control of the vehicle by followingthe procedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. The vehiclemust be driven as appropriate based on theconditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to holda straight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while thevehicle speed is reduced. Do not attemptto drive the vehicle back onto the roadsurface until vehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tires returnto the road surface. When all tires are onthe road surface, steer the vehicle to stayin the appropriate driving lane.



. If you decide that it is not safe toreturn the vehicle to the road surfacebased on vehicle, road or trafficconditions, gradually slow the vehicleto a stop in a safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused by drivingon under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect thehandling and stability of the vehicle, espe-cially at highway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspect the tires for wear anddamage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-25) ofthis manual.

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out” while driving maintain control of thevehicle by following the procedure below.Please note that this procedure is only ageneral guide. The vehicle must be driven asappropriate based on the conditions of thevehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.Losing control of the vehicle may cause acollision and result in personal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to holda straight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safelocation off the road and away fromtraffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-ally stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andeither contact a roadside emergencyservice to change the tire or see “Jackingup the vehicle and replacing tires” (P.8-37) of this Owner’s Manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGSAND DRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstreamreduces coordination, delays reactiontime and impairs judgement. Drivingafter drinking alcohol increases the like-lihood of being involved in an accidentinjuring yourself and others. Addition-ally, if you are injured in an accident,alcohol can increase the severity of theinjury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving. How-ever, you must choose not to drive under theinfluence of alcohol. Every year thousands ofpeople are injured or killed in alcohol-relatedaccidents. Although the local laws vary onwhat is considered to be legally intoxicated,the fact is that alcohol affects all peopledifferently and most people underestimatethe effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!And that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegal drugs).Don’t drive if your ability to operate yourvehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or someother physical condition.

INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEELDRIVE (AWD) DRIVING SAFETY

PRECAUTIONS (AWD models)

WARNING

. Do not drive beyond the performancecapability of the tires, even withIntelligent AWD engaged. Accelerat-ing quickly, sharp steering maneuversor sudden braking may cause loss ofcontrol.

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Install tire chainson the rear wheels when driving onslippery roads and drive carefully.

. This vehicle is not designed for off-road (rough road) use. Do not driveon sandy or muddy roads that tiresmay get stuck in.

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany D (Drive) or R (Reverse) positionwith the engine running. Doing somay result in drivetrain damage orunexpected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equip-ment even if the other twowheels areraised off the ground. Make sure youinform test facility personnel thatyour vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment mayresult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

. When a wheel is off the ground dueto an unlevel surface, do not spin thewheel excessively.

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle except inan emergency. (The engine will stopwhen the ignition switch is pushed 3consecutive times or the ignition switchis pushed and held for more than 2seconds.) If the engine stops while thevehicle is being driven, this could lead toa crash and serious injury.

Before operating the push-button ignitionswitch, be sure to move the shift lever to theP (Park) position.


PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


SSD0872

OPERATING RANGE FOR EN-GINE START FUNCTIONThe Intelligent Key can only be used forstarting the engine when the Intelligent Keyis within the specified operating range .

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are pre-sent near the operating location, the Intelli-gent Key system’s operating range becomesnarrower and may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even some-one who does not carry the Intelligent Key,to push the ignition switch to start theengine.

. The trunk area is not included in theoperating range but the Intelligent Keymay function.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel, rear parcel shelf, insidethe glove box or door pocket, theIntelligent Key may not function.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed near thedoor or window outside the vehicle, theIntelligent Key may function.

JVS0241X

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION

SWITCH OPERATIONWhen the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch position will change as follows:

. Push center once to change to ACC.

. Push center two times to change to ON.

. Push center three times to change toOFF. (No position illuminates.)

. Push center four times to return to ACC.

. Open or close any door to return toLOCK during the OFF position.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannot beturned from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operationare displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay between the speedometer and tach-ometer. (See “Vehicle information display”(P.2-20).)

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch position cannot be switchedto LOCK until the shift lever is moved to theP (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushedtoward the LOCK position, proceed asfollows:

1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition. The ignition switch positionindicator will not illuminate.

3. Open the door. The ignition switch willchange to the LOCK position.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is in theON position and the brake pedal is de-pressed.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION

SWITCH POSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position)The ignition switch can only be locked in thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when itis pushed to the ACC position while carryingthe Intelligent Key.

ACC (Accessories)This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio, when the engine is notrunning.

ON (Normal operating position)This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

OFFThe engine can be turned off in this position.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be switched to theLOCK position until the shift lever is movedto the P (Park) position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the push-button ignition switch in ACC or ONpositions when the engine is not runningfor an extended period. This can dis-charge the battery.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch 3 consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.



WAF0237X

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-

CHARGEIf the battery of the Intelligent Key isdischarged, or environmental conditions in-terfere with the Intelligent Key operation,start the engine according to the followingprocedure:

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with theIntelligent Key as illustrated. (A chimewill sound.)

4. Push the ignition switchwhile depressing

the brake pedal within 10 seconds afterthe chime sounds. The engine will start.

After step 3 is performed, when the ignitionswitch is pushed without depressing thebrake pedal, the ignition switch position willchange to ACC.

NOTE:. When the ignition switch is pushed to

the ACC or ON position or the engine isstarted by the above procedures, theIntelligent Key battery discharge indi-cator appears in the vehicle informationdisplay even if the Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle. This is not a malfunc-tion. To turn off the Intelligent Keybattery discharge indicator, touch theignition switch with the Intelligent Keyagain.

. If the Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicator appears, replace the battery assoon as possible. (See “Intelligent Keybattery replacement” (P.8-19).)

. Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake fluid and window washerfluid as frequently as possible, or at leastwhenever you refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights areclean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat and adjust head restraints.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengersto do likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position. (See “Warning lights, in-dicator lights and audible reminders”(P.2-12).)

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed not to operateunless the shift lever is in either of theabove positions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition. Firmly depress the brake pedaland push the ignition switch to start theengine.

To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch whiledepressing the brake pedal with theignition switch in any position.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the accelerator ped-al a little (approximately 1/3 to thefloor) and while holding, crank theengine. Release the accelerator pedalwhen the engine starts.

. If the engine is very hard to startbecause it is flooded, depress theaccelerator pedal all the way to thefloor and hold it. Push the ignitionswitch to the ON position to startcranking the engine. After 5 or 6seconds, stop cranking by pushingthe ignition switch to OFF. Aftercranking the engine, release the accel-erator pedal. Crank the engine with

your foot off the accelerator pedal bydepressing the brake pedal and push-ing the push-button ignition switch tostart the engine. If the engine starts,but fails to run, repeat the aboveprocedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, push the ignition switch toOFF and wait 10 seconds before crank-ing again, otherwise the starter could bedamaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shut-ting it off. Starting and stopping theengine over a short period of time maymake the vehicle more difficult to start.

When racing the engine up to 4,500 rpmor more under no load condition, theengine will enter the fuel cut mode.

5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever tothe P (Park) position and push theignition switch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)Vehicles started with the remote enginestart function require the ignition switch tobe placed in the ON position before the shiftlever can be moved from the P (Park)position. To place the ignition switch in theON position, perform the following steps:

1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is onyou.

2. Depress the brake pedal.

3. Push the ignition switch once to the ONposition.


STARTING THE ENGINE


For additional information about the remoteengine start function, see “Remote enginestart” (P.3-19).

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION(AT)The Automatic Transmission (AT) in yourvehicle is electronically controlled by atransmission control module to producemaximum efficiency and smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are therecommended operating procedures for thistransmission. Follow these procedures formaximum vehicle performance and drivingenjoyment.

Starting the vehicleAfter starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal and push the shift leverbutton before shifting the shift lever to the R(Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manualshift mode position. Be sure the vehicle isfully stopped before attempting to shift theshift lever.

This Automatic Transmission (AT) model isdesigned so that the foot brake pedal mustbe depressed before shifting from P (Park)to any drive position while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P(Park) position and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition switch is placedin the LOCK, OFF or ACC position.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andpush the shift lever button to shift into adriving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and footbrake, then gradually start the vehicle inmotion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N(Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) ormanual shift mode. Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting iscompleted. Failure to do so couldcause you to lose control and havean accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

. Never shift to either P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle ismoving reversing. This could cause anaccident or damage the transmission.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

CAUTION

. To avoid possible damage to yourvehicle; when stopping the vehicle onan uphill grade, do not hold thevehicle by depressing the acceleratorpedal. The foot brake should be usedfor this purpose.

. Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position whiledriving. Coasting with the transmis-sion in the N (Neutral) position maycause serious damage to the trans-mission.

JVS0186X

Shift lever

To move the shift lever,

: Push the button while depressing thebrake pedal,

: Push the button,

: Just move the shift lever.

ShiftingAfter starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the shift lever from P(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive)or Manual shift mode position.

Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R(Reverse). All other positions can be selectedwithout pushing the button.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the shift leveris in any position while the engine is notrunning. Failure to do so could cause thevehicle to move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in serious personalinjury or property damage.

CAUTION

Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped and the transmission is in theP (Park) position.

P (Park) position:

Use this position when the vehicle is parkedor when starting the engine. Make sure thevehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed and the shift leverbutton pushed in to move the shift leverfrom the N (Neutral) position or any driveposition to the P (Park) position. Apply theparking brake. When parking on a hill, applythe parking brake first, then move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position.



CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be surethe vehicle is completely stopped beforeselecting the R (Reverse) position. The brakepedal must be depressed and the shift leverbutton pushed in to move the shift leverfrom the P (Park) position, the N (Neutral)position or any drive position to the R(Reverse) position.

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position.Youmay shift to the N (Neutral) position andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicle ismoving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

JVS0903X

Paddle shifters (if so equipped)

Manual shift modeWhen the shift lever is in the manual shiftgate, the transmission is ready for themanual shift mode. Shift ranges can beselected manually by moving the shift leverup or down, or pulling the right-side or left-side paddle shifter (if so equipped).

When shifting up, move the shift lever to the+ (up) side or pull the right-side paddleshifter (+) (if so equipped). The transmis-sion shifts to the higher range.

When shifting down, move the shift lever tothe − (down) side or pull the left-side paddleshifter (−) (if so equipped). The transmis-

sion shifts to the lower range.

When canceling the manual shift mode,return the shift lever to the D (Drive)position. The transmission returns to thenormal driving mode.

When you pull the paddle shifter (if soequipped) while in the D (Drive) position,the transmission will shift to the upper orlower range temporarily. The transmissionwill automatically return to the D (Drive)position after a short period of time. If youwant to return to the D (Drive) positionmanually, pull and hold the paddle shifter forabout 1.5 seconds.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed in the vehicle information display.

Shift ranges up or down one by one asfollows:

1M?/ 2M

?/ 3M

?/ 4M

?/ 5M

?/ 6M

?/ 7M

7M (7th):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving at highway speeds.

6M (6th) and 5M (5th):

Use these positions when driving up longslopes, or for engine braking when drivingdown long slopes.

4M (4th), 3M (3rd) and 2M (2nd):

Use these positions for hill climbing or enginebraking on downhill grades.

1M (1st):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow,or for maximum engine braking on steepdownhill grades.

. Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time in lower than7th gear. This reduces fuel economy.

. Moving the shift lever rapidly to the sameside twice will shift the ranges in succes-sion.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gearor may automatically shift to the othergear. This helps maintain driving per-formance and reduces the chance ofvehicle damage or loss of control.

. When the transmission does not shift tothe selected gear, the Automatic Trans-mission (AT) position indicator (in thevehicle information display) will blinkand the buzzer will sound.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion automatically shifts down to 1stgear before the vehicle comes to a stop.When accelerating again, it is necessaryto shift up to the desired range.

Accelerator downshift — In D (Drive)

position —For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into the lower gear,depending on the vehicle speed.

Fail-safeWhen the fail-safe operation occurs, notethat the transmission will be locked in any ofthe forward gears according to the condi-tion.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safesystem may be activated. This will occureven if all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position and wait for 3seconds. Then push the ignition switch backto the ON position. The vehicle shouldreturn to its normal operating condition. Ifit does not return to its normal operatingcondition, have the transmission checkedand repaired, if necessary. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

JVS0188X

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged,the shift lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the shift lever button pushed.

To move the shift lever, perform the follow-ing procedure:

1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock cover using asuitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock usingmechanical key as illustrated.



5. Push the shift lever button and movethe shift lever to N (Neutral) positionwhile holding down the shift lock.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),have the automatic transmission systemchecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

Adaptive Shift Control (ASC)The adaptive shift control system automati-cally operates when the transmission is inthe D (Drive) position and selects an appro-priate gear depending on the road conditionssuch as uphill, downhill or curving roads.

Control on uphill and curving roads:

A low gear is maintained that suits thedegree of the slope or curve to allow smoothdriving with a small number of shifts.

Control on downhill roads:

The adaptive shift control system shifts to alow gear that suits the degree of the slope,and uses the engine braking to reduce thenumber of times that the brake must beused.

Control on winding roads:

A low gear is maintained on continuouscurves that involve repeated accelerationand deceleration, so that smooth accelera-tion is available instantly when the accel-

erator pedal is depressed.

NOTE:. Adaptive shift control may not operate

when the transmission oil temperatureis low immediately after the start ofdriving or when it is very hot.

. During some driving situations, hardbraking for example, the adaptive shiftcontrol may automatically operate. Thetransmission may automatically shift toa lower gear for engine braking. Thisincreases engine speed but not vehiclespeed. Vehicle speed is controlled by theaccelerator pedal when the vehicle is inthe Adaptive shift control mode.

. When the adaptive shift control oper-ates, the transmission sometimes main-tains a lower gear for a longer period oftime than when adaptive shift control isnot operating. Engine speed will behigher for a specific vehicle speed whileASC system is operating than when ASCis not operating.

WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure to doso can cause brake failure and lead toan accident.

. Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

. Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fully en-gaged.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who require theassistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

PARKING BRAKE

SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake .

2. Depress the parking brake pedal andthe parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brakewarninglight goes out.

JVS0189X

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector

JVS0191M

Multiple driving modes can be selected byusing the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector(PERSONAL, SPORT+ (if so equipped),SPORT, STANDARD, ECO and SNOW).

NOTE:

When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectorselects a mode, the mode may not switchimmediately. This is not a malfunction.

The current mode is displayed in the vehicleinformation display.

To change the mode, push the INFINITIDrive Mode Selector up or down. The modelist will appear on the upper display and youcan select the mode.

PERSONAL SPORT+ (if so equipped)SPORT STANDARD ECO SNOW

NOTE:

The mode list will be turned off in approxi-mately 5 seconds after the mode is selected.

If the driving mode cannot be switched usingthe INFINITI Drive Mode Selector when theignition switch is in the ON position, havethe system checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.


INFINITI DRIVEMODESELECTOR


STANDARD MODEAllows for optimum driving according to thedriving conditions.

This mode will be selected first each time theengine is started.

SPORT+ MODE (if so equipped)In addition to the characteristics of theSPORT mode, this mode heightens steeringresponse and changes the setting of VDC(Vehicle Dynamic Control) for a more sportydriving experience.

NOTE:. VDC operation is reduced when the

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is usedto select the SPORT+ mode. The VDCsystem may not operate in the samecircumstances when compared to op-eration in the standard mode. To helpprevent accidents drive carefully, avoidcareless or dangerous driving techniquesand be especially careful when drivingand cornering on slippery surfaces.

. In the SPORT+ mode, fuel economy maybe reduced.

SPORT MODE. Adjusts the engine and transmission

points for a higher response.

. The setting of the steering system isadjusted to provide a quick steeringresponse and a heavy steering effort.

. The setting of the suspension system isadjusted to increase the damping force(if so equipped).

NOTE:

In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may bereduced.

SNOW MODEChanges the engine characteristics to aiddriving on slippery roads.

ECO MODEAssists the driver’s eco-driving. The engineand transmission points are adjusted forimproved fuel economy, providing such adriving features as smooth starting or con-stant cruising.

NOTE:

Selecting the ECO mode will not necessarilyimprove fuel economy as many drivingfactors influence its effectiveness.

OperationSelect the ECO mode using the INFINITIDrive Mode Selector. The ECO drive indica-tor light on the instrument panel illuminates.

When the accelerator pedal is depressedwithin the range of economy drive, the ECOdrive indicator light illuminates in green.When the accelerator pedal is depressedabove the range of economy drive, the ECOdrive indicator light turns off. For ECO pedalsystem equipped models, see “ECO pedalsystem” (P.5-22).

The ECO drive indicator light will notilluminate in the following cases:

. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

. When the vehicle speed is below 2 MPH(3.2 km/h) or over 90 MPH (144 km/h).

. When the cruise control (if so equipped)or the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system (if so equipped) is operated.

ECO pedal system (if so equipped)The ECO pedal system helps assist the driverto improve fuel economy by increasing thereaction force of the accelerator pedal.When the ECO drive indicator light isblinking or remains off, the ECO pedalsystem increases the reaction force of theaccelerator pedal.

JVS0934X

When the ECO drive indicator illuminates ingreen, the accelerator reaction force isnormal. When the ECO drive indicator lightis blinking or remains off, the ECO pedalsystem increases the reaction force of theaccelerator pedal.

The ECO pedal system may not vary accel-erator reaction force under the followingconditions:

. When the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)or R (Reverse) position.

. When Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) isbeing operated.

If the ECO pedal system malfunctions, it willcancel automatically. The ECO pedal systemwill not vary the reaction force of the

accelerator pedal.

When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector isrotated from the ECO mode to anothermode (STANDARD, SPORT+ ( if soequipped), SPORT, SNOW or PERSONAL)while the ECO pedal system is operating, theECO pedal system continues to operate untilthe accelerator pedal is released.

If the accelerator pedal is depressed quickly,the ECO pedal system will not increase thereaction force of the acceleration pedal. TheECO pedal system is not designed to preventthe vehicle from accelerating.

Adjusting the ECO pedal system reactionforce:

The ECO pedal system reaction force can beadjusted. The reaction force setting will bemaintained until the setting is changed evenif the engine is turned off.

JVS0246X

Setting ECO pedal reaction force:

1. Push the MENU button and touch[Settings] on the lower display.

2. Touch [Drive Mode Enhancement].

3. Touch [ECO Pedal].

4. To set the reaction force of the ECOpedal system, touch [Standard] or [Soft].

5. To turn off the ECO pedal system, touch[Off].

When the ECO pedal system is turned off,the accelerator will operate normally.




PERSONAL MODEWhen the PERSONAL mode is selected, thefollowing functions can be adjusted indivi-dually.

. Engine/Transmission

. Steering

. Suspension (if so equipped)

. Active Trace Control

JVS0246X

How to set the PERSONAL modePerform the following steps to set thePERSONAL mode.

1. Push the MENU button and touch[Drive Mode Selector] on the lowerdisplay.

2. Touch [Engine/Transmission], [Steer-ing], [Suspension] (if so equipped) or[Active Trace Control] and select eachitem. (See “Engine/Transmission”,“Steering”, “Suspension” and “ActiveTrace Control” about the feature of eachitem.)

3. Touch [Back] or [Home] to finish thePERSONAL mode setting.

The displayed keys on the lower display mayvary depending on models, specificationsand software version.

Engine/Transmission:

“Engine/Transmission” can be set to [Sport],[Eco], [Standard] or [Snow].

Steering (models with Direct AdaptiveSteering):

Multiple combinations of steering mode andsteering response can be set.

Mode Response

Sport+ (if so equipped)

Dynamic+

Dynamic

Default

Sport

Dynamic+

Dynamic

Default

Standard Default

Steering (models without Direct AdaptiveSteering):

“Steering” can be set to [Sport] or [Stan-dard].

Suspension (if so equipped):

“Suspension” can be set to [Sport] or[Standard].

Active Trace Control:

“Active Trace Control” can be set to ON(enabled) or OFF (disabled).

For details about the Active Trace Control,see “Active trace control” (P.5-130).

Reset Drive Mode Settings to Default:

Touch [Reset Drive Mode Settings to De-fault] and touch [OK] to restore all thePERSONAL mode settings to default.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of ActiveLane Control could result in seriousinjury or death.

. Active Lane Control will not alwayssteer the vehicle to keep it in the lane.It is not designed to prevent loss ofcontrol. It is the driver’s responsibilityto stay alert, drive safely, keep thevehicle in the traveling lane, and be incontrol of vehicle at all times.

Active Lane Control enables the driver tomake fewer steering corrections on free-ways.


ACTIVE LANE CONTROL (if so equipped)


WAF0324X

/OK switch

Vehicle information display

Dynamic driver assistance switch

Upper display

Lower display

JVS0823X

JVS0251X

ACTIVE LANE CONTROL OP-ERATIONActive Lane Control slightly corrects fronttire angles and steering wheel torque to helpreduce the difference between the vehicle’sdirection and the lane direction which isdetected by using the camera unit locatedabove the inside mirror.

Active Lane Control operates under thefollowing conditions:

. When the vehicle is driven at speeds ofapproximately 45 MPH (70 km/h) andabove.

. When Active Lane Control is enabled inthe settings menu on the display.



WAF0324X

/OK switch



Upper display

Lower display

TURNING ACTIVE LANE CON-

TROL ON/OFFTo turn on Active Lane Control, push thedynamic driver assistance switch on thesteering wheel after starting the engine.

Push the dynamic driver assistance switchagain to turn off Active Lane Control.

The dynamic driver assistance switch is usedfor Active Lane Control, the Blind SpotIntervention® (BSI) and Distance ControlAssist (DCA) systems. When the dynamicdriver assistance switch is pushed, the BSIand DCA systems will also turn on or offsimultaneously. These systems can be in-dividually set to on or off on the lowerdisplay.

JVS0248X

The status of Active Lane Control can bechecked in the chassis control display in thevehicle information display .

. When Active Lane Control is turned on,the chassis control is displayed.

. When Active Lane Control is operationalor is operating, the chassis control isdisplayed.

For setting of the chassis control display, seeINFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual.

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE AC-

TIVE LANE CONTROLPerform the following steps to enable ordisable Active Lane Control. If Type Asetting is not available, perform Type Bsetting.

Type A (if so equipped):

1. Push the /OK switch on the steeringwheel.

2. Touch [TURN ALC ON] or [TURN ALCOFF] on the upper display to enable ordisable Active Lane Control.

Type B (if so equipped):

1. Push the MENU button and touch[Driver Assistance] on the lower display.

2. Touch [Lane Assist].

3. Touch [Active Lane Control] to enable ordisable Active Lane Control.

The displayed keys on the display may varydepending on models, specifications andsoftware version.

Active Lane Control settings (TypeB only)Perform the following steps to set ActiveLane Control.





3. Enable [Active Lane Control].

4. Touch [Active Lane Control Setting] andselect [Low] or [High] to change thesetting of Active Lane Control.


ACTIVE LANE CONTROL LIM-ITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the limitations forActive Lane Control. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with theselimitations could result in serious injuryor death.

. Active Lane Control is primarily in-tended for use on well-developedfreeways or highways. It may notdetect the lane markers for certainroads, weather or driving conditions.

. Using Active Lane Control undersome conditions of road, lane markeror weather, or if you attempt tochange lanes without using the lanechange signal could lead to an un-expected system operation. In such

conditions, you need to correct thevehicle’s direction with your steeringoperation to avoid accidents.

. Active Lane Control will not operateat speeds below approximately 45MPH (70 km/h) or if it cannot detectlane markers.

. Active Lane Control may not operateproperly and should not be usedunder the following conditions:

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.).

— When driving on slippery roads,such as on ice or snow, etc.

— When driving on winding or un-even roads.

— When there is a lane closure dueto road repairs.

— When driving in a makeshift lane.

— When driving on roads where thelane width is too narrow.

— When driving with a tire that isnot within normal tire conditions(for example, tire wear, low tirepressure, installation of spare tire,tire chains, non-standard wheels).

— When the vehicle is equippedwithnon-original steering parts or sus-

pension parts.

. Active Lane Control may or may notoperate properly under the followingconditions:

— On roads where there are multi-ple parallel lane markers; lanemarkers that are faded or notpainted clearly; yellow paintedlane markers; non-standard lanemarkers; or lane markers coveredwith water, dirt, snow, etc.

— On roads where discontinued lanemarkers are still detectable.

— On roads where there are sharpcurves.

— On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as sha-dows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams or lines remaining afterroad repairs. (Active Lane Controlcould detect these items as lanemarkers.)

— On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s traveling di-rection does not align with thelane marker.

— When traveling close to the ve-hicle in front of you, which ob-

structs the lane camera unit de-tection range.

— When rain, snow, dirt or objectadheres to the windshield in frontof the lane camera unit.

— When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lens orif the aiming is not adjustedproperly.

— When strong light enters the lanecamera unit. (For example, thelight directly shines on the frontof the vehicle at sunrise or sun-set.)

— When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example, whenthe vehicle enters or exits a tunnelor under a bridge.)

— When entering or exiting toll-gates.

— When driving on roads with awidening or narrowing lane width.

JVS0824X


SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-

VAILABLE

Automatic deactivationActive Lane Control is not designed tooperate under the following conditions:

. When the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system (except TCS function) orABS operates.

. When you operate the lane change signaland change the traveling lanes in thedirection of the signal. (Active LaneControl is deactivated for approximately2 seconds after the lane change signal is

turned off.)

. When the vehicle speed lowers to lessthan approximately 45 MPH (70 km/h).

. When the hazard warning flashers areoperated.

After the above conditions have finished andthe operating conditions are satisfied again,Active Lane Control will resume operation.

Temporary disabled status at hightemperatureIf the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)) and then Ac-tive Lane Control is turned on, Active LaneControl may be deactivated automatically.The high cabin temperature message willappear in the vehicle information display .

Action to take:

When the interior temperature is reduced,push the dynamic driver assistance switchagain to turn Active Lane Control back on.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf Active Lane Control malfunctions, it willcancel automatically. The chassis controlwarning will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.



Action to take:

If the chassis control warning appears, pulloff the road to a safe location and stop thevehicle. Turn the engine off and restart theengine. If the chassis control warning con-tinues to appear, have Active Lane Controlchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

JVS0823X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe lane camera unit for Active LaneControl is located above the inside mirror. Tokeep the proper operation of Active LaneControl and prevent a system malfunction,be sure to observe the following:


. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the camera unit.

. Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit’scapability of detecting the lane markers.

. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. It is recommended youcontact an INFINITI retailer if the cam-era unit is damaged due to an accident.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the LDWsystem could result in serious personalinjury or death.

. The LDW systemwill not prevent lossof control. It is the driver’s responsi-bility to stay alert, drive safely, keepthe vehicle in the traveling lane, andbe in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

The LDW system warns the driver with anindicator in the vehicle information displayand vibrations of the steering wheel that thevehicle is beginning to leave the driving lane.

JVS0823X

The LDW system uses a camera installedbehind the windshield to monitor the lanemarkers of your traveling lane.


LANE DEPARTURE WARNING(LDW) SYSTEM (if so equipped)


WAF0265X

Driver assist system lane indicator(green) (on the vehicle information dis-play)

Lower display

LDW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe LDW system operates above approxi-mately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and when thelane markings are clear.

If the vehicle approaches either the left orthe right side of the traveling lane, the driverassist system lane indicator (orange) in thevehicle information display will blink and thesteering wheel will vibrate.

NOTE:

The LDW system is not designed to warnwhen you operate the lane change signaland change traveling lanes in the directionof the signal. (The LDW system will becomeoperable again approximately 2 secondsafter the lane change signal is turned off.)

JVS0246X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

LDW SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the LDW system.



3. Touch [Lane Departure Warning] toenable or disable the system.


LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the LDW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The systemwill not operate at speedsbelow 45 MPH (70 km/h) or if itcannot detect lane markers.

. The camera may not detect lanemarkers in the following situationsand the LDW system may not oper-ate properly.

— On roads where there are multi-ple parallel lane markers; lanemarkers that are faded or notpainted clearly; yellow paintedlane markers; non-standard lanemarkers; or lane markers coveredwith water, dirt, snow, etc.



— On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as sha-

dows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams or lines remaining afterroad repairs. (The LDW systemcould detect these items as lanemarkers.)


— When the vehicle’s traveling di-rection does not align with thelane marker.

— When traveling close to the ve-hicle in front of you, which ob-structs the lane camera unitdetection range.

— When rain, snow or dirt adheresto the windshield in front of thelane camera unit.

— When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lens orif the aiming is not adjustedproperly.

— When strong light enters the lanecamera unit. (For example, thelight directly shines on the frontof the vehicle at sunrise or sun-set.)

— When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example, whenthe vehicle enters or exits a tunnel



or under a bridge.)

JVS0824X

Warnings and indicators (on the vehicleinformation display)

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-VAILABLEIf the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)) and thenstarted, the LDW system may be deacti-vated automatically. The “high cabin tem-perature” warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display.

The LDW system is not available until theconditions no longer exist.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the LDW system will resume automatically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the LDW system malfunctions, it willcancel automatically, and the LDW “mal-function” message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn theengine off and restart the engine. If the“malfunction” message continues to appear,have the system checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

JVS0823X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe lane camera unit for LDW system islocated above the inside mirror. To keep theproper operation of LDW system and pre-vent a system malfunction, be sure toobserve the following:





WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the BSWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The BSW system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedure and isnot designed to prevent contact withvehicles or objects. When changinglanes, always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in thedirection your vehicle will move toensure it is safe to change lanes.Never rely solely on the BSW system.

. There is a limitation to the detectioncapability of the radar. Not everymoving object or vehicle will bedetected. Using the BSW systemunder some road, ground, lane mar-ker, traffic or weather conditionscould lead to improper system opera-tion. Always rely on your own opera-tion to avoid accidents.

The BSW system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes when chan-ging lanes.


BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) (ifso equipped)


JVS0863X

The BSW system uses radar sensorsinstalled near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane.

SSD1030

Detection zone

The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within the detec-tion zone shown as illustrated. This detec-tion zone starts from the outside mirror ofyour vehicle and extends approximately 10ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, andapproximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

JVS0827X

Side indicator light

Driver assist system blind spot indica-tor (on the vehicle information display)

Lower display

BSW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 MPH (32 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator lightilluminates.

If the turn signal is then activated, thesystem chimes (twice) and the side indicatorlight flashes. The side indicator light con-tinues to flash until the detected vehicleleaves the detection zone.

NOTE:. The side indicator lights illuminate for a

few seconds when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

. The brightness of the side indicatorlights is adjusted automatically depend-ing on the brightness of the ambientlight.

. If a vehicle comes into the detection zoneafter the driver activates the turnsignal, then only the side indicator lightflashes and no chime sounds. (See “BSWdriving situations” (P.5-41).)



JVS0246X


BSW SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSW system.


2. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].

3. Touch [Blind Spot Warning] to enable ordisable the system.


Setting the side indicator light

brightnessThe brightness of the side indicator lightscan be changed using the following steps:



3. Touch [Blind Spot Indicator] to select[Bright], [Standard] or [Dark].

When the brightness setting is changed, theside indicator lights illuminate for a fewseconds.


BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the BSW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The BSW system cannot detect allvehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensors may not be able todetect and activate BSW when cer-tain objects are present such as:

— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.

— Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high groundclearance vehicles.

— Oncoming vehicles.

— Vehicles remaining in the detec-tion zone when you acceleratefrom a stop.

— A vehicle merging into an adja-cent lane at a speed approxi-mately the same as your vehicle.

— A vehicle approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

— A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

— A vehicle that passes through thedetection zone quickly.

. The radar sensor’s detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane,the radar sensors may not detectvehicles in an adjacent lane. Whendriving in a narrow lane, the radarsensors may detect vehicles drivingtwo lanes away.

. The radar sensors are designed toignore most stationary objects, how-ever objects such as guardrails, walls,foliage and parked vehicles may oc-casionally be detected. This is anormal operation condition.

. The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detectother vehicles:

— Severe weather

— Road spray

— Ice/frost/snow build-up on thevehicle

— Dirt build-up on the vehicle

. Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install acces-sories or apply additional paint nearthe radar sensors. These conditionsmay reduce the ability of the radar todetect other vehicles.

. Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume, open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound,and it may not be heard.

BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

JVS0737X

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind

Another vehicle approaching from

behindIllustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom behind in an adjacent lane.



JVS0738X


Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turnsignal, then the system chimes (twice) andthe side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect vehi-

cles which are approaching rapidly frombehind.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when the othervehicle is detected.

JVS0739X

Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle

Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 3: The side indicator light illumi-nates if you overtake a vehicle and thatvehicle stays in the detection zone forapproximately 3 seconds.

The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passed quickly.

JVS0740X

Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detec-tion zone, then the system chimes (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:. When overtaking several vehicles in a

row, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are travel-ing close together.

. The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passedquickly.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flash

but no chime will sound when the othervehicle is detected.

JVS0741X

Illustration 5 – Entering from the side

Entering from the sideIllustration 5: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom either side.

JVS0742X

Illustration 6 – Entering from the side

Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turnsignal, then the system chimes (twice) andthe side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect a

vehicle which is traveling at about thesame speed as your vehicle when itenters the detection zone.




JVS0824X



VAILABLEWhen radar blockage is detected, the BSWsystem will be turned off automatically, achime will sound and the “side radar ob-struction” warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display .

The system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog. The blockedcondition may also be caused by objectssuch as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar

sensors.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

If the “side radar obstruction” warningmessage continues to appear, have thesystem checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONWhen the BSW system malfunctions, it willbe turned off automatically, a chime willsound, and the system “malfunction” warn-ing message with the driver assist systemblind spot indicator (orange) will appear inthe vehicle information display.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location and placethe shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turnthe engine off and restart the engine. If thesystem “malfunction” warning message withthe driver assist system blind spot indicator(orange) continues to be displayed, have theBSW system checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

JVS0863X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the BSWsystem are located near the rear bumper.Always keep the area near the radar sensorsclean.

The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused byobjects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructingthe radar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-

tional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around theradar sensors.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer if the area around the radar sensorsis damaged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statementFor USA

FCC ID: OAYSRR3B

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

(2) this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

CAUTION TO USERS


For Canada

Model: SRR3–B

Canada 310

This device complies with Industry Canada’sRSS-310. Operation is subject to the con-dition that this device must not cause

harmful interference and must accept anyinterference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of thedevice.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the BSIsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The BSI system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and isnot designed to prevent contact withvehicles or objects. When changinglanes, always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in thedirection your vehicle will move toensure it is safe to change lanes.Never rely solely on the BSI system.

. There is a limitation to the detectioncapability of the radar. Not everymoving object or vehicle will bedetected. Using the BSI system undersome road, ground, lane marker,traffic or weather conditions couldlead to improper system operation.Always rely on your own operation toavoid accidents.

The BSI system helps alert the driver of othervehicles in adjacent lanes when changinglanes, and helps assist the driver to returnthe vehicle to the center of the travelinglane.


BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION®

(BSI) (if so equipped)


JVS0864X

The BSI system uses radar sensorsinstalled near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane. In additionto the radar sensors, the BSI system uses acamera installed behind the windshield tomonitor the lane markers of your travelinglane.

SSD1030

Detection zone

The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within the detec-tion zone shown as illustrated.

This detection zone starts from the outsidemirror of your vehicle and extends approxi-mately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper,and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

JVS0828X


Driver assist system blind spot indica-tor (on the vehicle information display)


Lower display

BSI SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSI system operates above approxi-mately 37 MPH (60 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator lightilluminates.

If the turn signal is then activated, thesystem chimes (twice) and the side indicatorlight flashes. The side indicator light con-tinues to flash until the detected vehicleleaves the detection zone.

If the BSI system is ON and your vehicleapproaches a lane marker while anothervehicle is in the detection zone, the systemchimes (three times) and the side indicatorlight flashes. The BSI system activates tohelp return the vehicle back to the center ofthe driving lane. The BSI system operatesregardless of turn signal usage.

NOTE:

BSI warning and system application willonly be activated if the side indicator light isalready illuminated when your vehicle ap-proaches a lane marker. If another vehiclecomes into the detection zone after yourvehicle has crossed a lane marker, no BSIwarning or system application will beactivated. (For additional information, see“BSI driving situations” (P.5-51).)



JVS0829X

Driver assist system blind spot indica-tor (green) (on the vehicle informationdisplay)


Lower display

TURNING THE BSI SYSTEM ON/

OFFTo turn on the BSI system, push the dynamicdriver assistance switch on the steeringwheel after starting the engine. The driverassist system blind spot indicator (green)in the vehicle information display will illumi-nate.

Push the dynamic driver assistance switchagain to turn off the BSI system. The driverassist system blind spot indicator will turnoff.

The dynamic driver assistance switch isused for Active Lane Control (if soequipped), BSI and Distance Control Assist(DCA) systems. When the dynamic driverassistance switch is pushed, Active LaneControl and DCA systemswill also turn on oroff simultaneously. The BSI system can beindividually set to on or off on the lowerdisplay .

If the system is set to off, the systemwill notturn on even if the dynamic driver assistanceswitch is pushed to on. To set the systemto on or off on the lower display, see “Howto enable/disable the BSI system” (P.5-49).

JVS0246X


BSI SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSI system.



3. Touch [Blind Spot Intervention] to en-able or disable the system.


Setting the side indicator light

brightnessThe brightness of the side indicator lightscan be changed using the following steps:



3. Touch [Blind Spot Indicator] to select[Bright], [Standard] or [Dark].

When the brightness setting is changed, theside indicator lights illuminate for a fewseconds.


BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the BSI system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The BSI system cannot detect allvehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensors may not be able todetect and activate BSI when certainobjects are present such as:

— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.

— Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high groundclearance vehicles.

— Vehicles remaining in the detec-tion zone when you acceleratefrom a stop.

— Oncoming vehicles.

— A vehicle merging into an adja-cent lane at a speed approxi-mately the same as your vehicle.

— A vehicle approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

— A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

— A vehicle that passes through thedetection zone quickly.

. The radar sensor’s detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane,the radar sensors may not detectvehicles in an adjacent lane. Whendriving in a narrow lane, the radarsensors may detect vehicles drivingtwo lanes away.



. The radar sensors are designed toignore most stationary objects, how-ever objects such as guardrails, walls,foliage and parked vehicles may oc-casionally be detected. This is anormal operation condition.

. The camera may not detect lanemarkers in the following situationsand the BSI system may not operateproperly.

— On roads where there are multi-ple parallel lane markers; lanemarkers that are faded or notpainted clearly; yellow paintedlane markers; nonstandard lanemarkers; lane markers coveredwith water, dirt, snow, etc.



— On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as sha-dows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams or lines remaining afterroad repairs.


— When the vehicle’s traveling di-rection does not align with thelane markers.

— When traveling close to the ve-hicle in front of you, which ob-structs the lane camera unitdetection range.

— When rain, snow or dirt adheresto the windshield in front of a lanecamera unit.

— When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lens orif aiming is not adjusted properly.

— When strong light enters a lanecamera unit. (For example: lightdirectly shines on the front of thevehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

— When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example: whenthe vehicle enters or exits a tunnelor under a bridge.)

. Do not use the BSI system under thefollowing conditions because the sys-tem may not function properly.

— During bad weather. (For exam-ple: rain, fog, snow, etc.)

— When driving on slippery roads,such as on ice or snow, etc.

— When driving on winding or un-even roads.

— When there is a lane closure dueto road repairs.

— When driving in a makeshift ortemporary lane.

— When driving on roads where thelane width is too narrow.


— When the vehicle is equippedwithnon-original steering parts or sus-pension parts.


BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

JVS0737X


Another vehicle approaching from

behindIllustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom behind in an adjacent lane.

JVS0738X


Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turnsignal then the system chimes a sound(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.



JVS0760X

Illustration 3 - Approaching from behind

Illustration 3: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle approaches a lane marker whileanother vehicle is in the detection zone, thesystem chimes (three times) and the sideindicator light flashes. The BSI systemactivates to help return the vehicle back tothe center of the driving lane.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect vehi-

cles which are approaching rapidly frombehind.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when the other

vehicle is detected.

JVS0739X

Illustration 4 - Overtaking another vehicle

Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 4: The side indicator light illumi-nates if you overtake a vehicle and thatvehicle stays in the detection zone forapproximately 3 seconds.

JVS0740X


Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detec-tion zone, then the system chimes (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.

JVS0761X


Illustration 6: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle approaches a lane marker whileanother vehicle is in the detection zone, thesystem chimes (three times) and the sideindicator light flashes. The BSI systemactivates to help return the vehicle back tothe center of the driving lane.

NOTE:. When overtaking several vehicles in a

row, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are travel-ing close together.

. The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passedquickly.




JVS0741X

Illustration 7 - Entering from the side

Entering from the sideIllustration 7: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom either side.

NOTE:

The radar sensors may not detect a vehiclewhich is traveling at about the same speedas your vehicle when it enters the detectionzone.

JVS0742X


Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detec-tion zone, then the side indicator lightflashes and a chime will sound twice.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signal beforea vehicle enters the detection zone, the sideindicator light will flash but no chime willsound when another vehicle is detected.

JVS0761X


Illustration 9: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle approaches the lane marker whileanother vehicle is in the detection zone, thesystem chimes (three times) and the sideindicator light flashes. The BSI systemactivates to help return the vehicle back tothe center of the driving lane.

JVS0742X


Illustration 10: The BSI system will notoperate if your vehicle is on a lane markerwhen another vehicle enters the detectionzone. In this case only the BSW systemoperates.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect a

vehicle which is traveling at about thesame speed as your vehicle when itenters the detection zone.


. BSI will not operate or will stop operat-ing and only a warning chime will soundunder the following conditions.

— When the vehicle is accelerated dur-ing BSI system operation

— When steering quickly

— When the ICC, DCA, PFCW or FEBwarnings sound.

— When the hazard warning flashersare operated.

— When driving on a curve at a highspeed.

JVS0826X



SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-VAILABLEUnder the following conditions, a chime willsound, the “currently unavailable” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display and the BSI system will beturned off automatically. The BSI systemwillnot be available until the conditions nolonger exist.

. When the VDC system (except TCSfunction) or ABS operates.

. When the VDC system is turned off.



. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOW mode.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,push the dynamic driver assistance switchagain to turn the BSI system back on.

When radar blockage is detected, the BSIsystem will be turned off automatically, achime will sound and the “side radar ob-struction” warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display .

The BSI system is not available until theconditions no longer exist. For additionalinformation, see “System maintenance”(P.5-56).

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn the BSI system on again. If the “sideradar obstruction” warning message ap-pears even after the BSI system is turnedon again, stop the vehicle in a safe location,place the shift lever in the P (Park) positionand turn the engine off. Check for andremove objects obscuring the radar sensorson the rear bumper, and restart the engine.

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)) and then theBSI system is turned on, the BSI system maybe deactivated automatically. The “highcabin temperature” warning message will

appear in the vehicle information display .

Action to take:

When the interior temperature is reduced,push the dynamic driver assistance switchagain to turn the BSI system back on.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONWhen the BSI system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will sound,and the system “malfunction” warning mes-sage with the driver assist system blind spotindicator (orange) will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location and placethe shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turnthe engine off and restart the engine. If thesystem “malfunction” warning message withthe driver assist system blind spot indicator(orange) continues to be displayed, have theBSI system checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

JVS0864X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the BSI systemare located near the rear bumper. Alwayskeep the area near the radar sensors clean.




Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-tional paint near the radar sensors.



The lane camera unit for BSI system islocated above the inside mirror. To keep theproper operation of BSI and prevent asystem malfunction, be sure to observe thefollowing:






FCC ID: OAYSRR3B




CAUTION TO USERS


For Canada

Model: SRR3–B

Canada 310

This device complies with Industry Canada’sRSS-310. Operation is subject to the con-dition that this device must not causeharmful interference and must accept anyinterference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of thedevice.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the BCIsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The BCI system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedure, is notdesigned to prevent contact withvehicles or objects and does notprovide full brake power.When back-ing out of parking spaces, always usethe inside and rear mirrors and turnand look in the direction you willmove. Never rely solely on the BCIsystem.

. There is a limitation to the detectioncapability of the radar or the sonar.Using the BCI system under someroad, ground, traffic or weather con-ditions could lead to improper systemoperation. Always rely on your ownoperation to avoid accidents.

The BCI system can help alert the driver ofan approaching vehicle or objects behind thevehicle when the driver is backing out of aparking space.


BACK-UP COLLISIONINTERVENTION (BCI) (if so equipped)


JVS0866X

The BCI system uses radar sensorsinstalled on both sides near the rear bumperto detect an approaching vehicle and sonarsensors to detect objects in the rear.

JVS0173X

JVS0830X

The radar sensors detect an approachingvehicle from up to approximately 49 ft (15m) away. The sonar sensors detectstationary objects behind the vehicle up toapproximately 4.9 ft (1.5 m). Refer to theillustration for approximate zone coverageareas .

WAF0278X


BCI system key

BCI system indicator

Upper display

Lower display

JVS0173X

BCI SYSTEM OPERATIONWhen the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is less thanapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the BCIsystem operates.

If the radar detects a vehicle approachingfrom the side or the sonar detects closestationary objects behind the vehicle, thesystem gives visual and audible warnings. Ifthe driver does not apply the brakes, thesystem automatically applies the brake for amoment when the vehicle is moving back-wards. After the automatic brake applica-tion, the driver must depress the brake pedalto maintain brake pressure. If the driver’sfoot is on the accelerator pedal, the system



pushes the accelerator upward before ap-plying the brake. If you continue to accel-erate, the system will not engage the brake.

WAF0283X

Upper display

When the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position, the indicator on the BCIsystem key illuminates on the upperdisplay.

JVS0832X


WAF0284X

Upper display

If the radar detects an approaching vehiclefrom the side, the system chimes (once), theside indicator light on the side the vehicle isapproaching from flashes and a yellowrectangular frame appears on the upperdisplay.

JVS0172X

Illustration 1

JVS0173X

Illustration 2

NOTE:. In the case of several vehicles approach-

ing in a row (Illustration 1) or in theopposite direction (Illustration 2), achime may not be sounded by the BCIsystem after the first vehicle passes thesensors.

. The sonar system chime indicating thereis an object behind the vehicle has ahigher priority than the BCI chime(single beep) indicating an approachingvehicle. If the sonar system detects anobject behind the vehicle and the BCIsystem detects an approaching vehicleat the same time, the following indica-tions are provided:

— The sonar system chime sounds

— The side indicator light on the side ofthe approaching vehicle flashes, and

— A yellow rectangular frame appearsin the display.



WAF0284X

Upper display

If an approaching vehicle or object behindthe vehicle is detected when your vehicle isbacking up, a red frame will appear on theupper display and the system will chimethree times. Then, the brakes will be appliedmomentarily. After the automatic brakeapplication, the driver must depress thebrake pedal to maintain brake pressure.

If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system moves the acceleratorpedal upward before the braking is applied.However, if you continue to accelerate, thesystem will not engage the brakes.

The BCI system does not operate if theobject is very close to the bumper.

WAF0283X

Upper display

TURNING THE BCI SYSTEM ON/OFFThe BCI system automatically turns on everytime the engine is started.

The BCI system can be turned off tempora-rily by touching the BCI system key on theupper display. The indicator on the BCIsystem key turns off. When the shift leveris placed in the R (Reverse) position again,the BCI system is turned on.

JVS0479X

BCI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the BCI system. Failure to operate

the vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. Always check your surroundings andturn to check what is behind youbefore backing up.

. The radar sensors detect approach-ing (moving) vehicles. The radar sen-sors cannot detect every object suchas:

— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals orchild operated toy vehicles

— A vehicle that is passing at speedsgreater than approximately 15MPH (24 km/h)

. The radar sensors may not detectapproaching vehicles in certain situa-tions:

— Illustration a. When a vehicleparked next to you obstructs thebeam of the radar sensor.

— Illustration b. When the vehicle isparked in an angled parking space.

— Illustration c. When the vehicle isparked on inclined ground.

— Illustration d.When an approach-ing vehicle turns into your vehi-cle’s parking lot aisle.

— Illustration e. When the angleformed by your vehicle and ap-proaching vehicle is small.

. The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar sensors todetect other vehicles:



— Severe weather

— Road spray

— Ice/frost/dirt build up on thevehicle

. Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install acces-sories or apply additional paint nearthe radar sensors. These conditionsmay reduce the ability of the radarsensors to detect other vehicles.

. The sonar sensors detect stationaryobjects behind the vehicle. The sonarsensor may not detect:

— Small or moving objects

— Wedge-shaped objects

— Object close to the bumper (lessthan approximately 1 ft (30 cm))

— Thin objects such as rope, wireand chain, etc.

. The brake engagement by the BCIsystem is not as effective on a slopeas it is on flat ground. When on asteep slope the system may notfunction properly.

. Do not use the BCI system under thefollowing conditions because the sys-tem may not function properly.


— When the vehicle is equippedwithnon-original brake parts or sus-pension parts.


JVS0824X



VAILABLEIf the following message appears in thevehicle information display , a chime willsound and the BCI system will be turned offautomatically.

. “Unavailable High Accelerator Temp.”:

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104 °F (40 °C)) and thenstarted, the BCI system may be deacti-vated automatically.

Action to take:

When the interior temperature is re-

duced, turn off the BCI system and turnit on again.

. “Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction”:

When side radar blockage is detected.

Action to take:

When the blockage is removed, turn offthe BCI system and turn it on again.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the BCI system malfunctions, it will turnoff automatically, a chimewill sound and BCIsystem “malfunction” warning message willappear in the vehicle information display .

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location and placethe shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turnthe engine off and restart the engine. If thewarning message continues to appear, havethe system checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

JVS0863X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the BCI systemis located near the rear bumper. Always keepthe area near the radar sensors clean.




Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-tional paint near the radar sensors.




FCC ID: OAYSRR3B




CAUTION TO USERS


For Canada

Model: SRR3–B

Canada 310

This device complies with Industry Canada’sRSS-310. Operation is subject to the con-dition that this device must not causeharmful interference and must accept any



interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of thedevice.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL. If the cruise control system malfunctions,

it will cancel automatically. The cruiseindicator (green) in the vehicle informa-tion display will then blink to warn thedriver.

. If the engine coolant temperature be-comes excessively high, the cruise con-t r o l s y s t em w i l l b e c a n c e l e dautomatically.

. If the cruise indicator (green) blinks, turnthe cruise control MAIN switch off andhave the system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

. The cruise indicator (green) may some-times blink when the cruise controlMAINswitch is turned ON while pushing theSET/COAST (-), RESUME/ACCELER-ATE (+) or CANCEL switch. To properlyset the cruise control system, performthe steps below in the order indicated.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following conditions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

. in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)

JVS0867X

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch

2. SET/COAST (-) switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

JVS0306X

Cruise indicator

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise indicator and the set vehiclespeed are displayed in the vehicle informa-tion display. The cruise indicator indicatesthe status of the cruise control system by thecolor.

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push theMAIN switch on. The cruise indicator (white)will come on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your

vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET/COAST (-) switch and release it. (The cruiseindicator (green) will illuminate.) Take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehiclewill maintain the set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If thishappens, drive without the cruise con-trol.

To cancel the preset speed, follow any ofthese methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch.

2. Tap the brake pedal.

3. Turn the MAIN switch off.

After any of the above operations is per-formed, the color of the cruise indicator willchange from green to white.

. If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE(+) or SET/COAST (-) switch and resetat the cruising speed, the cruise controlwill disengage. Turn theMAIN switch offonce and then turn it on again.

. The cruise control will automaticallycancel if the vehicle slows more than 8MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed.



. If you move the shift lever to N (Neutral)position, the cruise control will be can-celed.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET/COAST (-) switch.

. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELER-ATE (+) switch. When the vehicle attainsthe speed you desire, release the switch.

. Push, then quickly release the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET/COAST (-) switch and release it.

. Push and hold the SET/COAST (-)switch. Release the switch when thevehicle slows down to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST (-) switch. Each time you do this,the set speed will decrease by about 1MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+)switch. The vehicle will resume the last setcruising speedwhen the vehicle speed is over

25 MPH (40 km/h).WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the ICCsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. ICC is not a collision avoidance orwarning device. For highway use onlyand it is not intended for congestedareas or city driving. Failure to applythe brakes could result in an accident.

. Always observe posted speed limitsand do not set the speed over them.

. Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using either cruise con-trol mode. Read and understand theOwner’s Manual thoroughly beforeusing the cruise control. To avoidserious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents orto control the vehicle’s speed inemergency situations. Do not usecruise control except in appropriateroad and traffic conditions.

. In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warning chimewill not sound to warn you if you aretoo close to the vehicle ahead. Payspecial attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicle

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL(ICC) (if so equipped)

ahead of you or a collision couldoccur.

The ICC system maintains a selected dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you withinthe speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed canbe selected by the driver between 20 to 90MPH (32 to 144 km/h).

The vehicle travels at a set speed when theroad ahead is clear.

The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes.

. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode:

For maintaining a selected distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicle infront of you up to the preset speed.

. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode:

For cruising at a preset speed.

JVS0834X

Displays and indicators

ICC switches

MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

Push the MAIN switch to choose thecruise control mode between the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode and the con-ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.

Once a control mode is activated, it cannotbe changed to the other cruise control mode.To change the mode, push the MAIN switchonce to turn the system off. Then push the

MAIN switch again to turn the systemback on and select the desired cruise controlmode.



Always confirm the setting in the ICC systemdisplay.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-trol mode” (P.5-71).

For the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, see “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” (P.5-85).

JVS0835X

HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISECONTROL MODE

Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control modeTo choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode , quickly push and release theMAIN switch .

Selecting the conventional (fixed

speed) cruise control modeTo choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode , push and hold theMAIN switch for longer than approxi-mately 1.5 seconds. See “Conventional (fixed

speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-85).

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DIS-

TANCE CONTROL MODEIn the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the ICC system automatically main-tains a selected distance from the vehicletraveling in front of you according to thatvehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or atthe set speed when the road ahead is clear.

JVS0869X

The system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane anddirection.

If the radar sensor detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the systemwill reducethe vehicle speed so that your vehiclefollows the vehicle in front at the selecteddistance.

The system automatically controls the throt-tle and applies the brakes (up to approxi-mately 40% of vehicle braking power) ifnecessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control

mode operationThe vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance and reduce the speed to match theslower vehicle ahead; the system will de-celerate the vehicle as necessary and if thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. However, the ICCsystem can only apply up to approximately40% of the vehicle’s total braking power.This system should only be used when trafficconditions allow vehicle speeds to remainfairly constant or when vehicle speedschange gradually. If a vehicle moves intothe traveling lane ahead or if a vehicletraveling ahead rapidly decelerates, thedistance between vehicles may becomecloser because the ICC system cannotdecelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If thisoccurs, the ICC system will sound a warningchime and blink the system display to notifythe driver to take necessary action.

The system will cancel and a warning chimewill sound if the speed is below approxi-mately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and a vehicle isnot detected ahead. The system will alsodisengage when the vehicle goes above themaximum set speed.

See “Approach warning” (P.5-78).



The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

. When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed setby the driver. The set speed range isbetween approximately 20 and 90MPH(32 and 144 km/h).

. When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode adjusts the speed to maintain thedistance, selected by driver, from thevehicle ahead. The adjusting speed rangeis up to the set speed. If the vehicleahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill within thelimitations of the system. The systemwill cancel once it judges a standstill witha warning chime.

. When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeaccelerates and maintains vehicle speedup to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates or trafficcongestion.

SSD0254

When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC system will adjust the speedto maintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicleahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,the ICC system will accelerate and maintainthe speed up to the set speed. Pay attentionto the driving operation to maintain controlof the vehicle as it accelerates to the setspeed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, youwill have to manually control the vehiclespeed.

Normally when controlling the distance to a

vehicle ahead, this system automaticallyaccelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.Depress the accelerator to properly accel-erate your vehicle when acceleration isrequired for a lane change. Depress thebrake pedal when deceleration is requiredto maintain a safe distance to the vehicleahead due to its sudden braking or if avehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when usingthe ICC system.

JVS0836X


mode switchesThe system is operated by a MAIN switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. SET/COAST (-) switch:

Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speedincrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. MAIN switch:

Master switch to activate the system

5. DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following distance:. Long. Middle. Short

JVS0220X


mode display and indicatorsThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. This indicator indicates the ICC systemstatus depending on a color.. Intelligent Cruise Control system ON

indicator (white):

Indicates that theMAIN switch is ON.

. Intelligent Cruise Control system setindicator (green):

Indicates that cruising speed is set



. Intelligent Cruise Control systemwarning (orange):

Indicates that there is a malfunction inthe ICC system.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

3. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed is dis-played in km/h.

4. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance betweenvehicles set with the DISTANCE switch.

JVS0837X

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle dis-

tance control modeTo turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the MAIN switch on. TheIntelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system ONindicator (white), set distance indicator andset vehicle speed indicator come on and in astandby state for setting.

JVS0838X

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push the SET/COAST (-) switch and release it. (The ICCsystem set indicator (green), vehicle aheaddetection indicator, set distance indicatorand set vehicle speed indicator come on.)Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.

WAF0280X

When the SET/COAST (-) switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the systemcannot be set and the ICC indicators willblink for approximately 2 seconds:

. When traveling below 20 MPH (32km/h) and the vehicle ahead is notdetected

. When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or manual shift mode

. When the parking brake is applied

. When the brakes are operated by thedriver

When the SET/COAST (-) switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the systemcannot be set.

A warning chime will sound and the “cur-rently unavailable” warning message ap-pears in the vehicle information display.

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOWmode (To use theICC system, turn the INFINITI DriveMode Selector to a mode other thanthe SNOWmode, push the MAIN switchto turn off the ICC and reset the ICCswitch by pressing the MAIN switchagain.)

For details about the INFINITI DriveMode Selector, see “INFINITI DriveMode Selector” (P.5-21).

. When the VDC system is off (To use theICC system, turn on the VDC system.Push the MAIN switch to turn off theICC system and reset the ICC switch bypushing the MAIN switch again.)

For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”(P.5-129).

. When ABS or VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) is operating

. When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICCsystem, make sure the wheels are nolonger slipping.)



JVS0210X

System set display with vehicle ahead

System set display without vehicleahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICCsystem maintains the set vehicle speed,similar to standard cruise control, as longas no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,the ICC system decelerates the vehicle bycontrolling the throttle and applying thebrakes to match the speed of a slowervehicle ahead. The system then controls the

vehicle speed based on the speed of thevehicle ahead to maintain the driver selecteddistance.

NOTE:. The stop lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the ICCsystem.

. When the brake operates, a noisemay beheard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator comes on.The ICC system will also display the setspeed and selected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected:

When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead,the ICC system gradually accelerates yourvehicle to resume the previously set vehiclespeed. The ICC system then maintains theset speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera-tion to the set vehicle speed or any time theICC system is in operation, the systemcontrols the distance to that vehicle.

When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h), thesystem will be canceled.

JVS0211X

When passing another vehicle, the set speedindicator will flash when the vehicle speedexceeds the set speed. The vehicle detectindicator will turn off when the area aheadof the vehicle is open. When the pedal isreleased, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set in theICC system, you can depress the acceleratorpedal when it is necessary to accelerate yourvehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehicle

speedTo cancel the preset speed, use any of thesemethods:

. Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

. Tap the brake pedal. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theIntelligent Cruise Control system setindicator (green) and set vehicle speedindicator will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET/COAST (-) switch.

. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELER-ATE (+) switch. The set vehicle speed willincrease by approximately 5 MPH (5km/h for Canada).

. Push, then quickly release the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byapproximately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Ca-nada).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push

the SET/COAST (-) switch and release it.

. Push and hold the SET/COAST (-)switch. The set vehicle speed will de-crease by approximately 5 MPH (5 km/hfor Canada).

. Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST (-) switch. Each time you do this,the set speed will decrease by approxi-mately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+)switch. The vehicle will resume the last setcruising speedwhen the vehicle speed is over20 MPH (32 km/h).



JVS0839X

How to change the set distance to

the vehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on the trafficconditions.

Each time the DISTANCE switch ispushed, the set distance will change to long,middle, short and back to long again in thatsequence.

JVS0250M

. The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, the longerthe distance.

. If the engine is stopped, the set distancebecomes “long”. (Each time the engine isstarted, the initial setting becomes“long”.)

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chime andICC system display. Decelerate by depres-sing the brake pedal to maintain a safe

vehicle distance if:

. The chime sounds.

. The vehicle ahead detection indicator andset distance indicator blink.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance be-tween vehicles. Some examples are:

. When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehiclesis increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound when:

. Your vehicle approaches other vehiclesthat are parked or moving slowly.

. The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-riding the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink when theradar sensor detects objects on the side ofthe vehicle or on the side of the road. Thismay cause the ICC system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor maydetect these objects when the vehicle isdriven on winding roads, narrow roads, hillyroads or when entering or exiting a curve. Inthese cases you will have to manually

control the proper distance ahead of yourvehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic orvehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellationA chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed.

. When the vehicle ahead is not detectedand your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 MPH (24 km/h)

. When the system judges the vehicle is atstandstill

. When the shift lever is not in the Dposition or Manual mode

. When the parking brake is applied

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOW mode

. When the VDC system is turned off

. When ABS or VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) operates

. When distance measurement becomesimpaired due to adhesion of dirt orobstruction to the sensor

. When a wheel slips

. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode limitations

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the ICC system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The system is primarily intended foruse on straight, dry, open roads withlight traffic. It is not advisable to usethe system in city traffic or con-gested areas.

. This system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. This systemshould be used in evenly flowingtraffic. Do not use the system onroads with sharp curves, or on icyroads, in heavy rain or in fog.

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the ICC system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentiveor absent-minded driving, or over-come poor visibility in rain, fog, or



other bad weather. Decelerate thevehicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance tothe vehicle ahead and the surround-ing circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,the vehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system.The system will cancel once it judgesthat the vehicle has come to astandstill and sound a warning chime.To prevent the vehicle from moving,the driver must depress the brakepedal.

. Always pay attention to the opera-tion of the vehicle and be ready tomanually control the proper follow-ing distance. The vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode of the ICCsystem may not be able to maintainthe selected distance between vehi-cles (following distance) or selectedvehicle speed under some circum-stances.

. The system may not detect thevehicle in front of you in certain roador weather conditions. To avoid ac-cidents, never use the ICC systemunder the following conditions:

— On roads where the traffic isheavy or there are sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor

— On steep downhill roads (thevehicle may go beyond the setvehicle speed and frequent brak-ing may result in overheating thebrakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads

— When traffic conditions make itdifficult to keep a proper distancebetween vehicles because of fre-quent acceleration or deceleration

. In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Youmay need to control the distancefrom other vehicles using the accel-erator pedal. Always stay alert andavoid using the ICC system when it isnot recommended in this section.

The radar sensor will not detect the follow-ing objects:

. Stationary and slow moving vehicles

. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore,if the sensor cannot detect the reflectionfrom the vehicle ahead, the ICC system maynot maintain the selected distance.

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

. When the snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the trunk ofyour vehicle

The ICC system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s operation within thelimitation of the system. When the sensoris covered with dirt or is obstructed, thesystem will automatically be canceled. If thesensor is covered with ice, a transparent ortranslucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC systemmay not detect them. In these instances, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modemay not cancel and may not be able tomaintain the selected following distance

from the vehicle ahead. Be sure to check andclean the sensor regularly.

SSD0252

The detection zone of the radar sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in thedetection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicledistance detection mode to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position within thesame lane of travel. Motorcycles may not bedetected in the same lane ahead if they aretraveling offset from the centerline of thelane. A vehicle that is entering the lane aheadmay not be detected until the vehicle hascompletely moved into the lane. If thisoccurs, the ICC system may warn you byblinking the system indicator and soundingthe chime. The driver may have to manually

control the proper distance away fromvehicle traveling ahead.



SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radarsensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicletraveling ahead. This may cause the ICCsystem to decelerate or accelerate thevehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steering man-euver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the ICCsystem may warn you by blinking thesystem indicator and sounding the chimeunexpectedly. You will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from the

vehicle traveling ahead.

JVS0840X


MAIN switch

System temporarily unavailable

Condition A:

Under the following conditions, the ICCsystem is automatically canceled. The chimewill sound and the “currently unavailable”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

. When the VDC is turned off

. When the ABS or VDC (including thetraction control system) operates

. When a tire slips

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOW mode


Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the ICC system back onto use the system.

JVS0221X

ICC system warning

Condition B:

Under the following conditions, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the ICCsystem is automatically canceled.

The chime will sound, the ICC systemwarning (orange) and the “front radar ob-struction” warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display.

. When the radar sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed

Action to take:

If the warning (orange) or warning messageappears, stop the vehicle in a safe place,place the shift lever in the P (Park) positionand turn the engine off. When the radarsignal is temporarily interrupted, clean thesensor area of the front bumper and restartthe engine. If the warning (orange) orwarning message continues to be displayed,have the ICC system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

. When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving nextto long walls)

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn the ICC system back on to use thesystem.

Condition C:

When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the ICCsystem warning (orange) will appear.

Action to take:

If the warning appears, stop the vehicle in asafe place and place the shift lever in the P(Park) position. Turn the engine off, restartthe engine, resume driving and set the ICCsystem again.



If it is not possible to set the system or thewarning stays on, it may indicate that theICC system is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normal con-ditions, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

JVS0869X

System maintenanceThe sensor for the ICC system is locatedbehind the grille of the front bumper.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

. Always keep the sensor area of the frontgrille clean.

. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensor.

. Do not cover or attach stickers or similarobjects on the front bumper near thesensor area. This could cause failure ormalfunction.

. Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). This

could cause failure or malfunction.

. Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. It is recommended you contactan INFINITI retailer before customizingor restoring the front bumper.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modification not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

For Canada:



2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)

CRUISE CONTROL MODEThis mode allows driving at a speed between25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

. In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warning chimedoes not sound to warn you if you aretoo close to the vehicle ahead, asneither the presence of the vehicleahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance is detected.

. Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision couldoccur.

. Always confirm the setting in the ICCsystem display.

. Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode whendriving under the following condi-tions:

— when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

— in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

— on winding or hilly roads

— on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

— in very windy areas

. Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

JVS0841X

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise

control switches1. RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. SET/COAST (-) switch:

Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. MAIN switch:

Master switch to activate the system.



JVS0301X

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise

control mode display and indicatorsThe display is located in the vehicle informa-tion display.

1. Cruise indicator:

This indicator indicates the condition ofICC system depending on a color.. Cruise control ON indicator (white):

Indicates that theMAIN switch is ON.

. Cruise control set indicator (green):

Displays while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode of the ICCsystem.

. Cruise control system warning (or-ange):

Indicates that there is a malfunction inthe ICC system.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:

This indicator indicates the set vehiclespeed.

For Canadian models, the speed is dis-played in km/h.

JVS0842X

Operating conventional (fixed

speed) cruise control modeTo turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theMAIN switch for longer than about 1.5seconds.

When pushing the MAIN switch on, theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode display and indicators are displayedin the vehicle information display. After youhold the MAIN switch on for longer thanabout 1.5 seconds, the ICC system displayturns off. The cruise indicator appears. Youcan now set your desired cruising speed.Pushing the MAIN switch again will turn the

system completely off.

When the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position, the system is also automati-cally turned off.

To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the MAIN switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) or push andhold it (conventional cruise control mode)again to turn it on.

When the Distance Control Assist (DCA)system is on, the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode cannot be turned oneven though the MAIN switch is pushed andheld.

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, turn off the DCAsystem. See “Distance Control Assist(DCA)” (P.5-89).

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruisecontrol, make sure to turn the MAINswitch off when not using the ICCsystem.

JVS0843X

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push the SET/COAST (-) switch and release it. (The colorof the cruise indicator changes to green andset vehicle speed indicator comes on.) Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steep hills.If this happens, manually maintain vehi-cle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehiclespeed indicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speedindicator will turn off.

3. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both thecruise indicator and vehicle speed indi-cator will turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET/COAST (-) switch.

2. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELER-ATE (+) switch. When the vehicle attainsthe desired speed, release the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET/COAST (-) switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET/COAST (-)switch. Release the switch when thevehicle slows down to the desired speed.



3. Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST (-) switch. Each time you do this,the set speed will decrease by about 1MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+)switch. The vehicle will resume the last setcruising speedwhen the vehicle speed is over25 MPH (40 km/h).

System temporarily unavailableA chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed.

. When the vehicle slows down more than8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed

. When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or manual shift mode

. When the parking brake is applied.

. When the VDC operates (including thetraction control system)

. When a wheel slips

JVS0306X

WarningWhen the system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the color of the cruiseindicator will change to orange.

Action to take:

If the color of the cruise indicator changes toorange, stop the vehicle in a safe place andplace the shift lever in the P (Park) position.Turn the engine off, restart the engine,resume driving and then perform the settingagain.

If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle is stilldriveable under normal conditions, have the

vehicle checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the DCAsystem could result in serious personalinjury or death.

. Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using the DCA system.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before using theDCA system. To avoid serious injuryor death, do not rely on the system toprevent accidents or to control thevehicle’s speed in emergency situa-tions. Do not use the DCA systemexcept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

. This system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collisionwarning oravoidance device. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the DCA system. This sys-tem does not correct careless, inat-tentive or absent-minded driving, orovercome poor visibility in rain, fog,or other bad weather. Decelerate the

vehicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance tothe vehicle ahead and the surround-ing circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

. Always pay attention to the opera-tion of the vehicle and be ready tomanually decelerate to maintain theproper following distance. The DCAsystem may not be able to deceleratethe vehicle under some circum-stances.

. This system only brakes and movesthe accelerator pedal upward to helpassist the driver to maintain a follow-ing distance from the vehicle ahead.Acceleration should be operated bythe driver.

. The DCA system does not controlvehicle speed or warn you when youapproach stationary and slowmovingvehicles. You must pay attention tovehicle operation to maintain properdistance from vehicles ahead.

. The DCA system automatically de-celerates your vehicle to help assistthe driver to maintain a followingdistance from the vehicle ahead.Manually brake when deceleration isrequired to maintain a safe distanceupon sudden braking by the vehicle

ahead or when a vehicle suddenlyappears in front of you. Always stayalert when using the DCA system.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,the vehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system.The systemwill cancel with a warningchime once it judges that the vehiclehas come to a standstill. To preventthe vehicle from moving, the drivermust depress the brake pedal.


DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST(DCA) (if so equipped)


JVS0869X

The DCA system is intended to assist thedriver in keeping a following distance fromthe vehicle ahead traveling in the same laneand direction.

If the radar sensor detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the systemwill reducethe vehicle speed to help assist the driver tomaintain a following distance.

The system automatically controls the throt-tle and applies the brakes (up to approxi-mately 40% of vehicle braking power) ifnecessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

JVS0844X


Driver assist system forward indicator(green) (on the vehicle information dis-play)

Vehicle ahead detection indicator (onthe vehicle information display)

Lower display

DCA SYSTEM OPERATION

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the DCAsystem could result in serious personalinjury or death.

. When the vehicle ahead detectionindicator is not illuminated, systemwill not control the vehicle or warnthe driver.

. Never place your foot under thebrake pedal. Your foot may be caughtwhen the system controls the brake.

. Depending on the position of theaccelerator pedal, the system maynot be able to assist the driver torelease the accelerator pedal appro-priately.

The DCA system brakes and moves theaccelerator pedal upward according to thedistance from and the relative speed of thevehicle ahead to help assist the driver inmaintaining a following distance. The sys-tem will decelerate as necessary and if thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. However, theDCA system can only apply up to approxi-

mately 40% of the vehicle’s total brakingpower. If a vehicle moves into the travelinglane ahead or if a vehicle traveling aheadrapidly decelerates, the distance betweenvehicles may become closer because theDCA system cannot decelerate the vehiclequickly enough. If this occurs, the DCAsystem will sound a warning chime and blinkthe system display to notify the driver totake necessary action.

See “Approach warning” (P.5-93).



JVS0244X

System set display with a vehicle ahead

System set display without a vehicleahead

System set display with a vehicle ahead(brake operation is necessary)

The DCA system helps assist the driver tokeep a following distance to the vehicleahead by braking and moving the accelera-tor pedal upward in the normal drivingcondition.

When a vehicle ahead is detected:

The vehicle ahead detection indicator ap-pears.

When the vehicle approaches a vehicleahead:

. If the driver’s foot is not on the accel-erator pedal, the system activates thebrakes to decelerate smoothly as neces-sary. If the vehicle ahead comes to astop, the vehicle decelerates to a stand-still within the limitations of the system.

. If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system moves the acceleratorpedal upward to assist the driver torelease the accelerator pedal.

When brake operation by the driver isrequired:

The system alerts the driver by a warningchime and blinking the vehicle ahead detec-

tion indicator. If the driver’s foot is on theaccelerator pedal after the warning, thesystem moves the accelerator pedal upwardto assist the driver to switch to the brakepedal.

NOTE:. The stop lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the DCAsystem.

. When the brake operates, a noisemay beheard. This is not a malfunction.

Overriding the system:

The following driver’s operation overridesthe system operation.

. When the driver depresses the accelera-tor pedal even further while the system ismoving the accelerator pedal upward,the DCA system control of the accel-erator pedal is canceled.

. When the driver’s foot is on the accel-erator pedal, the brake control by thesystem is not operated.

. When the driver’s foot is on the brakepedal, neither the brake control nor thealert by the system operates.

. When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system is set, the DCA system will beinactive.

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chime andDCA system display. Decelerate by depres-sing the brake pedal to maintain a safevehicle distance if:

. The chime sounds.

. The vehicle ahead detection indicatorblinks.

. The driver assist system forward indica-tor (orange) blinks.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance be-tween vehicles. Some examples are:

. When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehiclesis increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The driver assist system forward indicator(orange) blinks and the warning chime willnot sound when your vehicle approachesvehicles that are parked or moving slowly.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the driver assist system forward in-dicator (orange) may blink when the radarsensor detects objects on the side of thevehicle or on the side of the road. This maycause the DCA system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle. The radar sensormay detect these objects when the vehicleis driven on winding roads, narrow roads,hilly roads or when entering or exiting acurve. In these cases you will have tomanually control the proper distance aheadof your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic orvehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).



JVS0845X


Driver assist system forward indicator(green) (on the vehicle information dis-play)

Lower display

TURNING THE DCA SYSTEM ON/

OFFTo turn on the DCA system, push thedynamic driver assistance switch on thesteering wheel after starting the engine. Thedriver assistance switch indicator in thevehicle information display will appear. Pushthe dynamic driver assistance switch againto turn off the DCA system. The driverassistance switch indicator will turn off.

The system will start to operate after thevehicle speed is above approximately 3MPH(5 km/h).

The dynamic driver assistance switch isused for the DCA, Active Lane Control (if soequipped) and Blind Spot Intervention®

systems. When the dynamic driver assis-tance switch is pushed, Active LaneControl and BSI systems will also turn onor off simultaneously. The DCA system canbe individually set to on or off on the lowerdisplay . If the system is set to off, thesystem will not turn on even if the dynamicdriver assistance switch is pushed to on.To set the system to on or off on the display,see “How to enable/disable the DCA sys-tem” (P.5-95).

When the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode is operating, the DCA systemwill not operate. (To use the DCA system,turn the conventional (fixed speed) cruise

control mode off, then push the dynamicdriver assistance switch.)

For details about the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode, see “IntelligentCruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-68).

When the engine is turned off, the DCAsystem is automatically turned off.

JVS0246X


DCA SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the DCA system.


2. Touch [Forward Assist].

3. Touch [Distance Control] to enable ordisable the system.


JVS0225X

DCA SYSTEM DISPLAY AND IN-

DICATORSThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. Driver assist system forward indicator. Driver assist system forward indicator

(green):

Indicates that the DCA system is ON.

. Driver assist system forward indicator(orange):

Indicates whether there is a malfunc-tion in the DCA system.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in



front of you.

DCA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsof the DCA system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. This system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. Do not usethe system on roads with sharpcurves, or on icy roads, in heavy rainor in fog.

. The DCA system will not apply brakecontrol while the driver’s foot is onthe accelerator pedal.

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the DCA system. This sys-tem does not correct careless, inat-tentive or absent-minded driving, orovercome poor visibility in rain, fog,or other bad weather. Decelerate thevehicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance tothe vehicle ahead and the surround-ing circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

. The system may not detect thevehicle in front of you in certain roador weather conditions. To avoid ac-cidents, never use the DCA systemunder the following conditions:

— On roads with sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor

— On steep downhill roads (fre-quent braking may result in over-heating the brakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads

. In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Youmay need to control the distancefrom other vehicles using the accel-erator pedal. Always stay alert andavoid using the DCA system when itis not recommended in this section.

The radar sensor will not detect the follow-ing objects:

. Stationary and slow moving vehicles

. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

. When the snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the trunk ofyour vehicle

SSD0252

The detection zone of the sensor is limited. Avehicle ahead must be in the detection zonefor the system to operate.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position within thesame lane of travel. Motorcycles may not bedetected in the same lane ahead if they aretraveling offset from the centerline of thelane. A vehicle that is entering the lane aheadmay not be detected until the vehicle hascompletely moved into the lane. If thisoccurs, the system may warn you by blink-ing the system indicator and sounding thechime. The driver may have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away fromvehicle traveling ahead.



SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the sensormay detect vehicles in a different lane, ormay temporarily not detect a vehicle travel-ing ahead. This may cause the system towork inappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steering man-euver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the systemindicator and sounding the chime unexpect-edly. You will have to manually control theproper distance away from the vehicletraveling ahead.

JVS0826X



SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-VAILABLE

Condition AUnder the following conditions, the DCAsystem is automatically canceled. The chimewill sound and the “currently unavailable”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display. The system will not beable to be set.

. When the VDC system is off (To use theDCA system, turn on the VDC, then pushthe dynamic driver assistance switch .)

For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”(P.5-129)

. When the VDC or ABS (including thetraction control system) operates

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOWmode (To use theDCA system, turn the INFINITI DriveMode Selector to a mode other than theSNOW mode, then turn on the dynamicdriver assistance switch .) For detailsabout the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector,see “INFINITI DriveMode Selector” (P.5-21)


Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the DCA system back onto use the system.

Condition BUnder the following conditions, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theDCA system is automatically canceled.

The chime will sound, the driver assistsystem forward indicator (orange) and the“front radar obstruction” warning messagewill appear in the vehicle information display.

. When the radar sensor area of the front

bumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed

Action to take:

If the driver assist system forward indicator(orange) and the warning message appear,stop the vehicle in a safe place, place theshift lever in the P (Park) position and turnthe engine off. When the radar signal istemporarily interrupted, clean the sensorarea of the front bumper and restart theengine. If the warning message continues tobe displayed, have the DCA system checked.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.


Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the DCA system will resume automatically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONWhen the DCA system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds, the driver assistsystem forward indicator (orange) and thesystem “malfunction” warning message willappear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the driver assist system forward indicator(orange) and the warning message appear,stop the vehicle in a safe place and place theshift lever in the P (Park) position. Turn theengine off, restart the engine, and turn onthe DCA system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normal con-ditions, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor for the DCA system is commonwith the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system and is located behind the grille ofthe front bumper.

For the sensor maintenance, see “IntelligentCruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-68).

FCC Notice:

For USA:






FCC Warning


For Canada:




WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the FEBwith pedestrian detection system couldresult in serious personal injury or death.

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem is a supplemental aid to thedriver. It is not a replacement for thedriver’s attention to traffic condi-tions or responsibility to drive safely.It cannot prevent accidents due tocarelessness or dangerous drivingtechniques.

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem does not function in all driv-ing, traffic, weather and road condi-tions.

The FEB with pedestrian detection systemcan assist the driver when there is a risk of aforward collision with the vehicle ahead inthe traveling lane or with a pedestrian.

JVS0865X

The FEB with pedestrian detection systemuses a radar sensor located behind thegrille of the front bumper to measure thedistance to the vehicle ahead in the samelane.

For pedestrians, the FEB with pedestriandetection system uses a camera installedbehind the windshield in addition to theradar sensor.

FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING(FEB) WITH PEDESTRIANDETECTION SYSTEM (if so equipped)

JVS0846X

FEB system warning light (on theinstrument panel)

Indicators and warnings (on the vehicleinformation display)

Driver assist system forward indica-tor

Vehicle ahead detection indicator

FEB system emergency warningindicator

Lower display

FEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETEC-

TION SYSTEM OPERATIONThe FEB with pedestrian detection systemoperates at speeds above approximately 3MPH (5 km/h). For the pedestrian detectionfunction, the system operates at speedsbetween 6 – 37 MPH (10 – 60 km/h).

If a risk of a forward collision is detected, theFEB with pedestrian detection system willprovide the first warning to the driver byflashing the driver assist system forwardindicator (orange) and the vehicle aheaddetection indicator (orange) , and provid-ing an audible warning. In addition, the FEBwith pedestrian detection system pushes theaccelerator pedal up, and then the systemapplies partial braking. If the driver appliesthe brakes quickly and forcefully, but theFEB with pedestrian detection system de-tects that there is still the possibility of aforward collision, the system will automati-cally increase the braking force.

If the risk of a collision becomes imminentand the driver does not take action, the FEBwith pedestrian detection system issues thesecond warning to the driver by flashing theFEB system emergency warning indicator(red) , providing an audible warning, andthen automatically applies harder braking.

If a risk of a forward impact with apedestrian is detected, the FEB with pedes-



trian detection systemwill provide awarningto the driver by flashing the FEB systememergency warning indicator (red) , pro-vides an audible alert and the system willapply partial braking. If the driver applies thebrakes quickly and forcefully but the FEBwith pedestrian detection system detectsthat there is still the possibility of a forwardimpact with a pedestrian, the system willautomatically increase the braking force. Ifthe risk of collision becomes imminent andthe driver does not take action, the FEBwithpedestrian detection system automaticallyapplies harder braking.

NOTE:

The vehicle’s stop lights come on when anybraking is performed by the FEB withpedestrian detection system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distance tothe vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well asdriving and roadway conditions, the systemmay help the driver avoid a forward collisionor may help mitigate the consequences of acollision should one be unavoidable. If thedriver is handling the steering wheel, accel-erating or braking, the FEB with pedestriandetection system will function later or willnot function.

The automatic braking will cease under thefollowing conditions:

. When the steering wheel is turned toavoid a collision.

. When the accelerator pedal is depressed.

. When there is no longer a vehicle or apedestrian detected ahead.

If the FEB with pedestrian detection systemhas stopped the vehicle, the vehicle willremain at a standstill for approximately 2seconds before the brakes are released.

JVS0847X


Lower display

MENU button

TURNING THE FEB WITH PE-

DESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEMON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn the FEBwith pedestrian detection system on or off.


2. Touch [Emergency Assist].

3. Touch [Emergency Braking] to turn thesystem ON/OFF.

When the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem is turned off, the FEB system warn-ing light (orange) illuminates.


NOTE:. The FEB with pedestrian detection sys-

tem will be automatically turned ONwhen the engine is restarted.

. The Predictive Forward Collision Warn-ing (PFCW) system is integrated intothe FEB with pedestrian detection sys-tem. There is not a separate selection inthe display for the PFCW system. Whenthe FEB with pedestrian detection sys-tem is turned off, the PFCW system isalso turned off.



FEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETEC-

TION SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem. Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these system limita-tions could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem cannot detect all vehicles orpedestrian under all conditions.

. The radar sensor FEB with pedes-trian detection system does not de-tect the following objects:

— Small pedestrians (including smallchildren), animals and cyclists.

— Pedestrians in wheelchairs orusing mobile transport such asscooters, child-operated toys, orskateboards.

— Pedestrians who are seated orotherwise not in a full uprightstanding or walking position.

— Oncoming vehicles

— Crossing vehicles

— Obstacles on the roadside

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem has some performance limita-tions.

— If a stationary vehicle is in thevehicle’s path, the FEB with pe-destrian detection system will notfunctionwhen the vehicle is drivenat speeds over approximately 50MPH (80 km/h).

— For pedestrian detection, theFEB with pedestrian detectionsystem will not function whenthe vehicle is driven at speedsover approximately 37 MPH (60km/h) or below approximately 6MPH (10km/h).

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem will not function for pedes-trians in darkness or in tunnels, evenif there is street lighting in the area.

. For pedestrians, the FEB with pedes-trian detection system will not issuethe first warning and will not pushthe accelerator pedal up.

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem may not function if the vehi-cle ahead is narrow (for example a

motorcycle).

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem may not function if speeddifference between the two vehiclesis too small.

. The radar sensor FEB with pedes-trian detection system may not func-tion properly or detect a vehicleahead in the following conditions:

— Poor visibility (conditions such asrain, snow, fog, dust storms,sandstorms, and road spray fromother vehicles)

— Driving on a steep downhill slopeor roads with sharp curves.

— Driving on a bumpy road surface,such as an uneven dirt road.

— If dirt, ice, snow or other materialis covering the radar sensor area.

— Interference by other radarsources.

— The camera area of windshield isfogged up, or covered with dirt,water drops, ice, snow, etc.

— Strong light (for example, sun-light or high beams from oncom-ing vehicles) enters the frontcamera. Strong light causes thearea around the pedestrian to be

cast in a shadow, making it diffi-cult to see.

— A sudden change in brightnessoccurs. (For example, when thevehicle enters or exits a tunnel or ashaded area or lightning flashes.)

— The poor contrast of a person tothe background, such as havingclothing color or pattern which issimilar to the background.

— The pedestrian’s profile is par-tially obscured or unidentifiabledue to the pedestrian transport-ing luggage, wearing bulky or veryloose-fitting clothing or acces-sories.

. The system performance may de-grade in the following conditions:

— The vehicle is driven on a slipperyroad.

— The vehicle is driven on a slope.

— Excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or thetrunk of your vehicle.

. The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor (radar andcamera)’s functionality, within cer-tain limitations. The system may notdetect blockage of sensor areas cov-

ered by ice, snow or stickers, forexample. In these cases, the systemmay not be able to warn the driverproperly. Be sure that you check,clean and clear sensor areas regularly.

. In some road and traffic conditions,the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem may unexpectedly apply par-tial braking. When acceleration isnecessary, depress the acceleratorpedal to override the system.

. Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.



SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radarsensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicletraveling ahead. This may cause the FEBwith pedestrian detection system to workinappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steering man-euver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the systemindicator and sounding the chime unexpect-edly. You will have to manually control theproper distance away from the vehicle

traveling ahead.

JVS0848X


Driver assist system forward indicator(on the vehicle information display)


VAILABLE

Condition AIn the following conditions, the FEB systemwarning light (orange) and the driverassist system forward indicator (orange)blinks and the system will be turned offautomatically.

. The radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source.

. The camera area of windshield is mistedor frozen.

. Strong light is shining from the front.

. The cabin temperature is over approxi-mately 104°F (40°C) in direct sunlight.

. The camera area of windshield glass iscontinuously covered with dirt, etc.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the FEB with pedestrian detection systemwill resume automatically.

NOTE:

When the inside of the windshield oncamera area is misted or frozen, it will takea period of time to remove it after airconditioner turns on. If dirt appears on thisarea, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer.



Condition BUnder the following conditions, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theFEB with pedestrian detection system isautomatically turned off.

The FEB system warning light (orange)and the driver assist system forward indi-cator (orange) will illuminate and the“front radar obstruction” warning messagewill appear in the vehicle information display.

. When the sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed

Action to take:

If the FEB system warning light (orange)comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place,place the shift lever in the P (Park) positionand turn the engine off. Clean the radarcover on the front grille with a soft cloth, andrestart the engine. If the FEB system warn-ing light continues to illuminate, have theFEB with pedestrian detection systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.


Action to take:


Condition CWhen the accelerator pedal actuator detectsthat the internal motor temperature is high,the FEB with pedestrian detection system isautomatically turned off. The FEB systemwarning light (orange) and the driverassist system forward indicator (orange)will illuminate and the “Unavailable HighAccelerator Temperature” warning messagewill appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take:


SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the FEB with pedestrian detection systemmalfunctions, it will be turned off automa-tically, a chime will sound, the FEB systemwarning light (orange) and the driverassist system forward indicator (orange)will illuminate and the system “malfunction”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

Action to take:

If the FEB system warning light (orange)comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe locationand place the shift lever in the P (Park)position. Turn the engine off and restart theengine. If the warning light continues toilluminate, have the FEB with pedestriandetection system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

NOTE:

If the FEBwith pedestrian detection systemstops working, the PFCW system will alsostop working.

JVS0865X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe radar sensor is located behind thegrille of the front bumper. The camera islocated on the upper side of the windshield.

To keep the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem operating properly, be sure to ob-serve the following:

. Always keep the sensor area of the frontgrille and windshield clean.

. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensors (ex. grille, windshield).

. Do not cover or attach stickers, or installany accessory near the sensors. Thiscould block sensor signals, and/or causefailure or malfunction.

. Do not attach metallic objects near theradar sensor area (brush guard, etc.).This could cause failure or malfunction.

. Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit’sdetection capability.

. Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. It is recommended you contactan INFINITI retailer before customizingor restoring the front grille.

FCC Notice:

For USA:




FCC Warning


For Canada:






WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the PFCWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The PFCW system helps warn thedriver before a collision but will notavoid a collision. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

The PFCW system can help alert the driverwhen there is a sudden braking of a secondvehicle traveling in front of the vehicle aheadin the same lane.

JVS0869X

The PFCW system uses a radar sensorlocated behind the grille of the front bumperto measure the distance to a second vehicleahead in the same lane.

PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISIONWARNING (PFCW) (if so equipped)

JVS0849X


Vehicle ahead detection indicator (onthe vehicle information display)


Lower display



JVS0294X

PFCW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe PFCW system operates at speeds aboveapproximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).

If there is a potential risk of a forwardcollision, the PFCW system will warn thedriver by blinking the driver assist systemforward indicator and the vehicle aheaddetection indicator, and sounding an audiblealert.

JVS0847X


Lower display

MENU button

TURNING THE PFCW SYSTEM

ON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn thePFCW system on or off.


2. Touch [Emergency Assist].

3. Touch [Emergency Braking] to turn thesystem ON/OFF.

When the PFCW system is turned off, theFEB system warning light (orange) illumi-nates.


NOTE:

The PFCW system is integrated into theFEB with pedestrian detection system.There is not a separate selection in thedisplay for the PFCW system. When theFEB with pedestrian detection system isturned off, the PFCW system is also turnedoff.



JVS0295X

Illustration A

JVS0296X

Illustration B

JVS0297X

Illustration C

JVS0298X

Illustration D

PFCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the PFCW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The PFCW system cannot detect allvehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:

— Pedestrians, animals or obstaclesin the roadway

— Oncoming vehicles

— Crossing vehicles

. (Illustration A) The PFCW systemdoes not function when a vehicleahead is a narrow vehicle, such as amotorcycle.

. The radar sensor may not detect avehicle ahead in the following condi-tions:

— Snow or heavy rain

— Dirt, ice, snow or other materialcovering the radar sensor

— Interference by other radarsources

— Snow or road spray from travel-ling vehicles.

— Driving in a tunnel

— (Illustration B) When the vehicleahead is being towed.

— (Illustration C)When the distanceto the vehicle ahead is too close,the beam of the radar sensor isobstructed.

— (Illustration D) When driving on asteep downhill slope or roads withsharp curves.

. The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s functionality,within certain limitations. The systemmay not detect some forms of ob-struction of the sensor area such asice, snow, stickers, for example. Inthese cases, the system may not beable to warn the driver properly. Besure that you check, clean and clearthe sensor area regularly.

. Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chime



may not be heard.

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radarsensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicletraveling ahead. This may cause the PFCWsystem to work inappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steering man-euver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the systemindicator and sounding the chime unexpect-edly. You will have to manually control theproper distance away from the vehicletraveling ahead.

JVS0848X




VAILABLE

Condition AWhen the radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source, making it im-possible to detect a vehicle ahead, thePFCW system is automatically turned off.The FEB system warning light (orange)and the driver assist system forward indi-cator (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the PFCW systemwill resume automatically.

Condition BUnder the following conditions, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, thePFCW system is automatically turned off.

The FEB system warning light (orange)and the driver assist system forward indi-cator (orange) will illuminate and the“front radar obstruction” warning messagewill appear in the vehicle information display.

. When the sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed



Action to take:

If the FEB system warning light (orange)comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place,place the shift lever in the P (Park) positionand turn the engine off. Clean the radarcover on the front grille with a soft cloth, andrestart the engine. If the FEB system warn-ing light (orange) continues to illuminate,have the PFCW system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.


Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the PFCW systemwill resume automatically.

NOTE:

If the FEBwith pedestrian detection systemstops working, the PFCW system will alsostop working.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the PFCW malfunctions, it will be turnedoff automatically, a chime will sound, theFEB system warning light (orange) andthe driver assist system forward indicator(orange) will illuminate, and the system“malfunction” message will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the FEB system warning light (orange)comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe location,turn the engine off and restart the engine. Ifthe warning light continues to illuminate,have the PFCW system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

JVS0869X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor is located behind the grille ofthe front bumper.

To keep the system operating properly, besure to observe the following:

. Always keep the sensor area of the frontgrille clean.

. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensor.

. Do not cover or attach stickers or similarobjects on the front bumper near thesensor area. This could cause failure ormalfunction.

. Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). This

could cause failure or malfunction.

. Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. It is recommended you contactan INFINITI retailer before customizingor restoring the front bumper.

FCC Notice:

For USA:




FCC Warning


For Canada:




CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and en-sure the future reliability and economyof your new vehicle.

Failure to follow these recommendationsmay result in shortened engine life andreduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.

1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedalapplication.. Avoid rapid starts and stops.. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possible.. Maintain constant speed while com-

muting and coast whenever possible.

2. Maintain constant speed.. Look ahead to try and anticipate and

minimize stops.. Synchronizing your speed with traffic

lights allows you to reduce yournumber of stops.

. Maintaining a steady speed can mini-mize red light stops and improve fuelefficiency.

3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at highervehicle speeds.. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool thevehicle due to increased aerodynamicdrag.

. Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces coolingload.


BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS


4. Drive at economical speeds and dis-tances.. Observing the speed limit and not

exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (wherelegally allowed) can improve fuelefficiency due to reduced aerody-namic drag.

. Maintaining a safe following distancebehind other vehicles reduces unne-cessary braking.

. Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reducedbraking and smooth accelerationchanges.

. Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use cruise control.. Using cruise control during highway

driving helps maintain a steady speed.. Cruise control is particularly effective

in providing fuel savings when drivingon flat terrains.

6. Plan for the shortest route.. Utilize a map or navigation system to

determine the best route to save time.

7. Avoid idling.. Shutting off your engine when safe

for stops exceeding 30-60 secondssaves fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.. Automated passes permit drivers to

use special lanes to maintain cruisingspeed through the toll and avoidstopping and starting.

9. Winter warm up.. Limit idling time to minimize impact to

fuel economy.. Vehicles typically need no more than

30 seconds of idling at start-up toeffectively circulate the engine oilbefore driving.

. Your vehicle will reach its ideal oper-ating temperature more quickly whiledriving versus idling.

10.Keeping your vehicle cool.. Park your vehicle in a covered parking

area or in the shade whenever possi-ble.

. When entering a hot vehicle, openingthe windows will help to reduce theinside temperature faster, resulting inreduced demand on your A/C system.

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

. Use the recommended viscosity engineoil. (See “Engine oil and oil filter recom-mendation” (P.10-6).)

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

If any malfunction occurs in the IntelligentAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) system while theengine is running, warning messages appearin the vehicle information display.

JVS0228M

If the “AWDError” warning appears, theremay be a malfunction in the Intelligent AWDsystem. Reduce vehicle speed and have thesystem checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

The “AWD High Temp.” (high temperature)warning may appear while trying to free a

stuck vehicle due to increased oil tempera-ture. The driving mode may change to Two-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this warning isdisplayed, stop the vehicle with the engineidling, as soon as it is safe to do so. Then ifthe warning turns off, you can continuedriving.

The “Tire Size Incorrect” warning mayappear if there is a large difference betweenthe diameters of front and rear wheels. Pulloff the road in a safe area, with the engineidling. Check that all tire sizes are the same,that the tire pressure is correct and that thetires are not excessively worn.

If any warning message continues to bedisplayed, have your vehicle checked as soonas possible. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could resultin serious vehicle damage or personalinjury.


INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEELDRIVE (AWD) (if so equipped)


. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing) or similar equip-ment even if the other twowheels areraised off the ground. Make sure thatyou inform the test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on a dynam-ometer. Using the wrong test equip-ment may result in drivetrain damageor unexpected vehicle movementwhich could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the engine on a freeroller when any of the wheels areraised.

. If the “AWD Error” warning appearswhile driving there may be a mal-function in the AWD system. Reducethe vehicle speed and have yourvehicle checked as soon as possible.It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

. If the “AWD Error” warning remainson after the above operation, have

your vehicle checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

. The power train may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the “AWDError” warning on.

SD1006MA

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

. Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious accidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who require theassistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

. Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be appliedand the transmission placed into P(Park). Failure to do so could cause

the vehicle to move unexpectedly orroll away and result in an accident.

. Make sure the automatic transmis-sion shift lever has been pushed as farforward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the footbrake pedal.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.


3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto the street when parked on a slopingdrive way, it is a good practice to turn thewheels as illustrated.. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:

Turn the wheels away from the curband move the vehicle back until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL,NO CURB:

Turn the wheels toward the side ofthe road so the vehicle will move awayfrom the center of the road if it


PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


moves.

4. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

ELECTRIC POWER STEERINGTYPE

WARNING

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

. When the power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine run-ning, the power assist for the steer-ing will cease operation. You will stillhave control of the vehicle but thesteering will be harder to operate.

The electric power steering is designed toprovide power assist while driving to oper-ate the steering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated re-peatedly or continuously while parking ordriving at a very low speed, the power assistfor the steering wheel will be reduced. This isto prevent overheating of the electric powersteering and protect it from getting da-maged. While the power assist is reduced,steering wheel operation will become heavy.When the temperature of the electric powersteering goes down, the power assist levelwill return to normal. Avoid repeating such

steering wheel operations that could causethe electric power steering to overheat.

You may hear a sound when the steeringwheel is operated quickly. However, this isnot a malfunction.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the electric power steering is notfunctioning properly and may need servicing.It is recommended you have the electricpower steering checked by an INFINITIretailer. (See “Power steering warning light”(P.2-16).)

When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, thepower assist for the steering will ceaseoperation. You will still have control of thevehicle. However, greater steering effort isneeded, especially in sharp turns and at lowspeeds.

DIRECT ADAPTIVE STEERING

TYPE

WARNING

. When the power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine run-ning, the power assist for the steer-ing will cease operation. You will still

POWER STEERING

have control of the vehicle, but thesteering will be harder to operate.

. If wheels or tires other than theINFINITI recommended ones areused, Direct Adaptive Steering maynot operate properly and the powersteering warning light may illumi-nate.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot INFINITI recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deteriorated,Direct Adaptive Steering may notoperate properly and the powersteering warning light may illumi-nate.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s steering.If steering parts are not INFINITIrecommended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated, Direct Adap-tive Steering may not operate prop-erly and the power steering warninglight may illuminate.

. If the VDC warning light illuminates,the power steering warning light mayalso illuminate at the same time. Stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn theengine off and restart the engine. Ifthe power steering warning light

continues to illuminate, have thesystem checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. For the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem” (P.5-129).

CAUTION

. Do not place the ignition switch is inthe ON position while the steeringwheel or a tire is removed.

. Do not turn the steering wheel asmuch as possible while the ignitionswitch is in any position other thanthe ON position.

. Installing an accessory on the steer-ing wheel, or changing the steeringwheel, may reduce the steering per-formance.

Direct Adaptive Steering is designed tocontrol the steering force and steering angleaccording to the vehicle speed and amountof turning of the steering wheel.

The steering characteristic can be selectedusing the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector. See“INFINITI Drive Mode Selector” (P.5-21).

If the VDC system is turned off, the setting

of steering becomes standard mode.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate that Direct Adaptive Steering is notfunctioning properly and may need servicing.It is recommended you have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer. (See “Powersteering warning light” (P.2-16).)

When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, thepower assist for the steering will ceaseoperation. You will still have control of thevehicle. However, greater steering effort willbe needed, especially in sharp turns and atlow speeds.

If Direct Adaptive Steering is malfunction-ing, the steeringwheel may turn slightly evenwhen driving on a straight road.

Under the following conditions, the steeringwheel may turn slightly evenwhen driving ona straight road. This is due to a protectionmechanism for Direct Adaptive Steering. Thesteering wheel will return to the normalposition after the protection mechanism isdeactivated.

Condition A

. When the engine is stalled or likely to bestalled

. When the steering wheel is held in the fulllock position or when the front tiretouches an obstruction.



. When the battery is discharged

To return the steering wheel to the normalposition, stop the vehicle in a safe locationand stop operating the steering wheel. Thendrive the vehicle for a short period of time.

Condition B

. When the steering wheel is operatedrepeatedly or continuously while parkingor driving at a very low speed. In thiscase, the power assist for the steeringwheel will be reduced.

To return the steering wheel to the normalposition, stop the vehicle in a safe locationand wait for a period of time, withoutoperating the steering wheel, until thetemperature of Direct Adaptive Steeringcools down. Avoid repeated steering wheeloperations that could cause Direct AdaptiveSteering to overheat.

When the vehicle is tested on the 2-wheeldynamometer, the power steering warninglight may illuminate. To turn off the powersteering warning light, stop the vehicle in asafe location, turn the engine off, restart theengine, and then drive the vehicle for aperiod of time.

The following conditions do not indicate amalfunction of Direct Adaptive Steering.

. You may notice wider steering play whenthe ignition switch is in the OFF or ACCposition compared to when it is in the

ON position.

. After the engine is started, the steeringwheel may turn slightly even whendriving on a straight road. To return tothe normal position, drive the vehicle ona straight road for a period of time.

. After the engine is started, the steeringwheel may move if the steering wheelwas turned to the fully locked positionwhile the ignition switch was in the OFFposition.

. After the vehicle is tested on the 4-wheeldynamometer, the steering wheel mayturn slightly even when driving on astraight road. To return the steeringwheel to the normal position, drive thevehicle on a straight road for a period oftime.

You may hear a noise under the followingconditions. However, this is not a malfunc-tion.

. When the engine is started or stopped.

. When the steering wheel is turned in thefull lock position.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONSThe brake system has two separate hydrau-lic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, youwill still have braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, you canstop the vehicle by depressing the brakepedal. However, greater foot pressure onthe brake pedal will be required to stop thevehicle and the stopping distance will belonger.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will cause overheating ofthe brakes, wearing out the brake and padsfaster and reduce gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade. Overheatedbrakes may reduce braking performance andcould result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, accelerating

BRAKE SYSTEM

or downshifting. Abrupt braking oraccelerating could cause the wheelsto skid and result in an accident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet. Asa result, your braking distance will be longerand the vehicle may pull to one side duringbraking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly tapping the brake pedalto heat-up the brakes. Do this until thebrakes return to normal. Avoid driving thevehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-INBreak in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the parking brakeshoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced, inorder to assure the best braking perfor-mance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual. It is recommended you visit

an INFINITI retailer for this service. BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster even withlight pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS)

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintain ve-hicle control during braking on slip-pery surfaces. Remember thatstopping distances on slippery sur-


BRAKE ASSIST


faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow covered roads,or if you are using tire chains. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you. Ultimately,the driver is responsible for safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size andtype as specified on the Tire andLoading Information label. See“Tire and loading information la-bel” (P.10-13) of this manual.

— For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” (P.8-25) ofthis manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controlsthe brakes so the wheels do not lock duringhard braking or when braking on slipperysurfaces. The system detects the rotationspeed at each wheel and varies the brakefluid pressure to prevent each wheel fromlocking and sliding. By preventing each

wheel from locking, the system helps thedriver maintain steering control and helps tominimize swerving and spinning on slipperysurfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheels fromlocking up. Steer the vehicle to avoidobstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer.The computer has a built-in diagnosticfeature that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicle at alow speed in forward or reverse. When theself-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk”noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and does not indicate amalfunction. If the computer senses a mal-

function, it switches the ABS off andilluminates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lockassistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have thevehicle checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6MPH (5 to 10 km/h).

When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-sure. This action is similar to pumping thebrakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsationin the brake pedal and hear a noise fromunder the hood or feel a vibration from theactuator when it is operating. This is normaland indicates that the ABS is operatingproperly. However, the pulsation may indi-cate that road conditions are hazardous andextra care is required while driving.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driver inputsand vehicle motion. Under certain drivingconditions, the VDC system helps to performthe following functions.

. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so poweris transferred to a non slipping drivewheel on the same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engine out-put to reduce drive wheel slip based onvehicle speed (traction control function).

. Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehicle inthe following conditions:

— understeer (vehicle tends to not followthe steered path despite increasedsteering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but it cannotprevent loss of vehicle control in all drivingsituations.

When the VDC system operates, the VDCwarning light in the instrument panelflashes so note the following:

. The road may be slippery or the systemmay determine some action is required tohelp keep the vehicle on the steered path.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibration fromunder the hood. This is normal andindicates that the VDC system is workingproperly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-17).

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theVDC warning light illuminates in theinstrument panel. The VDC system automa-tically turns off.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system. The VDC off indicator lightilluminates to indicate the VDC system is off.When the VDC switch is used to turn off thesystem, the VDC system still operates toprevent one drive wheel from slipping bytransferring power to a non slipping drivewheel. The VDC warning light flashes ifthis occurs. All other VDC functions are off,except for brake force distribution, and theVDC warning light will not flash. TheVDC system is automatically reset to onwhen the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition then back in the ON position.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-17) and “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-19).

The computer has a built-in diagnostic

feature that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicleforward or in reverse at a slow speed. Whenthe self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk”noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and is not an indicationof a malfunction.

VDC operation is reducedwhen the INFINITIDrive Mode Selector is used to select theSPORT+ mode (if so equipped). The VDCsystem may not operate in the same circum-stances when compared to operation in thestandard mode. To help prevent accidentsdrive carefully, avoid careless or dangerousdriving techniques and be especially carefulwhen driving and cornering on slipperysurfaces.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns,the system optimizes the distribution offorce to each of the four wheels dependingon the radius of the turn.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to helpthe driver maintain stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous driving


VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) SYSTEM


techniques. Reduce vehicle speed andbe especially careful when driving andcornering on slippery surfaces andalways drive carefully.

. The brake force distribution systemmay not be effective depending onthe driving condition. Always drivecarefully and attentively.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot INFINITI recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deteriorated,the VDC system may not operateproperly. This could adversely affectvehicle handling performance, andthe VDC warning light mayilluminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notINFINITI recommended or are extre-mely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and theVDC warning light may illumi-nate.

. If engine control related parts are notINFINITI recommended or are extre-mely deteriorated, the VDC warninglight may illuminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly and the VDC warninglight may illuminate. Do not driveon these types of roads.

. When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the VDCwarning light mayilluminate. This is not a malfunction.Restart the engine after driving ontoa stable surface.

. If wheels or tires other than theINFINITI recommended ones areused, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly and the VDC warninglight may illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on asnow covered road.

This system senses driving based on thedriver’s steering and acceleration/brakingpatterns, and controls brake pressure atindividual wheels to help smooth vehicleresponse.

When the SPORT mode is selected by theINFINITI Drive Mode Selector, the amountof brake control provided by the active tracecontrol is reduced.

When the PERSONAL mode is selected, theactive trace control can be set to ON(enabled) or OFF (disabled). See “INFINITIDrive Mode Selector” (P.5-21).

When the VDC OFF switch is used to turnoff the VDC system, the active trace controlis also turned off.

ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL

JVS0249X

When the active trace control is operatedand the “Chassis Control” mode is selected inthe trip computer, the active trace controlgraphics are shown in the vehicle informa-tion display. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-29).)

If the chassis control warning messageappears in the vehicle information display,it may indicate that the active trace controlis not functioning properly. It is recom-mended you have the system checked byan INFINITI retailer. (See “26. Chassis con-trol warning” (P.2-25).)

WARNING

The active trace control may not beeffective depending on the driving con-dition. Always drive carefully and atten-tively.

When the active trace control is operating,you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise. This is normal and indicatesthat the active trace control is operatingproperly. You may also feel decelerationwhen the active trace control is operating.However, this is not a malfunction.

Even if the active trace control is set to OFF,some functions will remain on to assist thedriver (for example, avoidance scenes).



WARNING

. Never rely solely on the hill startassist system to prevent the vehiclefrom moving backward on a hill.Always drive carefully and atten-tively. Depress the brake pedal whenthe vehicle is stopped on a steep hill.Be especially careful when stoppedon a hill on frozen or muddy roads.Failure to prevent the vehicle fromrolling backwards may result in a lossof control of the vehicle and possibleserious injury or death.

. The hill start assist system is notdesigned to hold the vehicle at astandstill on a hill. Depress the brakepedal when the vehicle is stopped ona steep hill. Failure to do so maycause the vehicle to roll backwardsand may result in a collision or seriouspersonal injury.

. The hill start assist system may notprevent the vehicle from rolling back-wards on a hill under all load or roadconditions. Always be prepared todepress the brake pedal to preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards.Failure to do so may result in acollision or serious personal injury.

The hill start assist system automaticallykeeps the brakes applied to help prevent thevehicle from rolling backwards in the time ittakes the driver to release the brake pedaland apply the accelerator when the vehicle isstopped on a hill.

The hill start assist system will operateautomatically under the following condi-tions:

. The transmission is shifted to a forwardor reverse gear.

. The vehicle is stopped completely on a hillby applying the brake.

The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to rollback and the hill start assist system will stopoperating completely.

The hill start assist system will not operatewhen the transmission is shifted to the N(Neutral) or P (Park) position or on a flat andlevel road.

The chassis control is an electric controlmodule that includes the following func-tions:

. Log-in function (See “Log-in function”(P.3-15).)

. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (See“INFINITI Drive Mode Selector” (P.5-21).)

. Active Lane Control (if so equipped) (See“Active Lane Control” (P.5-25).)

. Active Trace Control (See “Active tracecontrol” (P.5-130).)

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM CHASSIS CONTROL

SSD0602

WARNING

. The sonar system is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for properparking. Always look around andcheck that it is safe to do so beforeparking. Always move slowly.

. Read and understand the limitationsof the sonar system as contained inthis section. Inclement weather mayaffect the function of the sonarsystem; this may include reducedperformance or a false activation.

. This system is not designed to pre-vent contact with small or movingobjects.

. The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle. The system will notdetect small objects below the bum-per, and may not detect objects thatare too close to the bumper or on theground.

. If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misalignedor bent, the sensing zone may bealtered causing inaccurate measure-

ment of obstacles or false alarms.

CAUTION

Keep the interior of the vehicle as quietas possible to hear the tone clearly.

The sonar system sounds a tone to warn thedriver of obstacles near the bumper. Whenthe [Auto Show Sonar Image] key is turnedon in the [Parking Sonar] settings, the sonarindicator will also appear on the upperdisplay. (See “Sonar indicator” (P.5-135).)The system detects front obstacleswhen theshift lever is in the D (Drive) position or N(Neutral) position. The system detects bothfront and rear obstacles when the shift leveris in the R (Reverse) position.

The systemmay not detect objects at speedsabove 6MPH (10 km/h) and may not detectcertain angular or moving objects.

The sonar system detects obstacles up to3.9 ft (1.2 m) from the bumper with adecreased coverage area at the outer cor-ners of the bumper. Refer to the illustrationfor approximate zone coverage areas. Asyou move closer to the obstacle, the rate ofthe tone increases. When the obstacle is lessthan 11.8 in (30 cm) away, the tone will


SONAR SYSTEM (if so equipped)


sound continuously.

Keep the corner/center sonar (located onthe bumper fascia) free from snow, ice andlarge accumulations of dirt (do not clean thesonar with sharp objects). If the sonar iscovered, it will affect the accuracy of thesonar system.

The sensitivity level of the corner/centersonar can be adjusted (higher or lower) onthe lower display.

The intermittent tone will stop in 3 secondswhen an obstacle is detected by only thecorner sensor and the distance does notchange. JVS0246X

SONAR SYSTEM SETTINGSPerform the following steps to set up thesonar function.

1. Push the MENU button and touch[Settings] on the lower display.

2. Touch [Parking Sonar].

For the details of the available settings, see“Turning on and off the sonar function” (P.4-25).

WAF0289X

Example (bird’s-eye view)

WAF0288X

Example (rear view)

SONAR INDICATORWhen the corner of the vehicle moves closerto an object, the corner sensor indicatorappears on the upper display.

When the center of the vehicle moves closeto an object, the center sensor indicatorappears on the upper display.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lockbecomes frozen, heat the key before insert-ing it into the key hole or use the IntelligentKey system.

ANTIFREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 32°F(0°C), check antifreeze to assure properwinter protection. For additional informa-tion, see “Engine cooling system” (P.8-3) or“Intercooler cooling system” (P.8-5).

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the bat-tery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly. Foradditional information, see “Battery” (P.8-11).

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, includ-ing the engine block. Refill before operatingthe vehicle. For details, see “Engine coolingsystem” (P.8-3).

TIRE EQUIPMENTSUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate yourvehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITIrecommends the use of MUD & SNOW orALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It isrecommended you consult an INFINITI re-tailer for the tire type, size, speed rating andavailability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibit theiruse. Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see“Tire chains” (P.8-33) of this manual.

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)

modelsIf you install snow tires, they must also bethe same size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.


COLD WEATHER DRIVING


SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush toremove ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnowdrifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

. Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip”under these conditions. Try to avoiddriving on wet ice until the road issalted or sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels willlose even more traction.

. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pave-ment.

. Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake while onthe ice, and avoid any sudden steer-ing maneuvers.

. Do not use the cruise control onslippery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)Engine block heaters are used to assist incold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be usedwhen the outside temperature is 20°F(−7°C) or lower.

To use the engine block heater1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extensioncord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be pluggedin for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending onoutside temperatures, to properly warmthe engine coolant. Use an appropriatetimer to turn the engine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it awayfrom moving parts.

WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical systemor a 2-pronged adapter. You can beseriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

. Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord before

starting the engine. Damage to thecord could result in an electrical shockand can cause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least 10A.Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-VAC outlet. Failureto use the proper extension cord ora grounded outlet can result in a fireor electrical shock and cause seriouspersonal injury.

JVS0905X

NOTE:

To operate the active noise cancellation andactive sound enhancement system properly:

. Do not cover the speakers or woofer.

. Do not cover the microphones.

. Do not change or modify speakers in-cluding the woofer and any audio relatedparts such as the amplifier.

. Do not make any modification includingsound deadening or modificationsaround the microphones, speakers orwoofer.


ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION/ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENT


ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATIONThe active noise cancellation uses micro-phones located inside the vehicle to detectengine booming noises. The system thenautomatically produces a muted enginebooming noise through the speakers ,(if so equipped), (if so equipped) andwoofer to reduce engine booming noise.

If the microphone or the area around it istapped, abnormal noise may be output fromthe speaker.

ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENTThe active sound enhancement generatessounds according to engine speed anddriving modes through the speakers and(if so equipped) to enhance the quality of

the engine sound.

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ..................................... 6-2

Roadside assistance program ....................................... 6-2

Emergency engine shut off ............................................ 6-3

Flat tire ................................................................................ 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 6-3

Run-flat tires ................................................................ 6-4

Repairing a flat tire (for models with emergencytire puncture repair kit) .............................................. 6-5

Jump starting .................................................................. 6-10

Push starting ................................................................... 6-12

If your vehicle overheats .............................................. 6-13

Towing your vehicle ...................................................... 6-14

Towing recommended by INFINITI ................... 6-15

Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ........ 6-16

6-2 In case of emergency

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights willflash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, be sureto move the vehicle well off the road.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on the highwayunless unusual circumstances forceyou to drive so slowly that yourvehicle might become a hazard toother traffic.

. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch in any position.

When an impact that could activate thesupplemental air bags is detected, thehazard warning flasher lights blink automa-tically. If the hazardwarning flasher switch ispushed, the hazardwarning flashers will turnoff.

WARNING

Do not turn the hazard warning flasherswitch to off until you can make surethat it is safe to do so. Also, the hazardflasher warning may not blink automa-tically depending on the force of impact.

Some state laws may prohibit the use of thehazardwarning flasher switchwhile driving.

In the event of a roadside emergency,Roadside Assistance Service is available toyou. Please refer to your Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & RoadsideAssistance Information Booklet (Canada) fordetails.

HAZARDWARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch 3 consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsin this section.

For models with run-flat tires, you cancontinue driving to a safe location even ifthey are punctured. (See “Run-flat tires”(P.6-4) and “Run-flat tires” (P.8-31).)

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires except thespare. When the low tire pressure warninglight is lit and the “Tire Pressure Low - AddAir” warning appears in the vehicle informa-tion display, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated. If the vehicle isbeing driven with low tire pressure, theTPMS will activate and warn you of it bythe low tire pressure warning light. Thissystem will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).For more details, see “Warning lights, in-dicator lights and audible reminders” (P.2-12) and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” (P.5-5).

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Those

who use a pacemaker should contactthe electric medical equipment man-ufacturer for the possible influencesbefore use.

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires andincrease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low tirepressure warning light OFF. If thelight still illuminates while drivingafter adjusting the tire pressure, atire may be flat. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire (if soequipped) or repair it with the emer-gency tire puncture repair kit (if soequipped) as soon as possible. If notire is flat and all tires are properlyinflated, it is recommended you con-sult an INFINITI retailer.

In case of emergency 6-3

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE




. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

. INFINITI recommends using onlyGenuine NISSAN Emergency TireSealant provided with your vehicle.Other tire sealants may damage thevalve stem seal which can cause thetire to lose air pressure. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retaileras soon as possible after using tirerepair sealant (for models equippedwith the emergency tire puncturerepair kit).

RUN-FLAT TIRESRun-flat tires are those tires that can beused temporarily if they are punctured. See“Run-flat tires” (P.8-31).

Also, refer to “Important Tire Safety Infor-mation” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

WARNING

. Although you can continue drivingwith a punctured run-flat tire, re-member that vehicle handling stabi-lity is reduced, which could lead to anaccident and personal injury. Also,driving a long distance at high speedsmay damage the tires.

. Do not drive at speeds above 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not drivemore than approximately 93 miles(150 km) with a punctured run-flattire. The actual distance the vehiclecan be driven on a flat tire depends onoutside temperature, vehicle load,road conditions and other factors.

. Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoidhard cornering or braking, which maycause you to lose control of thevehicle.

. If you detect any unusual sounds orvibrations while driving with a punc-tured run-flat tire, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop the vehicleas soon as possible. The tire may beseriously damaged and need to bereplaced.

CAUTION

. Never install tire chains on a punctu-red run-flat tire, as this could damageyour vehicle.

. Avoid driving over any projection orpothole, as the clearance betweenthe vehicle and the ground is smallerthan normal.

. Do not enter an automated car washwith a punctured run-flat tire.

. It is recommended you have thepunctured tire inspected by anINFINITI retailer or other authorizedrepair shop. Replace the tire as soonas possible if the tire is seriouslydamaged.

If you have a flat tire and have to stop thevehicle, follow the instructions below.

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road andaway from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake.Move the shift lever to theP (Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, andto signal professional road assistancepersonnel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

For the tire removing procedure, see “Jack-ing up the vehicle and replacing tires” (P.8-37).

REPAIRING A FLAT TIRE (formodels with emergency tire punc-

ture repair kit)

WARNING

. After using Emergency Tire Sealantto repair a minor tire puncture, do notdrive the vehicle at speeds fasterthan 50 MPH (80 km/h).

. Immediately after using the Emer-gency Tire Sealant to repair a minor

tire puncture, take your vehicle toinspect, and repair or replace the tire.It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service. TheEmergency Tire Sealant cannot per-manently seal a punctured tire. Con-tinuing operation of the vehiclewithout a permanent tire repair canlead to a crash.

. INFINITI recommends using onlyGenuine NISSAN Emergency TireSealant provided with your vehicle.Other tire sealants may damage thevalve stem seal which can cause thetire to lose air pressure. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retaileras soon as possible after using tirerepair sealant.

This vehicle does not have a spare tire. Theemergency tire puncture repair kit (Emer-gency Tire Sealant) is supplied with thevehicle instead of a spare tire. It can be usedto temporarily repair minor tire punctures.

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

CAUTION

. To avoid the emergency tire puncturerepair kit being damaged during sto-rage or use:

— Only use the emergency tirepuncture repair kit on your vehi-cle. Do not use it on other vehicles.

— Only use the kit to inflate thetires of your vehicle and to checkthe vehicle’s tire pressure.

— Only plug the compressor into a12V DC car power point.

— Keep the kit free of water anddirt.

— Do not disassemble or modify thekit.

— Do not drop the kit or allow hardimpacts to the kit.

. Do not use the emergency tire punc-ture repair kit under the followingconditions. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer or profes-sional road assistance.

— when the sealant has passed itsexpiration date (shown on thelabel attached to the bottle)



— when the cut or the puncture isapproximately 0.25 in (6 mm) orlonger

— when the tire sidewall is damaged

— when the vehicle has been drivenwith extremely low tire pressure

— when the tire has come off theinside or the outside of the wheel.

— when the tire wheel is damaged

— when two or more tires are flat

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake.


5. Turn off the engine.

6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic andto signal professional road assistancepersonnel that you need assistance.

7. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake issecurely applied and the transmissionis shifted into P (Park).

. Never repair tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. Thisis hazardous.

. Never repair tires if oncoming trafficis close to your vehicle. Wait forprofessional road assistance.

JVE0418X

Getting emergency tire puncture

repair kitRaise the trunk floor cover. (While pulling upthe center strap, fold down the right end ofthe trunk floor cover to pull up the trunkfloor cover.) Take out the emergency tirepuncture repair kit located in the trunk.

The emergency tire puncture repair kitconsists of the following items:

. Tire sealant bottle

. Air compressor

. Speed restriction sticker

Before using emergency tire punc-

ture repair kit. If any foreign object (for example, a

screw or nail) is embedded in the tire,do not remove it.

. Check the expiration date of the sealant(shown on the label attached to thebottle). Never use a sealant whoseexpiration date has passed.

Repairing tire

WARNING

Observe the following precautions whenusing the tire repair compound.

. Swallowing the compound is danger-ous. Immediately drink as muchwateras possible and seek prompt medicalassistance.

. Rinse well with lots of water if thecompound comes into contact withskin or eyes. If irritation persists, seekprompt medical attention.

. Keep the repair compound out of thereach of children.

NOTE:

Do not remove any nails or screws that havepenetrated the tire when performing re-pairs.

JVE0014X

1. Take out the speed restriction stickerfrom the air compressor*, then put it in alocation where the driver can see it whiledriving.

*: The compressor shape may differdepending on the models.

CAUTION

Do not put the speed restriction label onthe steering wheel pad, the speedometeror the warning light locations.



SCE0868

2. Take the hose and the power plugout of the air compressor. Remove thecap of the bottle holder from the aircompressor.

SCE0869

3. Remove the cap from the tire sealantbottle, and screw the bottle clockwiseonto the bottle holder. (Leave the bottleseal intact. Screwing the bottle onto thebottle holder will pierce the seal of thebottle.)

4. Remove the cap from the tire valve onthe flat tire.

SCE0870

5. Remove the protective cap of the hoseand screw the hose securely onto the tirevalve. Make sure that the pressurerelease valve is securely tightened.Make sure that the air compressorswitch is in the OFF (*) position, andthen insert its power plug into the poweroutlet in the vehicle.

SCE0871

6. Push the ignition switch to the “ACC”position. Then turn the compressorswitch to the ON (−) position and inflatethe tire up to the pressure that isspecified on the tire and loading infor-mation label affixed to the driver’s sidepillar if possible, or to the minimum of 26psi (180 kPa). Turn the air compressoroff briefly in order to check the tirepressure with the pressure gauge.

If the tire is inflated to higher than thespecified pressure, lower the tire pres-sure by releasing air with the pressurerelease valve.

NOTE:The compressor tire pressure gauge mayshow a pressure reading of 87 psi (600kPa) for about 30 seconds while inflat-ing the tire. The pressure gauge isindicating the pressure inside the sea-lant can. When the sealant has beeninjected into the tire the pressure gaugewill drop and indicate actual tire pres-sure.

WARNING

. To avoid serious personal injury whileusing the emergency tire puncturerepair kit:

— Securely tighten the compressorhose to the tire valve. Failure todo so can cause the sealant tospray into the air and get intoyour eyes or on the skin.

. Do not stand directly beside thedamaged tire while it is being inflatedbecause of the risk of the rupture. Ifthere are any cracks or bumps, turnthe compressor off immediately.

If the tire pressure does not increase to26 psi (180 kPa) within 10 minutes, thetire may be seriously damaged and thetire cannot be repaired with this tire

puncture repair kit. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for servi-cing.

7. When the tire pressure is at the specifiedamount, turn the air compressor off. Ifthe pressure cannot be inflated to thespecified amount, the air compressor canbe turned off at the minimum of 26 psi(180 kPa). Remove the power plug fromthe power outlet and quickly remove thehose from the tire valve. Attach theprotective cap and valve cap. Properlystow the emergency tire puncture repairkit in the trunk.

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury whenstowing the emergency tire puncturerepair kit:

. Keep the sealant bottle screwed intothe compressor. Failure to do so cancause the sealant to spray into the airand get into your eyes or on the skin.

8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10minutes or 2 miles (3 km) at a speed of50 MPH (80 km/h) or less.

9. After driving, make sure that the aircompressor switch is in the OFF (*)



position, then screw the hose securelyonto the tire valve. Check the tirepressure with the pressure gauge. Thetemporary repair is completed if the tirepressure does not drop.

Make sure the pressure is adjusted to thepressure that is specified on the tire andloading information label before driving.

10. If the tire pressure drops, repeat thesteps from 5 to 9. If the pressure dropsagain or under 19 psi (130 kPa), the tirecannot be repaired with this tire punc-ture repair kit. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this servi-cing.

The sealant bottle and hose cannot bereused to repair another punctured tire.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer to purchase replacements.

After repairing tireIt is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for tire repair/replacement as soonas possible.

WARNING

. After using Emergency Tire Sealantto repair a minor tire puncture, do notdrive the vehicle at speeds faster

than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

. Immediately after using EmergencyTire Sealant to repair a minor tirepuncture, take your vehicle to in-spect, and repair or replace the tire.It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service. TheEmergency Tire Sealant cannot per-manently seal a punctured tire. Con-tinuing operation of the vehiclewithout a permanent tire repair canlead to a crash.

. INFINITI recommends using onlyGenuine NISSAN Emergency TireSealant provided with your vehicle.Other tire sealants may damage thevalve stem seal which can cause thetire to lose air pressure. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retaileras soon as possible after using tirerepair sealant.

To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions below mustbe followed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothingor painted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulphuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. If thefluid should come into contact withanything, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (for example, goggles or

JUMP STARTING

industrial safety spectacles) and re-move rings, metal bands, or any otherjewelry. Do not lean over the batterywhen jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explode andcause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.

JVE0282X

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damage tothe charging system and cause personalinjury.

1. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle , position the two vehiclesand to bring the batteries into closeproximity to each other.



CAUTION

. Do not allow the two vehicles totouch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the shift leverto the P (Park) position. Switch off allunnecessary electrical systems (light,heater, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with afirmly wrung out moist cloth to reduceexplosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequenceas illustrated ( ? ? ? ).

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (as illustrated) − not to thebattery.

. Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and startthe engine of the vehicle being jumpstarted .

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, push theignition switch to the OFF position andwait 10 seconds before trying again.

7. After starting your engine, carefullydisconnect the negative cable and thenthe positive cable ( ? ? ? ).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may becontaminated with corrosive acid.

9. Put the battery cover and the enginecover back to the original location.

Do not attempt to start the engine bypushing.

CAUTION

. Automatic Transmission (AT) modelscannot be push-started or tow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.

. Three-way catalyst equipped modelsshould not be started by pushingsince the three-way catalyst may bedamaged.

. Never try to start the vehicle bytowing it; when the engine starts,the forward surge could cause thevehicle to collide with the tow vehi-cle.

PUSH STARTING

CAUTION

. Do not continue to drive if yourvehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause engine damage or a vehicle fire.

. To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap whilethe engine is still hot. When theradiator cap is removed, pressurizedhot water will spurt out, possiblycausing serious injury.

. Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading),or if you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc., take the followingsteps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,apply the parking brake and move theshift lever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the climate control. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maximumhot and fan control to high speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused by climb-ing a long hill on a hot day, run the engine

at a fast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm)until the temperature gauge indicationreturns to normal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from theradiator before opening the hood. (Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn off theengine.) Do not open the hood furtheruntil no steam or coolant can be seen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant isleaking or the cooling fan does not run,stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine cooling

fan can start at any time.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank withthe engine running. Add coolant to thereservoir tank if necessary. Have yourvehicle repaired. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.


IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


When towing your vehicle, all State (Pro-vincial in Canada) and local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle. Tow-ing instructions are available from anINFINITI retailer. Local service operatorsare familiar with the applicable laws andprocedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, INFINITI recommends that youhave a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operator care-fully read the following precautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working con-dition. If any unit is damaged, dolliesmust be used.

. Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For information about towing your vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle (RV), see “Flattowing” (P.10-18) of this manual.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

SCE0967

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY

INFINITI

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsINFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bedtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION

. Never tow automatic transmissionmodels with the rear wheels on theground or four wheels on the ground

(forward or backward), as this maycause serious and expensive damageto the transmission. If it is necessaryto tow the vehicle with the frontwheels raised, always use towingdollies under the rear wheels.

. When towing rear wheel drive modelswith the front wheels on the groundor on towing dollies: Place the igni-tion switch in the ACC or ON posi-tion, and secure the steering wheel ina straight-ahead position with a ropeor similar device.



JVE0348X

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)

modelsINFINITI recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or the vehiclebe placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow Intelligent AWD models withany of the wheels on the ground as thismay cause serious and expensive da-mage to the powertrain.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a

stuck vehicle)

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious perso-nal injury or death when recovering astuck vehicle:

. Contact a professional towing ser-vice to recover the vehicle if you haveany questions regarding the recoveryprocedure.

. Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to main structural mem-bers of the vehicle.

. Do not use the vehicle tie-downs totow or free a stuck vehicle.

. Only use devices specifically designedfor vehicle recovery and follow themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Always pull the recovery devicestraight out from the front of thevehicle. Never pull at an angle.

. Route recovery devices so they donot touch any part of the vehicleexcept the attachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other device

designed specifically for vehicle recovery.Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the recovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.. Shift back and forth between R (Re-

verse) and D (Drive).. Apply the accelerator as little as

possible to maintain the rocking mo-tion.

. Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towingservice to remove the vehicle.

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.



MEMO

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior ................................................................ 7-2

Washing .......................................................................... 7-2

Waxing ............................................................................ 7-2

Removing spots ............................................................ 7-3

Underbody ...................................................................... 7-3

Glass ................................................................................ 7-3

Wheels ............................................................................. 7-3

Chrome parts ................................................................ 7-4

Tire dressing ................................................................. 7-4

Cleaning interior ................................................................ 7-5

Leather cleaning kit (if so equipped) .................... 7-5

Air fresheners .............................................................. 7-5

Floor mats .................................................................... 7-6

Seat belts ...................................................................... 7-7

Corrosion protection ....................................................... 7-8

Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion ........................................................ 7-8

Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion ................................................................. 7-8

To protect your vehicle from corrosion .............. 7-8

7-2 Appearance and care

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care ofit.

To protect the paint surface, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possible da-mage from acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park yourvehicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park ina shady area or protect the vehicle with abody cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGWash dirt off the vehicle with a wet spongeand plenty of water. Clean the vehiclethoroughly using a mild soap, a specialvehicle soap or general purpose dishwashingliquid mixedwith clean, lukewarm (never hot)water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that use acid inthe detergent. Some car washes,especially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to functionproperly. Always check with your carwash to confirm that acid is not used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical de-tergents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removing caked-

on dirt or other foreign substances sothe paint surface is not scratched ordamaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerableto the effects of road salt. Therefore, theseareas must be regularly cleaned. Make surethat the drain holes in the lower edge of thedoor are open. Spray water under the bodyand in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt andwash away road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paintsurface by using a damp chamois to dry thevehicle.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to remove built-up wax residue and to avoid a weatheredappearance before reapplying wax.

An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choos-ing the proper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

. Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleanersthat may damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishingon a base coat/clear coat paint finish maydull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lastingdamage or staining. Special cleaning pro-ducts are available at an INFINITI retailer orany automotive accessory stores.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. Thiswill prevent dirt and salt from building upand causing the acceleration of corrosion onthe underbody and suspension. Before thewinter period and again in the spring, theunderseal must be checked and, if necessary,re-treated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal forglass to become coated with a film after thevehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleanerand a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based dis-infectant cleaners. They could damagethe electrical conductors, radio antennaelements or rear window defroster ele-ments.

WHEELSWash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

. Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the underside ofthe vehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause lossof pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

. INFINITI recommends that the roadwheels be waxed to protect against roadsalt in areas where it is used during

winter.

CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

Aluminum alloy wheelsWash regularly with a sponge dampened in amild soap solution, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheels if not removed.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that uses strongacid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same asambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely re-move the cleaner within 15 minutesafter the cleaner is applied.

Appearance and care 7-3


Bright wheels (if so equipped)The bright wheels use a different coatingprocess than typical aluminum alloy wheeland they are not plated wheels. Thesewheels are clear-coated and require thefollowing special cleaning. They should beregularly washed with a soft sponge soakedin a lot of water. After washing with water,wipe clean with a dry, soft cloth and drycompletely. When there is chemical or tirewax, or dirt such as an antifreeze agent onthe surface, wash them with water as soonas possible.

CAUTION

. The surfaces of the wheels use adifferent coating process than typicalaluminum alloy wheels. Do not usealuminum alloy wheel cleaners orabrasive cleaners to clean the wheels.Using such cleaners could damage thewheel surfaces.

. Do not use an automatic car wash ifthe vehicle is equipped with brightwheels. The wheel coating may bedamaged.

. Do not use a brush to wash thewheels if the vehicle is equipped withbright wheels. The wheel coating may

be damaged.

CHROME PARTSClean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain thefinish.

TIRE DRESSINGINFINITI does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coat-ing to the tires to help reduce discolorationof the rubber. If a tire dressing is applied tothe tires, it may react with the coating andform a compound. This compoundmay comeoff the tire while driving and stain the vehiclepaint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. Thecoating on the tire dissolves more easilywith an oil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipethe vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean,soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution,then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in orderto maintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Somefabric protectors contain chemicals thatmay stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifica-tion sensors. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dam-pened with water. Never use a roughcloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or anykind of solvent or paper towel with achemical cleaning agent. They willscratch or cause discoloration to thelens.

. Do not spray any liquid such as wateron the meter lens. Spraying liquidmay cause the system tomalfunction.

. Small dirt particles can be abrasiveand damaging to the leather surfacesand should be removed promptly. Donot use saddle soap, car waxes,polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, sol-vents, detergents or ammonia-basedcleaners as they may damage theleather’s natural finish.

. Only use fabric protectors approvedby INFINITI.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

LEATHER CLEANING KIT (if so

equipped)Spray onto the leather cleaning cloth, thengently wipe the surface of leather. Use a drytowel to absorb any excess moisture.

Clean light-colored leather more frequentlybecause soiling on such surfaces is muchmore visible.

Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions supplied with the leather cleaning kit.

You can obtain the leather cleaning kit froman INFINITI retailer or other authorizedrepair shop.

CAUTION

Do not leave the leather cleaning kitinside the vehicle. The leather cleaningkit left in a closed vehicle can becomevery hot.

AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent that couldaffect the vehicle interior. If you use an airfreshener, take the following precautions:

. Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when they con-tact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the


CLEANING INTERIOR


air freshener in a location that allows itto hang free and not contact an interiorsurface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clipon the vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discolorationwhen spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufac-turer’s instructions before using air fresh-eners.

FLOOR MATS

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision, injury ordeath:

. NEVER place a floor mat on top ofanother floor mat in the driver frontposition or install them upside downor backwards.

. Use only genuine INFINITI floor matsor equivalent floor mats that arespecifically designed for use in yourvehicle model and model year.

. Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat posi-tioning hook. See “Floor mat installa-tion” (P.7-6).

. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation.

. Periodically check the floor mats tomake sure they are properly installed.

. After cleaning the vehicle interior,check the floor mats to make surethey are properly installed.

The use of genuine INFINITI floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular cleaningand replaced if they become excessivelyworn. JVA0023X

Floor mat installationYour vehicle is equipped with floor matpositioning hook(s). The number and shapeof the floor mat positioning hook(s) for eachseating position varies depending on thevehicle.

When installing genuine INFINITI floor mats,follow the installation instructions providedwith the floor mat and the following:

1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell sothat the mat grommet holes are alignedwith the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into the hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat isproperly positioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation. With theignition in the OFF position and the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, fully applyand release all pedals. The floor matmust not interfere with pedal operationor prevent the pedal from returning to itsnormal position. It is recommended yousee an INFINITI retailer for details aboutinstalling the floor mats in your vehicle.

SAI0051

Positioning hooks

The illustration shows the location of thefloor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthemwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completelybefore using them.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-11).

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents to clean the seat belts,

since these materials may severelyweaken the seat belt webbing.



MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE

CORROSION. The accumulation of moisture-retaining

dirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS IN-FLUENCE THE RATE OF COR-ROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle, and should beremoved for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areaswhere the temperatures stay above freezingwhere atmospheric pollution exists, or whereroad salt is used.

TemperatureA temperature increase will accelerate therate of corrosion to those parts which arenot well ventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse will accelerate the corrosion process.Road salt will also accelerate the disintegra-tion of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE

FROM CORROSION. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep

the vehicle clean.

. Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

. Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumulation.

. Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corro-sion and deterioration of underbody compo-nents such as the exhaust system, fuel andbrake lines, brake cables, floor pan andfenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended you consult anINFINITI retailer.

CORROSION PROTECTION

8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions ............................................... 8-2

Engine compartment check locations ......................... 8-3

VR30DDTT engine ..................................................... 8-3

Engine cooling system ..................................................... 8-3

Checking engine coolant level ................................ 8-4

Changing engine coolant .......................................... 8-5

Intercooler cooling system ............................................. 8-5

Checking intercooler coolant level ......................... 8-6

Engine oil ............................................................................. 8-6

Checking engine oil level ........................................... 8-6

Changing engine oil and filter .................................. 8-7

Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) .......................... 8-9

Brake fluid ........................................................................... 8-9

Window washer fluid ................................................... 8-10

Battery ............................................................................... 8-11

Checking battery fluid level .................................... 8-12

Jump starting ............................................................. 8-13

Variable voltage control system ................................. 8-13

Drive belts ......................................................................... 8-13

Spark plugs ....................................................................... 8-14

Replacing spark plugs .............................................. 8-14

Air cleaner ........................................................................ 8-15

Windshield wiper blades .............................................. 8-15

Cleaning ..................................................................... 8-15

Replacing ................................................................... 8-16

Brakes ................................................................................ 8-16

Self-adjusting brakes ............................................. 8-16

Brake pad wear warning ....................................... 8-16

Fuses .................................................................................. 8-17

Engine compartment .............................................. 8-17

Passenger compartment ....................................... 8-18

Intelligent Key battery replacement ......................... 8-19

Lights ................................................................................. 8-22

Headlights ................................................................. 8-22

Exterior and interior lights .................................... 8-23

Wheels and tires ............................................................. 8-25

Tire pressure ............................................................. 8-25

Tire labeling .............................................................. 8-29

Types of tires ........................................................... 8-31

Tire chains ................................................................. 8-33

Changing wheels and tires ................................... 8-33

Jacking up the vehicle and replacing tires ....... 8-37

8-2 Do-it-yourself

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. Thefollowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent thevehicle from moving. Move the shiftlever to P (Park).

. Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when per-forming any parts replacement orrepairs.

. Never connect or disconnect thebattery or any transistorized compo-nent while the ignition switch is in theON position.

. Never leave the engine or automatictransmission related component har-nesses disconnected while the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other moving

parts.

. It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and remove anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warn-ing, even if the ignition key is in theOFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, always dis-connect the negative battery cablebefore working near the fan.

. Because the fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engine is off,it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for service of the

fuel filter or fuel lines.

CAUTION

. Do notwork under the hoodwhile theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used en-gine oil and coolant. Improperly dis-posed engine oil, coolant, and/orother vehicle fluids can damage theenvironment. Always conform to lo-cal regulations for disposal of vehiclefluid.

This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives in-structions regarding only those items whichare relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” (P.10-22).)

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, and couldaffect your warranty coverage. If in doubtabout any servicing, it is recommended youhave it done by an INFINITI retailer.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

JVC0968X

VR30DDTT ENGINE1. Battery

2. Engine oil dipstick

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Fuse/fusible link holder

6. Air cleaner

7. Engine drive belt location

8. Radiator filler cap

9 Intercooler cooling reservoir

10. Engine coolant reservoir

11. Window washer fluid reservoir

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provideyear-round anti-freeze and coolant protec-tion. The anti-freeze solution contains rustand corrosion inhibitors. Additional enginecooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Wait until theengine and radiator cool down. Ser-ious burns could be caused by highpressure fluid escaping from theradiator. See precautions in “If yourvehicle overheats” (P.6-13) of thismanual.

. The radiator is equipped with apressure type radiator cap. To pre-vent engine damage, use only agenuine NISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION

. Never use any cooling system addi-tives such as radiator sealer. Addi-tives may clog the cooling system andcause damage to the engine, trans-

Do-it-yourself 8-3

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

8-4 Do-it-yourself

mission and/or cooling system.

. When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide antifreeze protec-tion to −34°F (−37°C). If additionalfreeze protection is needed due toweather where you operate yourvehicle, add Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) con-centrate following the directions onthe container. If an equivalent cool-ant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) isused, follow the coolant manufac-ture’s instructions to maintain mini-mum antifreeze protection to −34°F(−37°C). The use of other types ofcoolant solutions other than GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) or equivalent may damagethe engine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000km) or 7 years. Mixing any other typeof coolant other than GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue), including Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/ Coolant(green), or the use of non-distilled

water will reduce the life expectancyof the factory-fill coolant. Refer tothe “9. Maintenance and schedules”section of this manual for more de-tails.

JVM0652X

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT

LEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoir tankwhen the engine is running and after itreaches normal operating temperature. Ifthe coolant level is below MIN level , addcoolant up to the MAX level . If thereservoir tank is empty, check the coolantlevel in the radiator when the engine is cold.If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator,fill the radiator with coolant up to the fillercap above the radiator upper hose openingand also add it to the reservoir tank up to theMAX level . Put on the filler cap above theradiator upper hose and with the reservoircap open, start the engine. Run the engine

until it reaches normal operating tempera-ture. Add coolant up to the MAX level .Tighten the cap securely after adding enginecoolant.

If the cooling system requires coolant fre-quently, have it checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTIt is recommended that major cooling systemrepairs be performed by an INFINITI retailer.The service procedures can be found in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when theengine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burns couldbe caused by high pressure fluidescaping from the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner

as soon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of reach of childrenand pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of prop-erly. Check your local regulations.

The intercooler cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provideyear-round anti-freeze and coolant protec-tion. The antifreeze solution contains rustand corrosion inhibitors. Additional inter-cooler cooling system additives are notnecessary.

WARNING

. Never remove the coolant reservoircap when the engine is hot.Wait untilthe engine cools down. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressure fluidescaping from the coolant reservoir.

. The intercooler reservoir is equippedwith a pressure type cap. To preventengine and intercooler damage, useonly a genuine NISSAN intercoolerreservoir cap.

CAUTION

. Never use any additives in the cool-ant such as radiator sealer in thecooling system. This may cause da-mage to the intercooler.

Do-it-yourself 8-5

INTERCOOLER COOLING SYSTEM

8-6 Do-it-yourself

. When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide antifreeze protec-tion to −34°F(−37°C). If additionalfreeze protection is needed due toweather where you operate yourvehicle, add Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) con-centrate following the directions onthe container. If an equivalent cool-ant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) isused, follow the coolant manufac-turer’s instructions to maintain mini-mum antifreeze protection to −34°F(−37°C). The use of other types ofcoolant solutions other than GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) or equivalent may damagethe Intercooler cooling system.

JVM0653X

CHECKING INTERCOOLER

COOLANT LEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level isbelow the MIN level , add coolant to theMAX level .

If the intercooler cooling system frequentlyrequires coolant, have it checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

JVM0654X

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be within the range .If the oil level is below , remove the oilfiller cap and pour recommended oilthrough the opening. Do not overfill .

ENGINE OIL

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is not coveredby warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND

FILTER

Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jack stands.. Place the safety jack stands under the

vehicle jack-up points.. A suitable adapter should be attached

to the jack stand saddle.

5. Remove the plastic engine undercover.. Remove the small plastic clip at the

center point of the undercover.. Then remove the other bolts that hold

the undercover in place.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and sup-port points are used to avoid vehicledamage.

JVM0668X

2WD models

JVM0669X

AWD models

Do-it-yourself 8-7

8-8 Do-it-yourself

Engine oil and filter1. Place a large drain pan under the drain

plug.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrenchand completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed of prop-erly.

. Check your local regulations.

4. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when theengine oil filter change is needed.)

Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turning itby hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur-face with a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface ofthe engine. Failure to do so could lead to

engine damage.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tightenadditionally more than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:

11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.6 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drainplug with a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:

22 to 29 ft-lb(29.4 to 39.2 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.

9. Refill engine with recommended oil andinstall the oil filler cap securely.

See “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for drain andrefill capacity. The drain and refill capa-city depends on the oil temperature anddrain time. Use these specifications forreference only. Always use the dipstickto determine the proper amount of oil inthe engine.

10.Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

11. Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operation1. Install the engine undercover into posi-

tion as the following steps.

a. Pull the center of the small plastic clipout.

b. Hold the engine undercover into posi-tion.

c. Insert the clip through the undercoverinto the hole in the frame, then pushthe center of the clip in to lock the clipin place.

d. Install the other bolts that hold theundercover in place. Be careful not tostrip the bolts or over-tighten them.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to theground.

3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

When checking or replacement is required,we recommend an INFINITI retailer forservicing.

CAUTION

. It is recommended that you use onlyGenuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Donot mix with other fluids.

. Using automatic transmission fluidother than Genuine NISSAN Matic SATF or equivalent may cause dete-rioration in driveability and auto-matic transmission durability, andmay damage the automatic transmis-sion. Damage caused by the use offluid other than as recommended isnot covered by the INFINITI newvehicle limited warranty.

For further brake fluid information, see“Capacities and recommended fluids/lubri-cants” (P.10-2) of this manual.

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealedcontainer. Old, inferior or contami-nated fluid may damage the brakesystem. The use of improper fluidscan damage the brake system andaffect the vehicle’s stopping ability.

. Clean the filler cap before removing.

. Brake fluid is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked con-tainers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces.This will damage the paint. If fluid isspilled, wash the surface with water.

Do-it-yourself 8-9

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONFLUID (ATF)

BRAKE FLUID

8-10 Do-it-yourself

JVM0731X

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid is below the MIN line or the brakewarning light comes on, add GenuineNISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid orequivalentDOT 3 fluid up to theMAX line .If fluid must be added frequently, the systemshould be checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

JVM0253X

WARNING

Antifreeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir per-iodically. Add windowwasher fluid when thelowwindowwasher fluid warning appears inthe vehicle information display.

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, liftthe cap off the reservoir and pour thewindow washer fluid into the reservoiropening.

To check the window washer fluid level, useyour finger to plug the hole of the cap/tube assembly, then remove it from thereservoir. If there is no fluid in the tube,add fluid.

Add a washer solvent to the washer forbetter cleaning. In the winter season, add awindshield washer antifreeze. Follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of window washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.

. Do not fill the window washer re-servoir with washer fluid concen-trates at full strength. Some methylalcohol based washer fluid concen-trates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling the win-dow washer reservoir.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir. Do not use the windowwasher reservoir to mix the washerfluid concentrate and water.

. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution ofbaking soda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 daysor longer, disconnect the negative (−)battery terminal cable to prevent dis-charging it.

NOTE:


nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)



CAUTION

When the battery cable is removed fromthe battery terminal, do not close eitherof front doors. The automatic windowadjusting function will not work, and theside roof panel may be damaged.

To disconnect the negative (−) batteryterminal, perform the procedure in thefollowing order. Otherwise, the windowand the side roof panel may contact and bedamaged.

1. Close the windows.

2. Open the hood.

3. Close and lock all the doors.

4. Disconnect the negative (−) batteryterminal.

5. Securely close the hood.

To connect the negative (−) battery terminal,perform the procedure in the followingorder. Otherwise, the window and the sideroof panel may contact and be damaged.

1. Unlock and open the driver side door. Donot close the door.

2. Open the hood.

3. Connect the negative (−) battery term-inal. Then close the hood.

4. Fully open the driver side door window.

5. Close the driver side door and thewindow.

WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas

Do-it-yourself 8-11

BATTERY

8-12 Do-it-yourself

generated by the battery is explosive.Do not allow battery fluid to contactyour skin, eyes, fabrics, or paintedsurfaces. After touching a battery orbattery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. Ifthe acid contacts your eyes, skin orclothing, immediately flush withwater for at least 15 minutes andseek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if the fluidin the battery is low. Low batteryfluid can cause a higher load on thebattery which can generate heat,reduce battery life, and in some caseslead to an explosion.

. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands after hand-ling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

DI0137MA

CHECKING BATTERY FLUID LE-

VELCheck the fluid level in each cell (remove thebattery cover if it is necessary). It should bebetween the UPPER LEVEL and LOWERLEVEL lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to theindicator in each filler opening. Do notoverfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPERLEVEL line.

If the side of the battery is not clear,check the distilled water level by lookingdirectly above the cell; the conditionindicates OK and the conditions needsmore to be added.

3. Tighten cell plugs .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” (P.6-10). If the engine does notstart by jump starting, the battery may haveto be replaced. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

CAUTION

. Do not ground accessories directly tothe battery terminal. Doing so willbypass the variable voltage controlsystem and the vehicle battery maynot charge completely.

. Use electrical accessories with theengine running to avoid dischargingthe vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system mea-sures the amount of electrical dischargefrom the battery and controls voltage gen-erated by the generator.

JVM0655X

1. Water pump

2. Alternator

3. Drive belt auto-tensioner

4. Crankshaft pulley

5. Air conditioner compressor

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position before servicing drivebelts. The engine could rotate unexpect-edly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness.

Do-it-yourself 8-13

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELTS

8-14 Do-it-yourself

If the belt is in poor condition or loose,have it replaced or adjusted. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

2. Have the belts checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordance withthe maintenance schedule shown in the“9. Maintenance and schedules” section.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and the ignitionswitch are off and that the parkingbrake is engaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs. SDI2020

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIf replacement is required, it is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped spark plugs as frequently as theconventional type spark plugs since they willlast much longer. Follow the maintenanceschedule shown in the “9. Maintenance andschedules” section, but do not reuse them bycleaning or regapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

SPARK PLUGS

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stops flameif the engine backfires. If it is notthere, and the engine backfires, youcould be burned. Do not drive withthe air cleaner removed, and be care-ful when working on the engine withthe air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine withthe air cleaner removed. Doing socould result in serious injury.

The filter element should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the main-tenance schedule shown in the “9. Main-tenance and schedules” section. Whenreplacing the filter, wipe the inside of theair cleaner housing and the cover with adamp cloth.

When maintenance is required, it is recom-mended you contact an INFINITI retailer forservicing.

CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or other materi-al may be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a milddetergent. Then rinse the blade with clearwater. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

Worn windshield wiper blades can damagethe windshield and impair driver vision.

When a washer nozzle is cloggedIf a washer nozzle is clogged or anymalfunction occurs, have it checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service. Do not attempt to clean thenozzle using a needle or a pin. Doing so maydamage the nozzle.

Do-it-yourself 8-15

AIR CLEANER WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

8-16 Do-it-yourself

SDI2048

REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.

Before replacing the wiper blades, the wipershould be in the fully up position to avoidscratching the engine hood or damaging thewiper arm. To pull up the wiper arm, see“Wiper and washer switch” (P.2-34).

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the release tab , and then movethe wiper blade down the wiper armwhile pushing the release tab to remove.

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is inthe groove.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its originalposition;

otherwise it may be damaged whenthe hood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

If the brakes do not operate properly, havethe brakes checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every timethe brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

Have your brake system checked if thebrake pedal height does not return tonormal. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requires repla-cement, it will make a high pitched scrapingsound when the vehicle is in motion. Thisscraping sound will first occur only when thebrake pedal is depressed. After more wear ofthe brake pad, the sound will always beheard even if the brake pedal is notdepressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the wear warning sound isheard.

BRAKES

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brake noiseduring light to moderate stops is normal anddoes not affect the function or performanceof the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals should befollowed. For additional information, see themaintenance schedule shown in the “9.Maintenance and schedules” section.

JVM0255X

JVM0734X

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or electronic con-trol units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF or LOCK position and theheadlight switch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holdercover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

Do-it-yourself 8-17

FUSES

8-18 Do-it-yourself

SDI1754

5. If the fuse is open , replace it with anew fuse . Spare fuses are stored in thepassenger compartment fuse box.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and repaired.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does not operateand fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links. If any of these fusible links aremelted, replace only with genuine INFINITIparts.

JVM0256X

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or electronic con-trol units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF or LOCK position and theheadlight switch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller .

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and repaired.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. Spare fuses arestored in the fuse box.

JVM0257X

Extended storage fuse switch (if so

equipped)To reduce battery drain, the extendedstorage fuse switch comes from the factoryswitched off. Prior to delivery of yourvehicle, the switch is pushed in (switchedon) and should always remain on.

If the extended storage fuse switch is notpushed in (switched on), the “Shipping ModeOn, Push Storage Fuse”warningmay appearin the vehicle information display. See “19.Extended storage fuse warning” (P.2-24).

If any electrical equipment does not operate,remove the extended storage fuse switchand check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

If the extended storage fuse switch mal-functions or if the fuse is open, it is notnecessary to replace the switch. In this case,remove the extended storage fuse switchand replace it with a new fuse of the samerating.

How to remove the extended storage fuseswitch:

1. To remove the extended storage fuseswitch, be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF or LOCK position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in theOFF position.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Pinch the locking tabs found on eachside of the storage fuse switch.

5. Pull the storage fuse switch straight outfrom the fuse box .

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children toswallow the battery and removed parts.

Do-it-yourself 8-19

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENT

8-20 Do-it-yourself

WAI0070X

To replace the battery:

1. Release the lock knob at the back of theIntelligent Key and remove the mechan-ical key.

2. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver wrappedwith a cloth into the slit of the corner andtwist it to separate the upper part from

the lower part.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR2032 or equivalent. Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as it could cause amalfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges. Hold-ing the battery across the contactpoints will seriously deplete the sto-rage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the case.

WAI0071X

4. Align the tips of the upper and lowerparts , and then push them togetheruntil it is securely closed.

5. Operate the buttons to check its opera-tion.

If you need any assistance for replacement,it is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

FCC Notice:

For USA

FCC ID: KR5TXN7

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)

this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.


This equipment complies with FCC radiationexposure limits set forth for portable useconditions.

For Canada


Do-it-yourself 8-21

8-22 Do-it-yourself

WAI0001X

1. Headlight (high-beam)

2. Headlight (low-beam)

3. Map light

4. Front side marker light

5. Side turn signal light

6. Fog light

7. Parking light, daytime running light andfront turn signal light

8. Step light

9. Courtesy light

10. Tail light

11. High-mounted stop light

12. Trunk light

13. Rear side marker light

14. Tail/Stop light

15. Stop light

16. Rear turn signal light

17. Back-up light

18. License plate light

HEADLIGHTSIf replacement is required, it is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens ofthe exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash.A temperature difference between the insideand the outside of the lens causes the fog.This is not a malfunction. If large drops of

LIGHTS

water collect inside the lens, it is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight*

High beams LED —

Low beams LED —

Front fog light* LED —

Parking light/Daytime running light/Front turnsignal light*

LED —

Front side marker light* LED —

Side turn signal light* LED —

Rear combination light*

back-up LED —

rear turn signal LED —

tail LED —

stop LED —

tail/stop LED —

rear side marker LED —

License plate light* LED —

Courtesy light* LED —

Map light* LED —

Vanity mirror light* 1.8 —

Step light 5 —

Console box light* 2 —

Glove box light* 1.4 —

Inside door handle light (if so equipped)* LED —

Door trim light (if so equipped)* LED —

Front cup holder light* LED —

Footwell light* LED —

Do-it-yourself 8-23

8-24 Do-it-yourself

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Trunk light 3.4 —

High-mounted stop light* LED —

*: It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for replacement.

NOTE: It is recommended that you checkwith the Parts Department at an INFINITIretailer for the latest information aboutparts.

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E orF. When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens and/or cover.

SDI1679

SDI2330

Step light

SDI1258A

Trunk light

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Those whouse a pacemaker should contact theelectric medical equipment manufacturerfor the possible influences before use.

This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires except thespare. When the low tire pressure warninglight is lit and the “Tire Pressure Low - AddAir” warning appears in the vehicle informa-tion display, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detecta sudden drop in tire pressure (for example aflat tire while driving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressurewarning light” (P.2-14),“Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and “Tire

Do-it-yourself 8-25

WHEELS AND TIRES

8-26 Do-it-yourself

Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3).

Tire inflation pressure

Check the pressure of the tires (in-cluding the spare) often and alwaysprior to long distance trips. Therecommended tire pressure specifica-tions are shown on the Tire andLoading Information label under the“Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tireand Loading Information label isaffixed to the driver side center pillar.Tire pressures should be checkedregularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air overtime.

. Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other ob-jects or if the vehicle strikes a curbwhile parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehiclehas been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) atmoderate speeds.

TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicatorprovides visual and audible signalsoutside the vehicle for inflating thetires to the recommended COLD tirepressure. (See “TPMS with Tire Infla-tion Indicator” (P.5-8) about theTPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator.)

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affecttire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rat-ing (GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. Thevehicle weight capacity is indi-cated on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. Do not loadyour vehicle beyond this capa-city. Overloading your vehiclemay result in reduced tire life,unsafe operating conditionsdue to premature tire failure,or unfavorable handling char-

acteristics and could also leadto a serious accident. Loadingbeyond the specified capacitymay also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressuregauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specifiedlevel.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Impor-tant Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

SDI2567

Tire and Loading Information labelSeating capacity: The maximumnumber of occupants that can beseated in the vehicle.Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicleloading information” (P.10-15).

Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicleat the factory.Cold tire pressure: Inflate thetires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are consid-ered COLD after the vehicle has

been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km)at moderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is setby the manufacturer to providethe best balance of tire wear,vehicle handling, driveability, tirenoise, etc., up to the vehicle’sGVWR.Tire size — see “Tire labeling”(P.8-29).

Spare tire size or compact sparetire size (if so equipped)

Do-it-yourself 8-27

8-28 Do-it-yourself

SDI1949

Checking the tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarelyonto the valve stem. Do not presstoo hard or force the valve stemsideways, or air will escape. If thehissing sound of air escaping fromthe tire is heard while checking thepressure, reposition the gauge toeliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare it to thespecification shown on the Tireand Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core ofthe valve stem briefly with the tipof the gauge stem to releasepressure. Recheck the pressureand add or release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all othertires, including the spare.

SIZE

COLDTIRE IN-FLATIONPRES-SURE

FRONTORIGI-NALTIRE

P255/40R-F19 96V

240 kPa,35 PSI

P255/35-R20 97V XL

260 kPa,38 PSI

255/35R2097Y XL

280 kPa,41 PSI

REARORIGI-NALTIRE

P255/40R-F19 96V

240 kPa,35 PSI

P255/35-R20 97V XL

260 kPa,38 PSI

275/30R2097Y XL

260 kPa,38 PSI

SDI1575

Example

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized informa-tion on the sidewall of all tires. Thisinformation identifies and describesthe fundamental characteristics ofthe tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safetystandard certification. The TIN can beused to identify the tire in case of arecall.

SDI1606

Example

Tire size (example: P215/60R1694H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire isdesigned for passenger vehicles.(Not all tires have this informa-tion.)

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This num-ber, known as the aspect ratio,gives the tire’s ratio of height to

width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

F: The “F” after “R” indicates Self-Supporting type run-flat tire.

5. Two-digit number (16): This num-ber is the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94):This number is the tire’s load index.It is a measurement of how muchweight each tire can support. Youmay not find this information on alltires because it is not required bylaw.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.

Do-it-yourself 8-29

8-30 Do-it-yourself

JVM0694X

Example

TIN (Tire Identification Number) fora new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De-partment of Transportation”. Thesymbol can be placed above, be-low or to the left or right of theTire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional)

5. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. Forexample, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing, thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.

Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.

Tire manufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.

Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amount ofair pressure that should be put in thetire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure.

Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds that canbe carried by the tire. When replacingthe tires on the vehicle, always use atire that has the same load rating asthe factory installed tire.

Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires aninner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tube-less”).

The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown, if the tirehas radial structure.

Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, In-tended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering or bears manu-facturer, brand and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other side-wall of the tire, or (2) the outwardfacing sidewall of an asymmetricaltire that has a particular side thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(Example: Summer, All Season orSnow) and construction. An INFINITIretailer may be able to help you withinformation about tire type, size,speed rating and availability.

. Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehicle speed.Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.


. For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

All season tiresINFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance all

year, including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All Season tires are identified by ALLSEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have bettersnow traction than All Season tires and maybe more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tiresINFINITI specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance ondry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice. Sum-mer tires do not have the tire traction ratingM&S on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowyor icy conditions, INFINITI recommends theuse of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires onall four wheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load ratingto the original equipment tires. If you do not,it can adversely affect the safety andhandling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the

same size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibit theiruse. Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires. Skid andtraction capabilities of studded snow tires,on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer thanthat of non-studded snow tires.

Run-flat tiresYour vehicle is equipped with run-flat tires.You can continue driving to a safe locationeven if they are punctured. Always use run-flat tires of the specified size on all fourwheels. Mixing tire sizes or construction mayreduce vehicle handling stability. If neces-sary, contact an INFINITI retailer for assis-tance.

Frequently check the tire pressure and adjustpressure of each tire properly. The tirepressure can be also checked in the vehicleinformation display.

It can be difficult to tell if a run-flat tire isunder-inflated or flat. Check the tire pres-sures as described earlier in this section. Ifthe tire becomes under-inflated while driv-ing, the low tire pressure warning light willilluminate. If the tire becomes flat whiledriving, the low tire pressure warning light

Do-it-yourself 8-31

8-32 Do-it-yourself

and the “Flat Tire - Visit dealer” warning willappear.

Low tire pressure:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the low tire pressure warning lightwill illuminate.

Flat tire:

If the vehicle is being drivenwith one or moreflat tires, the low tire pressure warning lightwill illuminate continuously and a chime willsound for 10 seconds. A “Flat Tire - Visitdealer” warning also appears in the vehicleinformation display.

The chime will only sound at the firstindication of a flat tire and the warning lightwill illuminate continuously. When the flattire warning is activated, have the systemreset and the tire checked, and replaced ifnecessary. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for these services. Even ifthe tire is inflated to the specified COLD tirepressure, the warning light will continue toilluminate until the system is reset by anINFINITI retailer.

If the low tire pressure warning light illumi-nates continuously and the “Flat Tire - Visitdealer” warning appears in the vehicleinformation display:

. Do not exceed 50 MPH (80 km/h).

. Increase your following distance to allowfor increased stopping distances.

. Avoid sudden maneuvers, hard corneringand hard braking.

WARNING

. Although you can continue drivingwith a punctured run-flat tire, re-member that vehicle handling stabi-lity is reduced, which could lead to anaccident and personal injury. Also,driving a long distance at high speedsmay damage the tire.

. Do not drive at speeds above 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not drivemore than approximately 93 miles(150 km) with a punctured run-flattire. The actual distance the vehiclecan be driven on a flat tire depends onoutside temperature, vehicle load,road conditions and other factors.

. Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoidhard cornering or braking, which maycause you to lose control of thevehicle.

. If you detect any unusual sounds orvibrations while driving with a punc-tured run-flat tire, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop the vehicle

as soon as possible. The tire may beseriously damaged and need to bereplaced.

CAUTION

. Never install tire chains on a punctu-red run-flat tire, as this could damageyour vehicle.

. Avoid driving over any projection orpothole, as the clearance betweenthe vehicle and the ground is smallerthan normal.

. Do not enter an automated car washwith a punctured run-flat tire.

. It is recommended you have thepunctured tire inspected by anINFINITI retailer or other authorizedrepair shop. Replace the tire as soonas possible if the tire is seriouslydamaged.

TIRE CHAINS

CAUTION

Tire chains/cables should not be in-s t a l l e d o n P 2 5 5 / 4 0 R F 1 9 ,P255/35R20 , 255/35R20 and275/30R20 tires. Doing so will causedamage to the vehicle. If you plan to usetire chains/cables, you should install245/40RF19 run-f la t t i res or245/40R19 non run-flat tires on yourvehicle.

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are the proper sizefor the tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sug-gestions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Class“S” chains are used on vehicles with re-stricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehiclesthat can use Class “S” chains are designed tomeet the SAE standard minimum clearancesbetween the tire and the closest vehiclesuspension or body component required toaccommodate the use of a winter tractiondevice (tire chains or cables). The minimumclearances are determined using the factoryequipped tire size. Other types may damage

your vehicle. Use chain tensioners whenrecommended by the tire chain manufac-turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links ofthe tire chain must be secured or removed toprevent the possibility of whipping actiondamage to the fenders or underbody. Ifpossible, avoid fully loading your vehiclewhen using tire chains. In addition, drive ata reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely affected.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire (if so equipped). Neverinstall tire chains on a punctured run-flat tire(if so equipped), as this could damage yourvehicle.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith tire chains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.

SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation (models equipped with

same size tires on all wheels)

INFINITI recommends rotating thetires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).(See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for tire repla-cing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

Do-it-yourself 8-33

8-34 Do-it-yourself

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to the specification at all times.It is recommended that wheel nuts betightened to the specification at eachtire rotation interval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires, checkand adjust the tire pressure.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

. Do not include the T-type sparetire or any other small sizespare tire in the tire rotation.


After the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position, it may take a period

of time for the tire pressure to bedisplayed in the vehicle informationdisplay while the vehicle is driven.Depending on the radio wave circum-stance, tire pressure may not cor-rectly be displayed.

Tire rotation (models equipped with

different size tires on front and rear)

Tires cannot be rotated on this vehi-cle, as front tires are a different sizefrom rear tires.

A pin is on the front brake rotor toprevent the rear wheels from beinginstalled in place of the front wheels.The spare tire can be installed in placeof the front and rear wheels. Wheninstalling the spare tire in the frontwheel, the hole in the spare tire wheelmust be aligned with the pin on thebrake rotor.

WARNING

. If your vehicle is equipped withdifferent size front and reartires, never install the rear

tire/wheel on the front of thevehicle. Doing so can damagethe vehicle or tire. Damage tothe tire may result in a suddenloss of air pressure which maycause loss of vehicle control insome driving conditions andcause a collision and personalinjury.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).


After the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position, it may take a periodof time for the tire pressure to bedisplayed in the vehicle informationdisplay while the vehicle is driven.Depending on the radio wave circum-stance, tire pressure may not cor-

rectly be displayed.

SDI1663

: Wear indicator

: Wear indicator location mark. Thelocations are shown by “ ”, “TWI”,etc. depending on tire types.

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

. Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bul-ging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

. The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. Whenwear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician, becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

. Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious perso-nal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, it is re-commended you vis it anINFINITI retailer for this ser-vice.


Do-it-yourself 8-35

8-36 Do-it-yourself

Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carryingcapacity as originally equipped. (See “Speci-fications” (P.10-8) for recommended typesand sizes of tires and wheels.)

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, it may take a period of time for thetire pressure to be displayed while thevehicle is driven. Depending on the radiowave circumstance, tire pressure may notcorrectly be displayed.

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construc-tion (bias, bias-belted, radial or run-flat), or tread patterns can adverselyaffect the ride, braking, handling,ground clearance, body-to-tire clear-ance, tire chain clearance, speed-ometer calibration, headlight aimand bumper height. Some of theseeffects may lead to accidents andcould result in serious personal injury.

. For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models,if your vehicle was originallyequipped with 4 tires that were the

same size and you are only replacing2 of the 4 tires, install the new tireson the rear axle. Placing new tires onthe front axle may cause loss ofvehicle control in some driving condi-tions and cause an accident andpersonal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear,degrade vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with thebrake discs/drums. Such interferencecan lead to decreased braking effi-ciency and/or early brake pad/shoewear. See “Wheels and tires” (P.10-9) of this manual for wheel off-setdimensions.



. The TPMS sensor may be damaged ifit is not handled correctly. Be carefulwhen handling the TPMS sensor.

. When replacing the TPMS sensor, theID registration may be required. It isrecommended you contact anINFINITI retailer for ID registration.

. Do not use a valve stem cap that isnot specified by INFINITI. The valvestem cap may become stuck.

. Be sure that the valve stem caps arecorrectly fitted. Otherwise the valvemay be clogged up with dirt andcause a malfunction or loss of pres-sure.

. Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has beenrepaired. Such wheels or tires couldhave structural damage and could failwithout warning.

. The use of retread tire is not recom-mended.

. For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in the War-

ranty Information Booklet.

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)models

CAUTION

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Failure to do somay result in a circumference differ-ence between tires on the front andrear axles which will cause excessivetire wear and may damage the trans-mission, transfer case and differentialgears.

. ONLY use spare tires specified forthe Intelligent AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced withtires of the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern. The tire pressure andwheel alignment should also be checked andcorrected as necessary. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Wheel balanceUnbalancedwheels may affect vehicle hand-ling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performedwith the wheels off the vehicle. Spinbalancing the wheels on the vehicle couldlead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheelsSee “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for detailsabout care of the wheels.

Emergency tire puncture repair kit

(if so equipped)The emergency tire puncture repair kit(Emergency Tire Sealant) is supplied withthe vehicle instead of a spare tire. It can beused to temporarily repair minor tire punc-tures. If possible, have the vehicle towed to afacility that can repair or replace the flat tire.Using the emergency tire puncture repair kitmay cause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensor and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate.

See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for more details.

JACKING UP THE VEHICLE AND

REPLACING TIRESThis section contains the information aboutthe vehicle jack-up procedures and the tirereplacement.

NOTE:

Jacking tools are not equipped as standardwith this vehicle. It is recommended youcontact an INFINITI retailer about acquiringthe tools.

For models with run-flat tires, you cancontinue driving to a safe location even ifthey are punctured. (See “Run-flat tires”(P.6-4) and “Run-flat tires” (P.8-31).)

For models with the emergency tire punc-ture repair kit, you can temporarily fix aminor tire puncture using it. (See “Repairinga flat tire (for models with emergency tirepuncture repair kit)” (P.6-5).)

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake issecurely applied and the transmissioninto the P (Park) position.

. Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.

Do-it-yourself 8-37

8-38 Do-it-yourself

This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncoming traf-fic is close to your vehicle. Wait forprofessional road assistance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite theflat tire to prevent the vehicle from movingwhen it is jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

Jacking up the vehicle and removing

a tire

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under the jack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it may causethe vehicle to move. This is especiallytrue for vehicles with limited slipdifferentials.

. Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

Carefully read the caution label attached tothe jack body and the following instruc-tions.

JVE0346X

Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack headbetween the notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

SCE0504

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turnsby turning counterclockwise with thewheel nut wrench. Do not remove thewheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle,securely hold the jack lever and rod withboth hands as shown above. Remove thewheel nuts, and then remove the tire.

Installing a tire1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface

between the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the tire on and tighten thewheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly in thesequence illustrated ( , , , , ) untilthey are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence as illu-strated. Lower the vehicle completely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.

Do-it-yourself 8-39

8-40 Do-it-yourself

This could cause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km).

. As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to specification at all times. Itis recommended that wheel nuts betightened to specifications at eachlubrication interval.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parked forthree hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel affixed to the driver side centerpillar.

Securely store the jacking tools in thevehicle.

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirement .............................................. 9-2

General maintenance ................................................. 9-2

Scheduled maintenance ............................................. 9-2

Where to go for service ............................................ 9-2

General maintenance ....................................................... 9-2

Explanation of general maintenance items ......... 9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items .......... 9-5

Emission control system maintenance .................. 9-5

Chassis and body maintenance ............................... 9-5

Maintenance schedules .................................................. 9-6

Additional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions ................................................ 9-6

Oil control system ...................................................... 9-7

Standard maintenance .................................................... 9-7

Standard maintenance ............................................. 9-8

Maintenance under severe driving conditions ....... 9-10

Maintenance log ............................................................. 9-11

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

Some day-to-day and regular maintenanceis essential to maintain your vehicle in goodmechanical condition, as well as its emissionand engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the scheduled maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesthe proper maintenance. You are a vital linkin the maintenance chain.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential forproper vehicle operation. It is your respon-sibility to perform these procedures regularlyas prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only afew general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, an INFINITI retailer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe maintenance items listed in this sectionare required to be serviced at regular inter-vals. However, under severe driving condi-t ions, addit ional or more frequentmaintenance will be required.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips and training programs.They are completely qualified to work onINFINITI vehicles before work begins.

If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it isrecommended that you ask your INFINITIretailer where the nearest INFINITI CertifiedCollision Center is located, or go to http://collision.infinitiusa.com.

You can be confident that an INFINITIretailer’s service department can performthe service needed to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance should beperformed regularly as prescribed in thissection. If you detect any unusual sounds,vibrations or smells, be sure to check for thecause and have it checked promptly. Inaddition, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer if you think that repairs arerequired.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, closely observe “Maintenanceprecautions” (P.8-2) of this manual.

EXPLANATION OF GENERAL

MAINTENANCE ITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “*” is found in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless other-wise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood, operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubri-cate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers andlinks if necessary. Make sure that thesecondary latch keeps the hood from open-ing when the primary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

other corrosive materials, check lubricationfrequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and installedsecurely. Also check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*:When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts aremissing, and check for any loose wheel nuts.Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every5,000 miles (8,000 km). If your vehicle isequipped with different sized tires in thefront and rear, tires cannot be rotated.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distance trips.If necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the pressure speci-fied. Check carefully for damage, cuts orexcessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core andcap when the tires are replaced due to wearor age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detectuneven or abnormal tire wear, there may bea need for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield at leastevery six months for cracks or other damage.Have a damaged windshield repaired by aqualified repair facility. It is recommendedthat you have a damaged windshield re-paired by an INFINITI retailer, or an INFINITICertified Collision Center. To locate a colli-sion center in your area, refer to http://collision.infinitiusa.com.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming scheduled maintenance, cleaningthe vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort.Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) mechan-ism: On a fairly steep hill, check that your

vehicle is held securely with the shift lever inthe P (Park) position without applying anybrakes.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longer tostop, have your vehicle checked immediately.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. Keep the floor mataway from the pedal.

Brakes:Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with onlythe parking brake applied. If the parkingbrake needs adjusted, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. toensure they operate smoothly and that alllatches lock securely in every position. Checkthat the head restraints move up and downsmoothly and that the locks (if so equipped)hold securely in all latched positions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, anchors,adjuster and retractors) operate properlyand smoothly, and are installed securely.Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,

Maintenance and schedules 9-3


wear or damage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operatingthe heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly andthat the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each timeyou check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe condition require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

NOTE:


nic accessories that consume battery

power when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)



Brake fluid level*:Make sure that the brakefluid level is between theMAX andMIN lineson the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Intercooler coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*:Make sure that no belt isfrayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level spot andturning off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back into the oilpan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If the soundof the exhaust seems unusual or there is asmell of exhaust fumes, immediately havethe exhaust system inspected. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. (See “Precautions when starting anddriving” (P.5-4).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after use isnormal. If you should notice any leaks or ifgasoline fumes are evident, check for thecause and have it corrected immediately.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks, defor-mation, rot or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust. Itis very important to remove these sub-stances, otherwise rust will form on thefloor pan, frame, fuel lines and around theexhaust system. At the end of winter, theunderbody should be thoroughly flushedwith plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accu-mulate. For additional information, see“Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2).

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that thereis adequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are provided togive you a better understanding of thescheduled maintenance items that shouldbe regularly checked or replaced. The main-tenance schedule indicates at which mile-age/time intervals each item requiresservice.

In addition to scheduled maintenance, yourvehicle requires that some items be checkedduring normal day-to-day operation. Referto “General maintenance” (P.9-2).

Items marked with “*” are recommended byINFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. Youare not required to perform maintenance onthese items in order to maintain the warran-ties which come with your vehicle. Othermaintenance items and intervals are re-quired.

When applicable, additional information canbe found in the “8. Do-it yourself” section ofthis manual.

NOTE:

INFINITI does not advocate the use of non-OEM approved aftermarket flushing sys-tems and strongly advises against perform-ing these services on an INFINITI product.Many of the aftermarket flushing systemsuse non-OEM approved chemicals or sol-vents, the use of which has not beenvalidated by INFINITI.

For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,

grease, and refrigerant, refer to “Capacitiesand recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) of this manual.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMMAINTENANCEDrive belts*:

Check engine drive belts for wear, fraying orcracking and for proper tension. Replace anydamaged drive belts.

Engine air filter:

Replace at specified intervals. When drivingfor prolonged periods in dusty conditions,check/replace the filter more frequently.

Engine coolant*:

Replace coolant at the specified interval.When adding or replacing coolant, be sure touse only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with theproper mixture. (Refer to “Engine coolingsystem” (P.8-3) to determine the propermixture for your area.)

NOTE:

Mixing any other type of coolant or the useof non-distilled water may reduce therecommended service interval of the cool-ant.

Intercooler coolant:

Intercooler coolant is maintenance-free.

Engine oil and oil filter:

Replace engine oil and oil filter at thespecified intervals. For recommended oilgrade and viscosity refer to “Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2).

Engine valve clearance*:

Inspect only if valve noise increases. Adjustvalve clearance if necessary.

Evaporative emissions control vapor lines*:

Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

Fuel lines*:

Check the fuel hoses, piping and connectionsfor leaks, looseness, or deterioration. Tight-en connections or replace parts as necessary.

Spark plugs:

Replace at specified intervals. Install newplugs of the type as originally equipped.

CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTE-NANCEBrake lines and cables:

Visually inspect for proper installation.Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration,and signs of leaking. Replace any deterio-rated or damaged parts immediately.


EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS


Brake pads, rotors, drums and linings:

Check for wear, deterioration and fluidleaks. Replace any deteriorated or damagedparts immediately.

Exhaust system:

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, mufflerand hangers for leaks, cracks, deterioration,and damage. Tighten connections or replaceparts as necessary.

In-cabin microfilter:

Replace at specified intervals. When drivingfor prolonged periods in dusty conditions,replace the filter more frequently.

Propeller shaft(s):

Check for damage, looseness, and greaseleakage. (4WD/AWD/RWD)

Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspen-sion parts, drive shaft boots:

Check for damage, looseness, and leakageof oil or grease. Under severe driving condi-tions, inspect more frequently.

Tire rotation:

Tires should be rotated every 5,000 miles(8,000 km) according to the instructionsunder “Explanation of general maintenanceitems” (P.9-2).When rotating tires, check fordamage and uneven wear. Replace if neces-sary.

Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil andtransfer case oil:

Visually inspect for signs of leakage atspecified intervals.

To help ensure smooth, safe and economicaldriving, INFINITI provides two maintenanceschedules that may be used, depending uponthe conditions in which you usually drive.These schedules contain both distance andtime intervals, up to 120,000 miles(192,000 km)/144 months. For most peo-ple, the odometer reading will indicate whenservice is needed. However, if you drive verylittle, your vehicle should be serviced at theregular time intervals shown in the schedule.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at the samemileage/time intervals.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCEITEMS FOR SEVERE OPERATING

CONDITIONSAdditional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions; should be performedon vehicles that are driven under especiallydemanding conditions. Additional mainte-nance items should be performed if youprimarily operate your vehicle under thefollowing conditions:

. Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles(8 km).

. Repeated short trips of less than 10miles(16 km) with outside temperatures re-maining below freezing.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

. Extensive idling and/or low speed drivingfor long distances, such as police, taxi ordoor-to-door delivery use.

. Driving in dusty conditions.

. Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

. Using a car-top carrier.

OIL CONTROL SYSTEMYour vehicle is equipped with oil controlsystem. It calculates engine oil and filterchange interval based on driving conditions.Driving in severe conditions will shorten theengine oil and filter change interval. Whenthe oil replacement indicator appears in thevehicle information display, the engine oiland filter need to be replaced.

The following tables show the standardmaintenance schedule. Depending uponweather and atmospheric conditions, vary-ing road surfaces, individual driving habitsand vehicle usage, additional or more fre-quent maintenance may be required.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at the samemileage/time intervals.


STANDARD MAINTENANCE


STANDARD MAINTENANCEAbbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OPERA-TIONPerform at number of miles,kilometers or months, which-ever comes first.

Miles ×1,000(km ×1,000)Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

5(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

65(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Air cleaner filter NOTE (1) R R R R

Automatic transmission fluid NOTE (2)

Brake fluid$ R R R R R R

Brake lines and cables I I I I I I I I I I I I

Brake pads and rotors$ I I I I I I I I I I I I

Drive belts NOTE (3) I* I* I* I* I* I* I* I* I*

Engine coolant*NOTE (4)

(5)

Engine oil & oil filter$ NOTE (6) R R R R R R R R R R R R

EVAP vapor lines & Fuel lines I* I* I* I* I* I*

Exhaust system$ I I I I I I

Fuel filter NOTE (2)

In-cabin microfilter R R R R R R R R

Intake & exhaust valve clear-ance

NOTE (7)

Intelligent Key battery I R R R R R R R

Propeller shaft & drive shaftboots (AWD models)$

I I I I I I I I I I I I

Spark plugs NOTE (8) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)

Steering gear and linkage, axleand suspension parts$

I I I I I I

Stop lamp switch and brakepedal position switch

NOTE (9) I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire rotationNOTE(10)

Transfer fluid & differentialgear oil

NOTE(11)

I I I I I I I I I I I I

NOTE:

Maintenance items with “$” should be performed more frequently according to “Maintenance under severe driving conditions” (P.9-10).(1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.(2) Periodic maintenance is not required.(3) After 40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the drive belts if founddamaged.(4) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles (120,000km) or 60 months.(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with proper mixture ratio of 50% antifreeze and 50%demineralized or distilled water. Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the life expectancy of thefactory fill coolant.(6) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, change the engine oil and filter as soon as possible. After replacing the engine oil, reset thedisplay.(7) Periodic maintenance is not required. However, if valve noise increases, inspect valve clearance.(8) Replace spark plug when the plug gap exceeds 0.043 in (1.1 mm) even if within specified replacement mileage.(9) Inspect the clearance between the brake pedal and the switches.(10) Refer to “Tire rotation” under “General maintenance” (P.9-2).(11) If using a car-top carrier, or driving on rough or muddy roads, change (not just inspect) oil at every 20,000 miles (32,000 km) or 24months.*: Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform suchmaintenance in order tomaintain the emissionwarranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.



The maintenance intervals shown on thepreceding pages are for normal operatingconditions. If the vehicle is mainly operatedunder severe driving conditions as shownbelow, more frequent maintenance must beperformed on the following items as shownin the table.

Severe driving conditions

. Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles(8 km).

. Repeated short trips of less than 10miles(16 km) with outside temperatures re-maining below freezing.

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

. Extensive idling and/or low speed drivingfor long distances, such as police, taxi ordoor-to-door delivery use.

. Driving in dusty conditions.

. Driving on rough, muddy, or salt spreadroads.

. Using a car-top carrier.

Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspectand correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance interval

Brake fluid Replace Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12months

Brake pads & rotors Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Exhaust system Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Propeller shaft & drive shaftboots (AWD models)

Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Steering gear & linkage, axle &suspension parts

Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVEREDRIVING CONDITIONS

5,000 Miles (8,000 km) or 6 Months

Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


MAINTENANCE LOG



Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:



MEMO

10 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ..... 10-2

Fuel information ....................................................... 10-4

Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ........... 10-6

Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations .................................... 10-7

Specifications .................................................................. 10-8

Engine .......................................................................... 10-8

Wheels and tires ........................................................ 10-9

Dimensions ............................................................... 10-10

When traveling or registering inanother country ............................................................. 10-11

Vehicle identification ................................................... 10-11

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ....... 10-11

Vehicle identification number(chassis number) ...................................................... 10-11

Engine serial number ............................................. 10-12

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........ 10-12

Emission control information label ................... 10-12

Tire and loading information label .................... 10-13

Air conditioner specification label ..................... 10-13

Installing front license plate ..................................... 10-13

Removing air deflectors ............................................ 10-14

Vehicle loading information ..................................... 10-15

Terms ....................................................................... 10-15

Vehicle load capacity .......................................... 10-16

Loading tips ............................................................ 10-17

Measurement of weights .................................... 10-17

Towing a trailer ........................................................... 10-18

Flat towing ............................................................. 10-18

Uniform tire quality grading .................................... 10-18

Treadwear .............................................................. 10-18

Traction AA, A, B and C ..................................... 10-19

Temperature A, B and C .................................... 10-19

Emission control system warranty ......................... 10-19

Reporting safety defects .......................................... 10-20

Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test (US only) ................................................................ 10-21

Event Data Recorders (EDR) ................................... 10-22

Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information ........................................................ 10-22

10-2 Technical and consumer information

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid type

Capacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Fuel 76 L 20 gal 16-5/8 gal See “Fuel information” (P.10-4).

Engine oil*1

Drain and refill*1: For additionalinformation, see“Engine oil” (P.8-6).

Two-WheelDrive (2WD)model

With oil filterchange

5.3 L 5-5/8 qt 4-5/8 qt Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” (or equivalent) is recommended.If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic 0W-20 GF-5 SN motor oil (orengine oil) may be used. Damage caused by the use of motor oil (or engine oil) other than asrecommended is not covered under INFINITI’s new vehicle limited warranty. For additionalinformation, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” (P.10-6).

Without oil fil-ter change

5.1 L 5-3/8 qt 4–1/2 qt

All-WheelDrive (AWD)model

With oil filterchange

5.9 L 6-1/4 qt 5-1/4 qt

Without oil fil-ter change

5.7 L 6 qt 5 qt

Engine coolant Standard andpremiumgrade

Total (with re-servoir)

9.3 L 9-7/8 qt 8-1/8 qt Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent

Reservoir 0.5 L 1/2 qt 1/2 qt

Sport grade Total (with re-servoir)

10.4 L 11 qt 9-1/8 qt


Intercooler coolant Total (with reservoir) 3.2 L 3-3/8 qt 2-7/8 qt


Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF or equivalentINFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF (or equivalent) ONLY in INFINITIautomatic transmissions. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent toGenuine NISSANMatic S ATF may damage the automatic transmission. Damage caused by theuse of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under the INFINITI’s new vehicle limitedwarranty.

Differential gearoil

Front — — — Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oil

Rear — — — Genuine NISSAN HYPOID FLUID·S1 GL-5 75W-80 or equivalent

Transfer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF or equivalentINFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF (or equivalent) ONLY in INFINITItransfers. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSANMatic J ATF may damage the transfer. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than asrecommended is not covered under the INFINITI’s new vehicle limited warranty.

Brake fluid Refill to the proper oil level according tothe instructions in the “8. Do-it-yourself”

section.

Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*4 or equivalent DOT 3*4: Available in mainland U.S.A. through an INFINITI retailer.

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDEDFLUIDS/LUBRICANTS

Fluid type

Capacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” (P.10-11) for air conditioner specificationlabel.

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil PAG or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

Technical and consumer information 10-3


FUEL INFORMATIONUse unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number 96).

INFINITI recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with 93 AKI number(Research octane number 98) to obtain themaximum vehicle performance and the bestdriveability.

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91) may be tem-porarily used, but only under the followingprecautions:

. Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, and fillup with unleaded premium gasoline assoon as possible.

. Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for max-imum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

. Do not use a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to run ona fuel containing more than 15%ethanol. Using a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol in a vehicle notspecifically designed for a fuel con-taining more than 15% ethanol canadversely affect the emission controldevices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel is notcovered by the INFINITI new vehiclelimited warranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopentadie-nyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).Using fuel containing MMT mayadversely affect vehicle performanceand vehicle emissions. Not all fueldispensers are labeled to indicateMMT content, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal andCalifornia laws prohibit the use ofMMT in reformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange and

black label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percen-tage for that region.

Gasoline specificationsINFINITI recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications where it is available.Many of the automobile manufacturersdeveloped this specification to improveemission system and vehicle performance.Ask your service station manager if thegasoline meets the World-Wide Fuel Char-ter (WWFC) specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producingreformulated gasolines. These gasolines arespecially designed to reduce vehicle emis-sions. INFINITI supports efforts towardscleaner air and suggests that you usereformulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your INFINITIcannot be readily determined. If in doubt, ask

your service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usageof such fuels may cause vehicle performanceproblems and/or fuel system damage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and have anoctane rating no lower than that re-commended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it should con-tain no more than 15% oxygenate.

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It shouldalso contain a suitable amount of ap-propriate cosolvents and corrosion in-hibitors. If not properly formulated withappropriate cosolvents and corrosioninhibitors, such methanol blends maycause fuel system damage and/or vehi-cle performance problems. At this time,sufficient data is not available to ensurethat all methanol blends are suitable foruse in INFINITI vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems suchas engine stalling or hard hot starting areexperienced after using oxygenate-blendfuels, immediately change to a non-oxyge-nate fuel or a fuel with a low blend ofMTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates

can cause paint damage.

E-15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 can only be used in vehicles designed torun on E-15 fuel. U.S. government regula-tions require fuel ethanol dispensing pumpsto be identified with small, square, orangeand black label with the common abbrevia-tion or the appropriate percentage for thatregion.

E-85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle(FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.U.S. government regulations require fuelethanol dispensing pumps to be identifiedby a small, square, orange and black labelwith the common abbreviation or the appro-priate percentage for that region.

Fuel containing MMTMMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boostingadditive. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel mayadversely affect vehicle performance, in-cluding the emissions control system. Notethat while some fuel pumps label MMT

content, not all do, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer for more de-tails.

Aftermarket fuel additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (Example: fuelinjector cleaner, octane booster, intake valvedeposit removers, etc.) which are sold com-mercially. Many of these additives intendedfor gum, varnish or deposit removal maycontain active solvent or similar ingredientsthat can be harmful to the fuel system andengine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended above cancause persistent, heavy spark knock. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe,this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on level roads,it is recommended you have an INFINITIretailer correct the condition. Failure tocorrect the condition is misuse of thevehicle, for which INFINITI is not respon-sible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knock-ing, after-run or overheating. This in turn



may cause excessive fuel consumption ordamage to the engine. If any of the abovesymptoms are encountered, have your ve-hicle checked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for servicing.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

JVT0342X

API certification mark

API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance,see “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2). INFINITI recommendsthe use of an energy conserving oil in orderto improve fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the Amer-ican Petroleum Institute (API) certification

or International Lubricant Standardizationand Approval Committee (ILSAC) certifica-tion and SAE viscosity standard. These oilshave the API certification mark on the frontof the container. Oils which do not have thespecified quality label should not be used asthey could cause engine damage.

Oil additives:

INFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosity:

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it isimportant that the engine oil viscosity beselected based on the temperatures at whichthe vehicle will be operated before the nextoil change. Choosing an oil viscosity otherthan that recommended could cause seriousengine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filter:

Your new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use the genuine oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described inchange intervals.

Change intervals:

The oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter otherthan the specified quality, or oil and filterchange intervals longer than recommendedcould reduce engine life. Damage to enginescaused by improper maintenance or use ofincorrect oil and filter quality and/or vis-cosity is not covered by the new INFINITIvehicle limited warranties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recom-mended change interval. Oil and filter

change intervals depend upon how you useyour vehicle.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT

RECOMMENDATIONSThe air conditioning system in your INFINITIvehicle must be charged with the refriger-ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricant,NISSAN A/C system oil PAG or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant orlubricant may cause severe damage tothe air conditioning system and mayrequire the replacement of all air condi-tioner system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant doesnot affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernmental regulations require the recov-ery and recycling of any refrigerant duringautomotive air conditioning system service.Your INFINITI retailer has the trained tech-nicians and equipment needed to recoverand recycle your air conditioning system

refrigerant.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer when servicing your air conditioningsystem.



ENGINE

Model VR30DDTT

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 60°

Bore × Stroke in (mm)3.386× 3.386(86.0 × 86.0)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 182.88 (2,997)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

Idle speed rpm

No adjustment is necessary.Ignition timing(B.T.D.C.)

degree/rpm

Spark plug DILKAR8K8G

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.031 (0.8)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

STI0425

SPECIFICATIONS

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Conventional

19 × 9J 1.57 (40)

20 × 9J 1.57 (40)

20 × 9.5J 1.85 (47)

Tire

Type Size Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold]

Conventional

P255/40RF19 96V 35 (240)

P255/35R20 97V XL 38 (260)

Front: 255/35R20 97Y XL 41 (280)

Rear: 275/30R20 97Y XL 38 (260)

Depending on the models, the emergency tire puncture repair kit is supplied.



DIMENSIONSin (mm)

Overall length 184.4 (4,685)

Overall width 72.8 (1,850)

Overall height 54.9 (1,395)54.5 (1,385)*1

Front tread 61.2 (1,555)

Rear tread 61.8 (1,570)*262.4 (1,585)*3

Wheelbase 112.2 (2,850)

*1: Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models

*2: 275/30R20 rear tire models

*3: 255/35R20 or 255/40RF19 tire models

If you plan to travel in another country, youshould first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane ratingmaycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsi-bility of the user. INFINITI is not responsiblefor any inconvenience that may result.

STI0716

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUM-BER (VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is used inthe vehicle registration.

STI0717

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUM-

BER (chassis number)The number is stamped as shown in theengine compartment.


WHENTRAVELINGORREGISTERINGIN ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


STI0509

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

STI0707

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICA-TION LABELThe Federal/CanadianMotor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifica-tion label is affixed as shown. This labelcontains valuable vehicle information, suchas: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR),Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), monthand year of manufacture, Vehicle Identifica-tion Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

STI0719

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMA-

TION LABELThe emission control information label isattached as shown.

JVT0456X

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMA-TION LABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label affixed to thepillar as illustrated.

STI0721

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICA-

TION LABELThe air conditioner specification label isattached as shown.

JVT0450X

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate.

Only use the recommended mounting posi-tion, otherwise the radar sensor (IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system) (if so equipped)obstruction may result.

Before mounting the license plate, confirmthat the following parts are enclosed in theplastic bag.


INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


. License plate bracket

. J-nut × 2

. Screw × 2

1. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.

2. Locate the two dimples in the frontgrille.

3. Insert J-nuts into the license platebracket.

4. Insert the bosses of the license platebracket into the front grille, aligning theholes with the location marks (twodimples) .

5. Install the license plate bracket with thescrews provided.

6. Install the license plate with bolts thatare no longer than 0.55 in (14 mm).

JVT0455X

Left side

This vehicle is equipped with air deflectors infront of the front wheels. The deflectors willchange the air flow to help improve aero-dynamic performance.

When transporting your vehicle on a trailer,the air deflectors may interfere with a steepslope to a trailer bed. In this case, remove thedeflectors from the vehicle.

1. Loosen four screws as shown and re-move the left-side air deflector .

2. Tighten the removed screw in itsoriginal position.

Tightening torque:4 to 6 ft-lb(5.6 to 8.4 N·m)

3. Perform the same procedure to removethe right-side air deflector.

4. Store the two air deflectors and sixscrews to reinstall in the reverse order.

5. When reinstalling, make sure all eightscrews are firmly tightened on both airdeflectors.

Tightening torque:4 to 6 ft-lb(5.6 to 8.4 N·m)

REMOVING AIR DEFLECTORS

WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous toride in a cargo area inside thevehicle. In a collision, peopleriding in these areas are morelikely to be seriously injured orkilled.

. Do not allow people to ride inany area of vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms before load-ing your vehicle:

. Curb Weight (actual weight ofyour vehicle) - vehicle weight in-cluding: standard and optionalequipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly. Thisweight does not include passen-

gers and cargo.. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) -

curb weight plus the combinedweight of passengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other op-tional equipment. This informationis located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)- maximum weight (load) limitspecified for the front or rear axle.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle, pas-sengers, cargo, and trailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - max-imum total weight limit specifiedof the load (passengers and cargo)for the vehicle. This is the max-imum combined weight of occu-

pants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer,the trailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the cargo load.This information is located on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

. Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the weight oftotal occupants weight subtractedfrom the load limit.


VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


STI0365

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Capa-city” on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label.

To get “the combined weight ofoccupants and cargo”, add the weightof all occupants, then add the totalluggage weight. Examples are shownin the illustration.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement “The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For exam-ple, if the XXX amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five150 lb. passengers in your vehicle,the amount of available cargo andluggage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs or640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the availablecargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, con-firm that you do not exceed the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or theGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)

for your vehicle. (See “Measurementof weights” (P.10-17).)

Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. See the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

LOADING TIPS. The GVW must not exceed GVWR

or GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel.

. Do not load the front and rear axleto the GAWR. Doing so will exceedthe GVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shift-ing. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a suddenstop or collision, unsecured car-go could cause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of

your vehicle can break, tiredamage could occur, or it canchange the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in lossof control and cause personalinjury.

. Overloading could not onlyshorten the life of your vehicleand the tires, but also couldlead to hazardous vehicle hand-ling and long braking distance.This may cause a premature tiremalfunction, which could resultin a serious accident and perso-nal injury. Failures caused byoverloading are not covered bythe vehicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance ofyour vehicle. When the vehicle isloaded, drive to a scale and weighthe front and the rear wheels sepa-rately to determine axle loads. Indivi-dual axle loads should not exceedeither of the gross axle weight ratings

(GAWR). The total of the axle loadsshould not exceed the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR). These ratingsare given on the vehicle certificationlabel. If weight ratings are exceeded,move or remove items to bring allweights below the ratings.



Do not tow a trailer with yourvehicle.

FLAT TOWINGTowing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes usedwhen towinga vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, suchas a motor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission damage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehicle,always tow forward, never back-ward.

. DO NOT tow any Automatic Trans-mission (AT) vehicle with all fourwheels on the ground (flat towing).Doing so WILL DAMAGE internaltransmission parts due to lack oftransmission lubrication.

. DO NOT tow any All-Wheel Drive(AWD) vehicle with any of the wheelson the ground. Doing so may causeserious and expensive damage to thepowertrain.

. For emergency towing proceduresrefer to “Towing recommended by

INFINITI” (P.6-15).

Automatic Transmission

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:

Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:

To tow a vehicle equippedwith an automatictransmission, an appropriate vehicle dollyMUST be placed under the towed vehicle’sdrive wheels. Always follow the dolly man-ufacturer’s recommendations when usingtheir product.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where applic-able on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEARThe treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire whentested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road character-istics and climate.

TOWING A TRAILER UNIFORMTIREQUALITY GRADING

TRACTION AA, A, B AND CThe traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B and C. Those grades representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of as-phalt and concrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking trac-tion tests, and does not include accel-eration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND CThe temperature grades A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, and excessive tempera-ture can lead to sudden tire failure. Thegrade C corresponds to a level of perfor-mance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of performance onthe laboratory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat build-up and possi-ble tire failure.

Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For USA:

. Emission Defects Warranty

. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty Information Booklet that comes withyour INFINITI. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it hasbecome lost, you may obtain a replacementby writing to:

. INFINITI Division

Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 685003

Franklin, TN 37068-5003


EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY


For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty and Roadside Assistance Informationthat comes with your INFINITI. If you did notreceive aWarranty and Roadside AssistanceInformation, or it has become lost, you mayobtain a replacement by writing to:

. Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor Drive

Mississauga, Ontario,

L4W 4Z5

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-istration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you,your retailer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW.,Washington DC 20590. You can alsoobtain other information about motorvehicle safety from http://www.safercar. gov.

You may notify INFINITI by contact-

ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-ment, toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform TransportCanada in addition to notifyingINFINITI.

If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayrequest that INFINITI conduct a recallcampaign. However, Transport Cana-da cannot become involved in indivi-dual problems between you, yourretailer, or INFINITI.

You may contact Transport Canada’sDefect Investigations and Recalls Di-vision toll free at 1-800-333-0510.You may also report safety defectsonline at:

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lan-g=eng (English speakers) or https://

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra(French speakers).

Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be obtainedfrom Transport Canada’s RoadSafety Information Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety (English speakers)or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere(French speakers).

To notify INFINITI of any safetyconcerns please contact our Consu-mer Information Centre toll free at 1-800- 361-4792.

WARNING

A vehicle equipped with Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) should never betested using a two wheel dynamometer(such as the dynamometers used bysome states for emissions testing), orsimilar equipment. Make sure you informtest facility personnel that your vehicleis equipped with AWD before it is placedon a dynamometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in transmissiondamage or unexpected vehicle move-mentwhich could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas, your vehicle may be required to be inwhat is called the “ready condition” for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of theemission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the “ready condition” canbe obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is re-paired or the battery is disconnected, thevehicle may be reset to a “not ready condi-tion”. Before taking the I/M test, check thevehicle’s inspection/maintenance test readi-

ness condition. Place the ignition switch inthe ON position without starting the engine.If the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)comes on steady for 20 seconds and thenblinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test conditionis “not ready”. If the MIL does not blink after20 seconds, the I/M test condition is“ready”.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer to set the “ready condition” or toprepare the vehicle for testing.


READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (US only)


This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of anEDR is to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle, datathat will assist in understanding how avehicle’s systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related to vehicledynamics and safety systems for a shortperiod of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:

. How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

. Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver was depres-sing the accelerator and/or brake pedal;and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by the EDRunder normal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g. name, gender, age andcrash location) are recorded. However, otherparties, such as law enforcement, could

combine the EDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinely ac-quired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer and INFINITI re-tailer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment, canread the information if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only beaccessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. Agenuine INFINITI Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. This manual is the same oneused by the factory-trained techniciansworking at INFINITI retailers. GenuineINFINITI Owner’s Manuals can also bepurchased.

For USA:

For current pricing and availability of genu-ine INFINITI Service Manuals, contact:

www.infiniti-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genu-ine INFINITI Owner’s Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior, contact an INFINITIretailer. For the phone number and locationof an INFINITI retailer in your area call theINFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representativewill assist you.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

11 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ................... 5-127

Active Lane Control ............................................ 5-25

Active noise cancellation ................................. 5-138

Active sound enhancement ............................ 5-138

Active trace control ......................................... 5-130

Air bag system

Front-seat mounted side-impact

supplemental air bag system ..................... 1-52

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag system ...... 1-52

Air bag warning labels ....................................... 1-55

Air bag warning light ............................... 1-55, 2-17

Air cleaner housing filter ................................... 8-15

Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ........................... 4-34

Air conditioner service ................................. 4-41

Air conditioner specification label ......... 10-13

Air conditioning system refrigerant

and lubricant recommendations .... 4-41, 10-7

Automatic air conditioner ........................... 4-36

Heater and air conditioner ......................... 4-34

Servicing air conditioner .............................. 4-41

Sync mode setting ......................................... 4-39

Air deflectors ..................................................... 10-14

Alarm

How to stop alarm (see vehicle security

system) ............................................................. 2-33

Alcohol, drugs and driving ................................ 5-10

Antenna .................................................................. 4-42

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................... 5-127

Appearance care

Exterior appearance care ............................... 7-2

Interior appearance care ................................ 7-5

Around View® Monitor ...................................... 4-11

Audible reminders ................................................ 2-19

Autolight system.................................................. 2-38

Automatic

Automatic adjusting function

(power windows) ........................................... 2-54


Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ......... 8-9

Driving with Automatic

Transmission (AT) .......................................... 5-16

Automatic door locks ............................................ 3-5

Automatic drive positioner ............................... 3-33

Automatic seat positioner ................................ 3-33

Avoiding collision and rollover ............................ 5-9

B

Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI).............. 5-57

Battery .................................................................... 8-11

Battery replacement, Intelligent Key ......... 3-2

Battery saver system.................................... 2-41

Intelligent Key ................................................. 8-19

Variable voltage control system ............... 8-13

Before starting the engine ................................ 5-14

Belts (See drive belts) ......................................... 8-13

Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) ......................... 5-45

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ............................... 5-37

Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............. 5-127

Brake fluid ......................................................... 8-9

Brake force distribution ............................. 5-129

Brake system ................................................ 5-126

Parking brake operation ............................. 5-20

Brake warning light............................................. 2-13

Break-in schedule .............................................. 5-119

Bulb check/instrument panel ........................... 2-12

Bulb replacement ................................................. 8-22

C

Camera aiding sonar function ......................... 4-24

Capacities and

recommended fluids/lubricants ....................... 10-2

Car phone or CB radio ....................................... 4-42

Card holder ............................................................ 2-51

Catalytic converter

Three-way catalyst ......................................... 5-5

Center ventilators ................................................ 4-34

Chassis control ................................................... 5-132

Check tire pressure warning............................. 2-24

Checking intercooler coolant level .................... 8-6

Child restraints ...................................................... 1-19

LATCH system ............................................... 1-21

Precautions on child restraints .................. 1-19

Child safety ............................................................ 1-17

11-2

Chimes

Audible reminders .......................................... 2-19

Seat belt warning light and chime ............ 2-17

Circuit breaker

Fusible link ....................................................... 8-18

Cleaning exterior and interior .................... 7-2, 7-5

Climate control


Clock ...................................................................... 2-31

Coat hooks ............................................................ 2-51

Cockpit ...................................................................... 2-3

Cold weather driving ........................................ 5-135

Compass.................................................................... 2-9

Console box........................................................... 2-50

Coolant

Capacities and

recommended fluids/lubricants ................. 10-2

Changing engine coolant ............................... 8-5

Checking engine coolant level ...................... 8-4

Corrosion protection ............................................. 7-8

Courtesy light ....................................................... 2-59

Cruise control ....................................................... 5-66

Fixed speed cruise control (on

ICC system) ..................................................... 5-85

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ................. 5-68

Cruise indicator .................................................... 2-25

Cup holders ........................................................... 2-48

Current fuel consumption ................................. 2-29

D

Daytime running light system .......................... 2-42

Defroster switch

Rear window and outside mirror

defroster switch ............................................. 2-37

Dimensions ......................................................... 10-10

Direct Adaptive Steering ................................. 5-124

Distance Control Assist (DCA) ........................ 5-89

Distance to empty ............................................... 2-29

Drive belts .............................................................. 8-13

Drive positioner .................................................... 3-33

Driver assist system indicator .......................... 2-25

Driving

Cold weather driving .................................. 5-135


Transmission (AT) .......................................... 5-16

Precautions when starting and driving ..... 5-4

E

ECO drive indicator light ................................... 2-18

ECO mode ............................................................. 5-22

ECO pedal system ............................................... 5-22

Economy

Fuel ................................................................. 5-120

Elapsed time ......................................................... 2-29

Elapsed time and trip odometer ..................... 2-29

Emergency tire puncture repair kit .................... 6-5

Emission control information label ............... 10-12

Emission control system warranty ............... 10-19

Engine

Before starting the engine .......................... 5-14

Break-in schedule ........................................ 5-119

Capacities and


Changing engine coolant ............................... 8-5

Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-7

Checking engine coolant level ...................... 8-4

Checking engine oil level ............................... 8-6

Coolant temperature gauge ......................... 2-8

Emergency engine shut off......................... 5-13

Engine block heater ................................... 5-136

Engine compartment check locations ........ 8-3

Engine cooling system ................................... 8-3

Engine oil ........................................................... 8-6

Engine oil and filter

replacement indicator ................................... 2-27

Engine oil and oil

filter recommendation .................................. 10-6

Engine serial number ................................. 10-12

Engine specifications ................................... 10-8

Engine start operation indicator ............... 2-23

If your vehicle overheats ............................. 6-13

Intercooler cooling system ............................ 8-5

Remote engine start ..................................... 3-19

Remote engine start

operation indicator ........................................ 2-23

Starting the engine ....................................... 5-15

Engine coolant temperature gauge.................. 2-8

Entry/exit function

Automatic drive positioner ......................... 3-33

Event Data Recorders (EDR) ........................ 10-22

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ........................ 5-4

Explanation of scheduled

maintenance items ................................................. 9-5

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .... 10-12

Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ............................. 8-15


Flashers (See hazard warning

flasher switch) ......................................................... 6-2

Flat tire ...................................................................... 6-3

Repairing flat tire (with emergency tire

puncture repair kit) .......................................... 6-5

Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning ....................... 2-24

Flat towing ......................................................... 10-18

Floor mat cleaning ................................................. 7-6

Floor mat installation ............................................ 7-6

Fluid


Brake fluid ......................................................... 8-9

Capacities and


Engine coolant.................................................. 8-3

Engine oil ........................................................... 8-6

Intercooler coolant .......................................... 8-5

Window washer fluid .................................. 8-10

Fog light switch ................................................... 2-44

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system

warning light ......................................................... 2-13

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with

pedestrian detection system ......................... 5-100

Front passenger air bag and status light ..... 1-46

Front power seat adjustment ............................. 1-3

Front seat

Front seat adjustment .................................... 1-3

Fuel

Capacities and


Fuel economy .............................................. 5-120

Fuel information ........................................... 10-4

Fuel octane rating ........................................ 10-4

Fuel-filler cap .................................................. 3-25

Fuel-filler door ............................................... 3-25

Gauge.................................................................. 2-9

Fuel Efficient Driving Tips .............................. 5-119

Fuses ....................................................................... 8-17

Fusible links ........................................................... 8-18

G

Garage door opener

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ............ 2-59

Gas cap ................................................................... 3-25

Gauge......................................................................... 2-6

Engine coolant temperature gauge............ 2-8

Fuel gauge ......................................................... 2-9

Odometer ............................................................ 2-7

Speedometer ...................................................... 2-7

Tachometer ....................................................... 2-8

Trip computer ................................................. 2-29

General maintenance ............................................. 9-2

Glove box ............................................................... 2-50

H

Hazard warning flasher switch........................... 6-2

Head restraints/headrests .................................. 1-7

Headlights

Aiming control (See Adaptive Front

lighting System (AFS)) ................................. 2-42

Headlight switch ............................................ 2-38

Heated seats ......................................................... 2-45

Heated steering wheel ....................................... 2-47

Heater

Engine block heater ................................... 5-136

Heater and air conditioner ................................ 4-34

High beam assist ................................................. 2-39

Hill start assist system ..................................... 5-132

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver .................. 2-59

Hood release ......................................................... 3-22

Hook

Coat hooks ...................................................... 2-51

Trunk hooks .................................................... 2-52

Horn......................................................................... 2-44

I

Ignition switch

(Push-button) ................................................. 5-11

Immobilizer system.............................................. 2-33

Indicator

Lights ................................................................ 2-18

Vehicle information display ........................ 2-20

11-3

11-4

Indicator lights ...................................................... 2-18

Indicators for operation (vehicle

information display) ............................................ 2-23

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ......................... 5-21

INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual .................. 4-2

INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ............ 2-33

Engine start ..................................................... 2-33

Inside mirror .......................................................... 3-29

Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test .............. 10-21

Instrument brightness control ......................... 2-43

Instrument panel ..................................................... 2-5

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) ............... 5-121

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ....................... 5-68

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system

ON indicator ......................................................... 2-25

Intelligent Key .......................................................... 3-2

Intelligent Key system ........................................... 3-6

Battery replacement ..................................... 8-19

Key operating range ....................................... 3-8

Key operation ................................................... 3-9

Warning signals.............................................. 3-13

Intercooler cooling system .................................. 8-5

Interior light control switch .............................. 2-57

Interior light replacement .................................. 8-23

Interior lights ......................................................... 2-57

Interior trunk lid release .................................... 3-24

ISOFIX child restraint .......................................... 1-21

J

Jump starting........................................................ 6-10

K

Keyless entry (See remote keyless

entry system) ........................................................ 3-15

Keys ............................................................................ 3-2

For Intelligent Key system ............................ 3-6

L

Labels

Air bag warning labels ................................. 1-55

Air conditioner specification label ......... 10-13

Emission control information label ........ 10-12

Engine serial number ................................. 10-12

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.

certification label ........................................ 10-12

Tire and Loading

information label ............................. 8-27, 10-13

Vehicle identification number (VIN) ....... 10-11

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) .................... 5-33

LATCH system ...................................................... 1-21

License plate

Installing front license plate .................... 10-13

Light

Air bag warning light .................................... 1-55

Bulb replacement ........................................... 8-22

Fog light switch ............................................ 2-44


Indicator lights ................................................ 2-18

Interior light control switch ........................ 2-57

Interior lights ................................................... 2-57

Map lights ........................................................ 2-57

Replacement ................................................... 8-22

Trunk light ....................................................... 2-59

Vanity mirror lights ....................................... 2-58

Warning/indicator lights and

audible reminders .......................................... 2-12

Lights

Exterior and interior light replacement .... 8-23

Loading information (See vehicle

loading information) ......................................... 10-15

Lock

Automatic door locks ..................................... 3-5

Door locks .......................................................... 3-4

Power door lock............................................... 3-4

Trunk lid ........................................................... 3-22

Locking with mechanical key ............................. 3-4

Log-in function .................................................... 3-15

Loose Fuel Cap warning ....................... 2-24, 3-27

Low fuel warning light ....................................... 2-14

Low outside temperature warning................. 2-25

Low tire pressure warning light ...................... 2-14

Low tire pressure warning system (See Tire

Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS)) ................................ 5-5, 6-3, 8-25

M

Maintenance

Battery .............................................................. 8-11

General maintenance ...................................... 9-2

Indicators for maintenance (vehicle

information display) ...................................... 2-26

Inside the vehicle ............................................. 9-3

Maintenance log ............................................ 9-11

Maintenance precautions .............................. 8-2

Maintenance requirements ........................... 9-2

Maintenance schedules ................................. 9-6

Maintenance under severe

driving conditions .......................................... 9-10

Outside the vehicle ......................................... 9-2

Seat belt maintenance ................................. 1-17

Standard maintenance .................................... 9-7

Under the hood and vehicle ......................... 9-4

Malfunction indicator light (MIL) .................... 2-18

Map lights .............................................................. 2-57

Master warning light .......................................... 2-16

Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) .......... 3-3

Memory storage

Automatic drive positioner ......................... 3-33

Meter

Trip computer ................................................. 2-29

Meters and gauges ................................................ 2-6

Instrument brightness control ................... 2-43

Mirror

Inside mirror .................................................... 3-29

Outside mirrors .............................................. 3-31

Vanity mirror ................................................... 3-32

Monitor

Around View® Monitor ................................ 4-11

RearView Monitor ........................................... 4-3

Moonroof ............................................................... 2-55

Moving Object Detection (MOD) ................... 4-29

N

New vehicle break-in ........................................ 5-119

O

Odometer .................................................................. 2-7

Off-road recovery .................................................. 5-9

Oil

Capacities and



Checking engine oil level ............................... 8-6

Engine oil ........................................................... 8-6

One touch unlock sensor (See Intelligent

Key system) .............................................................. 3-9

Operation

Indicators for operation............................... 2-23

Outside air temperature .................................... 2-31

Outside mirrors .................................................... 3-31

Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ............... 6-13

Owner’s Manual/Service Manual

order information ............................................. 10-22

P

Panic alarm............................................................ 3-17

Parking

Parking brake operation ............................. 5-20

Parking on hills ............................................. 5-123

Parking brake break-in .................................... 5-127

PERSONAL mode ............................................... 5-24

Phone

Car phone or CB radio ................................ 4-42

Power

Power door lock............................................... 3-4

Power outlet ................................................... 2-47

Power steering system ............................. 5-124

Power windows ............................................. 2-52

Power moonroof ................................................. 2-55

Power steering warning light........................... 2-16

Pre-crash seat belts with

comfort function ................................................... 1-13

Precautions

Braking precautions .................................... 5-126

Child restraints ............................................... 1-19

Cruise control ................................................. 5-66

Maintenance ..................................................... 8-2

Seat belt usage ............................................... 1-11

Supplemental restraint system .................. 1-38

When starting and driving ............................ 5-4

Predictive Forward Collision

Warning (PFCW) ............................................... 5-110

Push starting......................................................... 6-12

Push-button ignition switch .............................. 5-11

R

Radio

Car phone or CB radio ................................ 4-42

Rain-sensing auto wiper system ..................... 2-36

11-5

11-6

Rapid air pressure loss ....................................... 5-10

Readiness for inspection/maintenance

(I/M) test (US only) ........................................... 10-21

Rear seats ................................................................. 1-6


defroster switch ................................................... 2-37

RearView Monitor ................................................. 4-3

Recorders

Event data .................................................... 10-22

Registering your vehicle in

another country ................................................. 10-11

Remote engine start ........................................... 3-19

Remote keyless entry system .......................... 3-15

Repairing flat tire (with emergency tire

puncture repair kit) ................................................. 6-5

Reporting safety defects ................................ 10-20

Request switch (See Intelligent

Key system) .............................................................. 3-9

Roadside assistance program ............................. 6-2

Rollover ..................................................................... 5-9

Roof

Moonroof ......................................................... 2-55

Run-flat tires .......................................................... 6-4

S

Safety

Child seat belts ............................................... 1-17

Reporting safety defects .......................... 10-20

Seat adjustment

Front power seat adjustment ....................... 1-3

Front seats ......................................................... 1-3

Seat belt(s)

Child safety ..................................................... 1-17

Infants ............................................................... 1-18

Injured persons ............................................... 1-13

Larger children ............................................... 1-18

Pre-crash seat belts with

comfort function ............................................ 1-13

Precautions on seat belt usage .................. 1-11

Pregnant women ........................................... 1-13

Seat belt cleaning ............................................. 7-7

Seat belt extenders ....................................... 1-16

Seat belt maintenance ................................. 1-17


Seat belts .......................................................... 1-11

Seat belts with pretensioners .................... 1-54

Small children.................................................. 1-18

Three-point type ............................................ 1-14

Seat(s)

Driver-side memory ...................................... 3-33

Heated seats ................................................... 2-45

Seats .................................................................... 1-2

Security system

Vehicle security system................................ 2-32

Security system (INFINITI Vehicle

Immobilizer System)

Engine start ..................................................... 2-33

Servicing air conditioner .................................... 4-41

Shift lever

Shift lock release ........................................... 5-19

Shift lock release, Transmission ...................... 5-19

Shifting

Automatic Transmission (AT)..................... 5-16

Side ventilators .................................................... 4-34

SNOW mode......................................................... 5-22

Sonar settings .................................................... 5-134

Sonar system ...................................................... 5-133

Camera aiding sonar function

(models with Around View® Monitor) .... 4-24

Spare tire ............................................................... 10-9

Spark plugs ............................................................ 8-14

Speedometer ............................................................ 2-7

SPORT mode ........................................................ 5-22

SPORT+ mode ...................................................... 5-22

Standard maintenance ................................ 9-7, 9-8

STANDARD mode ............................................... 5-22

Starting

Before starting the engine .......................... 5-14

Jump starting.................................................. 8-13

Precautions when starting and driving ..... 5-4

Push starting................................................... 6-12

Starting the engine ....................................... 5-15

Status light, Front passenger air bag ............ 1-46

Steering

Direct Adaptive Steering .......................... 5-124

Heated steering wheel ................................. 2-47

Power steering system ............................. 5-124

Tilt/telescopic steering ................................ 3-27

Storage ................................................................... 2-48

Storage box ........................................................... 2-51

Sun visors ............................................................... 3-29

Sunglasses holder ................................................ 2-49

Supplemental air bag warning labels ............. 1-55

Supplemental air bag warning light .... 1-55, 2-17

Supplemental restraint system ........................ 1-38

Precautions on supplemental

restraint system ............................................. 1-38

Switch

Autolight switch............................................. 2-38

Fog light switch ............................................ 2-44

Hazard warning flasher switch.................... 6-2


Power door lock switch ................................. 3-5

Push-button ignition switch ....................... 5-11


defroster switch ............................................. 2-37

Turn signal switch ......................................... 2-43

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)

off switch ......................................................... 2-45

T

Tachometer ............................................................. 2-8

Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge............ 2-8

Theft (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System)

Engine start ..................................................... 2-33

Three-way catalyst ................................................ 5-5

Tilt/telescopic steering ...................................... 3-27

Tire

Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning ................. 2-24

Run-flat tires .................................................... 6-4

Sealant ................................................................ 6-5

Tire replacement indicator .......................... 2-27

Tire rotation .................................................... 8-33

Tire pressure

Low tire pressure warning light ................ 2-14

Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning ........... 2-24

Tires

Emergency tire puncture repair kit ............. 6-5

Flat tire ............................................................... 6-3

Low tire pressure

warning system ........................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-25

Run-flat tires .................................................. 8-31

Tire and Loading

information label ............................. 8-27, 10-13

Tire chains........................................................ 8-33

Tire dressing ...................................................... 7-4

Tire pressure ................................................... 8-25

Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS) ........................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-25

Types of tires .................................................. 8-31

Uniform tire quality grading .................... 10-18

Wheel/tire size ............................................... 10-9

Wheels and tires ............................................ 8-25

Towing

Flat towing ................................................... 10-18

Tow truck towing .......................................... 6-14

Towing a trailer ........................................... 10-18

TPMS

Tire Pressure

Monitoring System .................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-25

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system

TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator ............ 5-8

Trailer towing .................................................... 10-18

Transceiver

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ............ 2-59

Transmission



Transmission (AT) .......................................... 5-16

Transmission shift lever lock release ....... 5-19

Transmitter (See remote keyless

entry system) ........................................................ 3-15

Traveling or registering in

another country ................................................. 10-11

Trip computer ....................................................... 2-29

Trip odometer ....................................................... 2-29

Trunk

Interior trunk lid release .............................. 3-24

Light .................................................................. 2-59

Trunk hooks .................................................... 2-52

Trunk lid ........................................................... 3-22

Trunk lid release switch ............................... 3-23

Trunk open request switch ......................... 3-23

Trunk release power cancel switch .......... 3-24

Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-43

U

Underbody cleaning ............................................... 7-3

Uniform tire quality grading .......................... 10-18

V

Vanity mirror ......................................................... 3-32

Vanity mirror lights ............................................. 2-58

11-7

11-8

Variable voltage control system ..................... 8-13

Vehicle

Dimensions ................................................... 10-10

Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ............ 6-16


off switch ......................................................... 2-45

Vehicle Dynamic Control

(VDC) system ................................................ 5-129


warning light ................................................... 2-17

Vehicle identification number (VIN) ............. 10-11

Vehicle information display .............................. 2-20

Vehicle loading information............................ 10-15

Vehicle security system...................................... 2-32

Vehicle speedAverage speed............................ 2-29

Ventilators ............................................................. 4-34

W

Walk-in mechanism ............................................... 1-5

Warning

Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning ................. 2-24

Hazard warning flasher switch.................... 6-2

Indicators for operation (vehicle

information display) ...................................... 2-23

Lights ................................................................ 2-12

Power steering warning light..................... 2-16

Predictive Forward Collision

Warning (PFCW) ........................................ 5-110

Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS) ........................... 5-5, 6-3, 8-25

Vehicle information display ........................ 2-20

Warning lights, indicator lights and

audible reminders .......................................... 2-12

Warning labels

Air bag warning labels ................................. 1-55

Warning light

Air bag warning light ......................... 1-55, 2-17

Anti-lock braking system (ABS)

warning light ................................................... 2-12

Brake warning light....................................... 2-13

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)

system warning light .................................... 2-13

Low fuel warning light ................................. 2-14

Low tire pressure warning light ................ 2-14


Warranty

Emission control system warranty ........ 10-19

Washer switch

Wiper and washer switch ........................... 2-34

Washing .................................................................... 7-2

Waxing....................................................................... 7-2

Welcome light and farewell light function .... 3-10

Wheel/tire size ..................................................... 10-9

Wheels and tires .................................................. 8-25

Care of wheels .................................................. 7-3

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels .................. 7-3

Cleaning bright wheels .................................. 7-4

Window washer fluid ......................................... 8-10

Window(s)

Automatic adjusting function .................... 2-54

Cleaning............................................................... 7-3

Power windows ............................................. 2-52

Wiper

Rain-sensing auto wiper system ............... 2-36

Wiper and washer switch ........................... 2-34

Wiper blades ................................................... 8-15

Wiper and washer switch ................................. 2-34

MEMO

11-9

FUEL INFORMATIONUse unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number 96).

INFINITI recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with 93 AKI number(Research octane number 98) to obtain themaximum vehicle performance and the bestdriveability.

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91) may be tem-porarily used, but only under the followingprecautions:

. Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, and fillup with unleaded premium gasoline assoon as possible.

. Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for max-imum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission

control system, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

. Do not use a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol. Your vehicle is notdesigned to run on a fuel containingmore than 15% ethanol. Using a fuelcontaining more than 15% ethanol ina vehicle not specifically designed fora fuel containing more than 15%ethanol can adversely affect theemission control devices and systemsof the vehicle. Damage caused bysuch fuel is not covered by theINFINITI new vehicle limited war-ranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopentadie-nyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).Using fuel containing MMT mayadversely affect vehicle performanceand vehicle emissions. Not all fueldispensers are labeled to indicateMMT content, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal andCalifornia laws prohibit the use ofMMT in reformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percen-tage for that region.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDA-

TION:See “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for engine oil and oilfilter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:The label is typically located on the driverside center pillar or on the driver’s door. Foradditional information, see “Wheels andtires” (P.8-25).

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PRO-

CEDURES RECOMMENDATION:During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5-119) of this Owner’s Manual. Follow theserecommendations for the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

CV37-D

Printing : December 2019Publication No.:

Printed in the U.S.A.OM20E0 CV37U1

2020 OWNER’S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

Documents

Transcript of 2020 OWNER’S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION